Երկրորդ Օրէնք / Deuteronomy - 4 |

Text:
< PreviousԵրկրորդ Օրէնք - 4 Deuteronomy - 4Next >


jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
In this chapter we have, I. A most earnest and pathetic exhortation to obedience, both in general, and in some particular instances, backed with a great variety of very pressing arguments, repeated again and again, and set before them in the most moving and affectionate manner imaginable, ver. 1-40. II. The appointing of the cities of refuge on that side Jordan, ver. 41-43. III. The particular description of the place where Moses delivered the following repetition of the law, ver. 44, &c.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
Exhortations to obedience, Deu 4:1. Nothing to be added to or taken from the testimonies of God, Deu 4:2. The people are exhorted to recollect how God had destroyed the ungodly among them, Deu 4:3; and preserved those who were faithful, Deu 4:4. The excellence of the Divine law, Deu 4:5, Deu 4:6. No nation in the world could boast of any such statutes, judgments, etc., Deu 4:7, Deu 4:8. They are exhorted to obedience by the wonderful manifestations of God in their behalf, Deu 4:9-13. Moses exhorts them to beware of idolatry, and to make no likeness of any thing in heaven or earth as an object of adoration, Deu 4:14-20. He informs them that he must die in that land as God had refused to let him go into the promised land, being angry with him on their account, Deu 4:21, Deu 4:22. Repeats his exhortation to obedience, Deu 4:23, Deu 4:24. Predicts the judgments of God against them, should they turn to idolatry, Deu 4:25-28. Promises of God's mercy to the penitent, Deu 4:29-31. The grand and unparalleled privileges of the Israelites, Deu 4:32-40. Moses severs three cities on the east side of Jordan for cities of refuge, Deu 4:41, Deu 4:42. Their names, Deu 4:43. When and where Moses gave these statutes and judgments to Israel, Deu 4:44-49.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Deu 4:1, An exhortation to obedience; Deu 4:41, Moses appoints the three cities of refuge on that side of Jordan; Deu 4:44, Recapitulation.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Exhortation to a Faithful Observance of the Law - Deuteronomy 4:1-40
With the word ועתּה, "and now," Moses passes from a contemplation of what the Lord had done for Israel, to an exhortation to keep the law of the Lord. The divine manifestations of grace laid Israel under the obligation to a conscientious observance of the law, that they might continue to enjoy the blessings of the covenant. The exhortation commences with the appeal, to hear and keep the commandments and rights of the Lord, without adding to them or taking from them; for not only were life and death suspended upon their observance, but it was in this that the wisdom and greatness of Israel before all the nations consisted (Deut 4:1-8). It then proceeds to a warning, not to forget the events at Horeb (Deut 4:9-14) and so fall into idolatry, the worship of images or idol deities (Deut 4:15-24); and it closes with a threat of dispersion among the heathen as the punishment of apostasy, and with a promise of restoration as the consequence of repentance and sincere conversion (Deut 4:25-31), and also with a reason for this threat and promise drawn from the history of the immediate past (Deut 4:32-34), for the purpose of fortifying the nation in its fidelity to its God, the sole author of its salvation (Deut 4:35-40).
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO DEUTERONOMY 4
This chapter contains an exhortation to Israel to keep the commands, statutes, and judgments of God, urged from the superior excellency of them to those of all other nations, Deut 4:1, from the manner in which they were delivered, out of the midst of fire, by a voice of words, but no similitude seen, Deut 4:9, and particularly the Israelites are cautioned against idolatry, from the consideration of the goodness of God to them, in bringing them out of Egypt, Deut 4:16, and the rather Moses is urgent upon them to be diligent in their obedience to the laws of God, because he should quickly be removed from them, Deut 4:21, and should they be disobedient to them, it would provoke the Lord to destroy them, or to carry them captive into other lands, Deut 4:25 though even then, if they repented and sought the Lord, and became obedient, he would be merciful to them, and not forsake them, Deut 4:29 and they are put in mind again of the amazing things God had done for them, in speaking to them out of fire, and they alive; in bringing them out of another nation, and driving out other nations to make room for them; all which he improves, as so many arguments to move them to obedience to the divine commands, Deut 4:32 and then notice is taken of the three cities of refuge, separated on this side Jordan, Deut 4:41, and the chapter is concluded with observing, that this is the law, and these the testimonies, Moses declared and repeated to the children of Israel in the country of Sihon and Og, who were delivered into their hands, and their lands possessed by them, which laid them under fresh obligations to yield obedience to God, Deut 4:44.
4:14:1: Եւ այժմ Իսրայէլ՝ լո՛ւր իրաւանց եւ դատաստանաց, զոր ես ուսուցանեմ քեզ այսօր առնել. զի կեցջիք, եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգել զերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած մեր տացէ ձեզ[1677]։ [1677] Ոմանք. Եւ այժմ լո՛ւր Իսրայէլ։ Այլք. Եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգիցէք զեր՛՛։
1 «Արդ, Իսրայէ՜լ, լսի՛ր այն օրէնքներն ու կանոնները, որ այսօր ուսուցանում եմ քեզ: Դրանք պէտք է կիրառէք, որպէսզի ապրէք, մտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը տալու է ձեզ:
4 Եւ Մովսէս ըսաւ Իսրայէլին. «Հնազանդէ՛ այն օրէնքներուն, որոնք սորվեցուցի, որպէս զի ապրիս եւ ժառանգես այն երկիրը, որ ձեր հայրերուն Տէր Աստուածը ձեզի պիտի տայ։
Եւ այժմ, Իսրայէլ, լուր իրաւանց եւ դատաստանաց զոր ես ուսուցանեմ [71]քեզ այսօր առնել. զի կեցջիք, եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգիցէք զերկիրն զոր Տէր Աստուած [72]մեր տացէ ձեզ:

4:1: Եւ այժմ Իսրայէլ՝ լո՛ւր իրաւանց եւ դատաստանաց, զոր ես ուսուցանեմ քեզ այսօր առնել. զի կեցջիք, եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգել զերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած մեր տացէ ձեզ[1677]։
[1677] Ոմանք. Եւ այժմ լո՛ւր Իսրայէլ։ Այլք. Եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգիցէք զեր՛՛։
1 «Արդ, Իսրայէ՜լ, լսի՛ր այն օրէնքներն ու կանոնները, որ այսօր ուսուցանում եմ քեզ: Դրանք պէտք է կիրառէք, որպէսզի ապրէք, մտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը տալու է ձեզ:
4 Եւ Մովսէս ըսաւ Իսրայէլին. «Հնազանդէ՛ այն օրէնքներուն, որոնք սորվեցուցի, որպէս զի ապրիս եւ ժառանգես այն երկիրը, որ ձեր հայրերուն Տէր Աստուածը ձեզի պիտի տայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:11: Итак, Израиль, слушай постановления и законы, которые я научаю вас исполнять, дабы вы были живы, и пошли и наследовали ту землю, которую Господь, Бог отцов ваших, дает вам.
4:1 καὶ και and; even νῦν νυν now; present Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἄκουε ακουω hear τῶν ο the δικαιωμάτων δικαιωμα justification καὶ και and; even τῶν ο the κριμάτων κριμα judgment ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I διδάσκω διδασκω teach ὑμᾶς υμας you σήμερον σημερον today; present ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make ἵνα ινα so; that ζῆτε ζαω live; alive καὶ και and; even πολυπλασιασθῆτε πολυπλασιαζω and; even εἰσελθόντες εισερχομαι enter; go in κληρονομήσητε κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God τῶν ο the πατέρων πατηρ father ὑμῶν υμων your δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you
4:1 וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתָּ֣ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel שְׁמַ֤ע šᵊmˈaʕ שׁמע hear אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַֽ hˈa הַ the חֻקִּים֙ ḥuqqîm חֹק portion וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the מִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים mmišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָֽנֹכִ֛י ʔˈānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i מְלַמֵּ֥ד mᵊlammˌēḏ למד learn אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂ֑ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make לְמַ֣עַן lᵊmˈaʕan לְמַעַן because of תִּֽחְי֗וּ tˈiḥyˈû חיה be alive וּ û וְ and בָאתֶם֙ vāṯˌem בוא come וִֽ wˈi וְ and ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֥י ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˌem אָב father נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
4:1. et nunc Israhel audi praecepta et iudicia quae ego doceo te ut faciens ea vivas et ingrediens possideas terram quam Dominus Deus patrum vestrorum daturus est vobisAnd now, O Israel, hear the commandments and judgments which I teach thee: that doing them, thou mayst live, and entering in mayst possess the land which the Lord the God of your fathers will give you.
1. And now, O Israel, hearken unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them; that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the LORD, the God of your fathers, giveth you.
4:1. “And now, O Israel, listen to the precepts and judgments which I am teaching to you, so that, by doing these, you may live, and you may enter and possess the land, which the Lord, the God of your fathers, will give to you.
4:1. Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do [them], that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the LORD God of your fathers giveth you.
Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do [them], that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the LORD God of your fathers giveth you:

1: Итак, Израиль, слушай постановления и законы, которые я научаю вас исполнять, дабы вы были живы, и пошли и наследовали ту землю, которую Господь, Бог отцов ваших, дает вам.
4:1
καὶ και and; even
νῦν νυν now; present
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἄκουε ακουω hear
τῶν ο the
δικαιωμάτων δικαιωμα justification
καὶ και and; even
τῶν ο the
κριμάτων κριμα judgment
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
διδάσκω διδασκω teach
ὑμᾶς υμας you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make
ἵνα ινα so; that
ζῆτε ζαω live; alive
καὶ και and; even
πολυπλασιασθῆτε πολυπλασιαζω and; even
εἰσελθόντες εισερχομαι enter; go in
κληρονομήσητε κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
τῶν ο the
πατέρων πατηρ father
ὑμῶν υμων your
δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
4:1
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתָּ֣ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
שְׁמַ֤ע šᵊmˈaʕ שׁמע hear
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
חֻקִּים֙ ḥuqqîm חֹק portion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
מִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים mmišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָֽנֹכִ֛י ʔˈānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
מְלַמֵּ֥ד mᵊlammˌēḏ למד learn
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂ֑ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make
לְמַ֣עַן lᵊmˈaʕan לְמַעַן because of
תִּֽחְי֗וּ tˈiḥyˈû חיה be alive
וּ û וְ and
בָאתֶם֙ vāṯˌem בוא come
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֥י ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˌem אָב father
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
4:1. et nunc Israhel audi praecepta et iudicia quae ego doceo te ut faciens ea vivas et ingrediens possideas terram quam Dominus Deus patrum vestrorum daturus est vobis
And now, O Israel, hear the commandments and judgments which I teach thee: that doing them, thou mayst live, and entering in mayst possess the land which the Lord the God of your fathers will give you.
4:1. “And now, O Israel, listen to the precepts and judgments which I am teaching to you, so that, by doing these, you may live, and you may enter and possess the land, which the Lord, the God of your fathers, will give to you.
4:1. Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do [them], that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the LORD God of your fathers giveth you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-6: Ср. Чис XXV.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: Exhortations and Arguments.B. C. 1451.
1 Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the LORD God of your fathers giveth you. 2 Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish ought from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you. 3 Your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baal-peor: for all the men that followed Baal-peor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from among you. 4 But ye that did cleave unto the LORD your God are alive every one of you this day. 5 Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. 6 Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. 7 For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the LORD our God is in all things that we call upon him for? 8 And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day? 9 Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons' sons; 10 Specially the day that thou stoodest before the LORD thy God in Horeb, when the LORD said unto me, Gather me the people together, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children. 11 And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness. 12 And the LORD spake unto you out of the midst of the fire: ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude; only ye heard a voice. 13 And he declared unto you his covenant, which he commanded you to perform, even ten commandments; and he wrote them upon two tables of stone. 14 And the LORD commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it. 15 Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of similitude on the day that the LORD spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire: 16 Lest ye corrupt yourselves, and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of male or female, 17 The likeness of any beast that is on the earth, the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the air, 18 The likeness of any thing that creepeth on the ground, the likeness of any fish that is in the waters beneath the earth: 19 And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven. 20 But the LORD hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, even out of Egypt, to be unto him a people of inheritance, as ye are this day. 21 Furthermore the LORD was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance: 22 But I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over, and possess that good land. 23 Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the LORD your God, which he made with you, and make you a graven image, or the likeness of any thing, which the LORD thy God hath forbidden thee. 24 For the LORD thy God is a consuming fire, even a jealous God. 25 When thou shalt beget children, and children's children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image, or the likeness of any thing, and shall do evil in the sight of the LORD thy God, to provoke him to anger: 26 I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed. 27 And the LORD shall scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the LORD shall lead you. 28 And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men's hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell. 29 But if from thence thou shalt seek the LORD thy God, thou shalt find him, if thou seek him with all thy heart and with all thy soul. 30 When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, even in the latter days, if thou turn to the LORD thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice; 31 (For the LORD thy God is a merciful God;) he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them. 32 For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and ask from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been any such thing as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it? 33 Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live? 34 Or hath God assayed to go and take him a nation from the midst of another nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes? 35 Unto thee it was showed, that thou mightest know that the LORD he is God; there is none else beside him. 36 Out of heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might instruct thee: and upon earth he showed thee his great fire; and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire. 37 And because he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt; 38 To drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou art, to bring thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is this day. 39 Know therefore this day, and consider it in thine heart, that the LORD he is God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath: there is none else. 40 Thou shalt keep therefore his statutes, and his commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong thy days upon the earth, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, for ever.
This most lively and excellent discourse is so entire, and the particulars of it are so often repeated, that we must take it altogether in the exposition of it, and endeavour to digest it into proper heads, for we cannot divide it into paragraphs.
I. In general, it is the use and application of the foregoing history; it comes in by way of inference from it: Now therefore harken, O Israel, v. 1. This use we should make of the review of God's providences concerning us, we should by them be quickened and engaged to duty and obedience. The histories of the years of ancient times should in like manner be improved by us.
II. The scope and drift of his discourse is to persuade them to keep close to God and to his service, and not to forsake him for any other god, nor in any instance to decline from their duty to him. Now observe what he says to them, with a great deal of divine rhetoric, both by way of exhortation and direction, and also by way of motive and argument to enforce his exhortations.
1. See here how he charges and commands them, and shows them what is good, and what the Lord requires of them.
(1.) He demands their diligent attention to the word of God, and to the statutes and judgments that were taught them: Hearken, O Israel. He means, not only that they must now give him the hearing, but that whenever the book of the law was read to them, or read by them, they should be attentive to it. "Hearken to the statutes, as containing the great commands of God and the great concerns of your own souls, and therefore challenging your utmost attention." At Horeb God had made them hear his words (v. 10), hear them with a witness; the attention which was then constrained by the circumstances of the delivery ought ever after to be engaged by the excellency of the things themselves. What God so spoke once, we should hear twice, hear often.
(2.) He charges them to preserve the divine law pure and entire among them, v. 2. Keep it pure, and do not add to it; keep it entire, and do not diminish from it. Not in practice, so some: "You shall not add by committing the evil which the law forbids, nor diminish by omitting the good which the law requires." Not in opinion, so others: "You shall not add your own inventions, as if the divine institutions were defective, nor introduce, much less impose, any rites of religious worship other than what God has appointed; nor shall you diminish, or set aside, any thing that is appointed, as needless or superfluous." God's work is perfect, nothing can be put to it, nor taken from it, without making it the worse. See Eccl. iii. 14. The Jews understand it as prohibiting the alteration of the text or letter of the law, even in the least jot or tittle; and to their great care and exactness herein we are very much indebted, under God, for the purity and integrity of the Hebrew code. We find a fence like this made about the New Testament in the close of it, Rev. xxii. 18, 19.
(3.) He charges them to keep God's commandments (v. 2), to do them (v. 5, 14), to keep and do them (v. 6), to perform the covenant, v. 13. Hearing must be in order to doing, knowledge in order to practice. God's commandments were the way they must keep in, the rule they must keep to; they must govern themselves by the moral precepts, perform their devotion according to the divine ritual, and administer justice according to the judicial law. He concludes his discourse (v. 40) with this repeated charge: Thou shalt keep his statutes and his commandments which I command thee. What are laws made for but to be observed and obeyed?
(4.) He charges them to be very strict and careful in their observance of the law (v. 9): Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently; and (v. 15), Take you therefore good heed unto yourselves; and again (v. 23), Take heed to yourselves. Those that would be religious must be very cautious, and walk circumspectly. Considering how many temptations we are compassed about with, and what corrupt inclinations we have in our own bosoms, we have great need to look about us and to keep our hearts with all diligence. Those cannot walk aright that walk carelessly and at all adventures.
(5.) He charges them particularly to take heed of the sin of idolatry, that sin which of all others they would be most tempted to by the customs of the nations, which they were most addicted to by the corruption of their hearts, and which would be most provoking to God and of the most pernicious consequences to themselves: Take good heed, lest in this matter you corrupt yourselves, v. 15, 16. Two sorts of idolatry he cautions them against:-- [1.] The worship of images, however by them they might intend to worship the true God, as they had done in the golden calf, so changing the truth of God into a lie and his glory into shame. The second commandment is expressly directed against this, and is here enlarged upon, v. 15-18. "Take heed lest you corrupt yourselves," that is, "lest you debauch yourselves;" for those that think to make images of God form in their minds such notions of him as must needs be an inlet to all impieties; and it is intimated that it is a spiritual adultery. "And take heed lest you destroy yourselves. If any thing ruin you, this will be it. Whatever you do, make no similitude of God, either in a human shape, male of female, or in the shape of any beast or fowl, serpent or fish;" for the heathen worshipped their gods by images of all these kinds, being either not able to form, or not willing to admit, that plain demonstration which we find, Hos. viii. 6: The workman made it, therefore it is not God. To represent an infinite Spirit by an image, and the great Creator by the image of a creature, is the greatest affront we can put upon God and the greatest cheat we can put upon ourselves. As an argument against their making images of God, he urges it very much upon them that when God made himself known to them at Horeb he did it by a voice of words which sounded in their ears, to teach them that faith comes by hearing, and God in the word is nigh us; but no image was presented to their eye, for to see God as he is is reserved for our happiness in the other world, and to see him as he is not will do us hurt and no good in this world. You saw no similitude (v. 12), no manner of similitude, v. 15. Probably they expected to have seen some similitude, for they were ready to break through unto the Lord to gaze, Exod. xix. 21. But all they saw was light and fire, and nothing that they could make an image of, God an infinite wisdom so ordering his manifestation of himself because of the peril of idolatry. It is said indeed of Moses that he beheld the similitude of the Lord (Num. xii. 8), God allowing him that favour because he was above the temptation of idolatry; but for the people who had lately come from admiring the idols of Egypt, they must see no resemblance of God, lest they should have pretended to copy it, and so should have received the second commandment in vain; "for" (says bishop Patrick) "they would have thought that this forbade them only to make any representation of God besides that wherein he showed himself to them, in which they would have concluded it lawful to represent him." Let this be a caution to us to take heed of making images of God in our fancy and imagination when we are worshipping him, lest thereby we corrupt ourselves. There may be idols in the heart, where there are none in the sanctuary. [2.] The worship of the sun, moon, and stars, is another sort of idolatry which they were cautioned against, v. 19. This was the most ancient species of idolatry and the most plausible, drawing the adoration to those creatures that not only are in a situation above us, but are most sensibly glorious in themselves and most generally serviceable to the world. And the plausibleness of it made it the more dangerous. It is intimated here, First, How strong the temptation is to sense; for the caution is, Lest thou shouldest be driven to worship them by the strong impulse of a vain imagination and the impetuous torrent of the customs of the nations. The heart is supposed to walk after the eye, which, in our corrupt and degenerate state, it is very apt to do. "When thou seest the sun, moon, and stars, thou wilt so admire their height and brightness, their regular motion and powerful influence, that thou wilt be strongly tempted to give that glory to them which is due to him that made them, and made them what they are to us--gave them their beings, and made them blessings to the world." It seems there was need of a great deal of resolution to arm them against this temptation, so weak was their faith in an invisible God and an invisible world. Secondly, Yet he shows how weak the temptation would be to those that would use their reason; for these pretended deities, the sun, moon, and stars, were only blessings which the Lord their God, whom they were obliged to worship, had imparted to all nations. It is absurd to worship them, for they are man's servants, were made and ordained to give light on earth; and shall we serve those that were made to serve us? The sun, in Hebrew is called shemesh, which signifies a servant, for it is the minister-general of this visible world, and holds the candle to all mankind; let it not then be worshipped as a lord. Moreover, they are God's gifts; he has imparted them; whatever benefit we have by them, we owe it to him; it is therefore highly injurious to him to give that honour and praise to them which is due to him only.
(6.) He charges them to teach their children to observe the laws of God: Teach them to thy sons, and thy sons' sons (v. 9), that they may teach their children, v. 10. [1.] Care must be taken in general to preserve the entail of religion among them, and to transmit the knowledge and worship of God to posterity; for the kingdom of God in Israel was designed to be perpetual, if they did not forfeit the privilege of it. [2.] Parents must, in order hereunto, particularly take care to teach their own children the fear of God, and to train them up in an observance of all his commandments.
(7.) He charges them never to forget their duty: Take heed lest you forget the covenant of the Lord your God, v. 23. Though God is ever mindful of the covenant, we are apt to forget it; and this is at the bottom of all our departures from God. We have need therefore to watch against all those things which would put the covenant out of our minds, and to watch over our own hearts, lest at any time we let it slip; and so we must take heed lest at any time we forget our religion, lest we lose it or leave it off. Care and caution, and holy watchfulness, are the best helps against a bad memory. These are the directions and commands he gives them.
2. Let us see now what are the motives or arguments with which he backs these exhortations. How does he order the cause before them, and fill his mouth with arguments! He has a great deal to say on God's behalf. Some of his topics are indeed peculiar to that people, yet applicable to us. But, upon the whole, it is evident that religion has reason on its side, the powerful charms of which all that are irreligious wilfully stop their ears against.
(1.) He urges the greatness, glory, and goodness, of God. Did we consider what a God he is with whom we have to do, we should surely make conscience of our duty to him and not dare to sin against him. He reminds them here, [1.] That the Lord Jehovah is the one and only living and true God. This they must know and consider, v. 39. There are many things which we know, but are not the better for, because we do not consider them, we do not apply them to ourselves, nor draw proper inferences from them. This is a truth so evident that it cannot but be known, and so influential that, if it were duly considered, it would effectually reform the world, That the Lord Jehovah he is God, an infinite and eternal Being, self-existent and self-sufficient, and the fountain of all being, power, and motion--that he is God in heaven above, clothed with all the glory and Lord of all the hosts of the upper world, and that he is God upon earth beneath, which, though distant from the throne of his glory, is not out of the reach of his sight or power, and though despicable and mean is not below his care and cognizance. And there is none else, no true and living God but himself. All the deities of the heathen were counterfeits and usurpers; nor did any of them so much as pretend to be universal monarchs in heaven and earth, but only local deities. The Israelites, who worshipped no other than the supreme Numen--Divinity, were for ever inexcusable if they either changed their God or neglected him. [2.] That he is a consuming fire, a jealous God, v. 24. Take heed of offending him, for, First, He has a jealous eye to discern an affront; he must have your entire affection and adoration, and will by no means endure a rival. God's jealousy over us is a good reason for our godly jealousy over ourselves. Secondly, He has a heavy hand to punish an affront, especially in his worship, for therein he is in a special manner jealous. He is a consuming fire; his wrath against sinners is so; it is dreadful and destroying, it is a fiery indignation which will devour the adversaries, Heb. x. 27. Fire consumes that only which is fuel for it, so the wrath of God fastens upon those only who, by their own sin, have fitted themselves for destruction, 1 Cor. iii. 13; Isa. xxvii. 4. Even in the New Testament we find the same argument urged upon us as a reason why we should serve God with reverence (Heb. xii. 28, 29), because though he is our God, and a rejoicing light to those that serve him faithfully, yet he is a consuming fire to those that trifle with him. Thirdly, That yet he is a merciful God, v. 31. It comes in here as an encouragement to repentance, but might serve as an inducement to obedience, and a consideration proper to prevent their apostasy. Shall we forsake a merciful God, who will never forsake us, as it follows here, if we be faithful unto him? Whither can we go to better ourselves? Shall we forget the covenant of our God, who will not forget the covenant of our fathers? Let us be held to our duty by the bonds of love, and prevailed with by the mercies of God to cleave to him.
(2.) He urges their relation to this God, his authority over them and their obligations to him. "The commandments you are to keep and do are not mine," says Moses, "not my inventions, not my injunctions, but they are the commandments of the Lord, framed by infinite wisdom, enacted by sovereign power. He is the Lord God of your fathers (v. 1), so that you are his by inheritance: your fathers were his, and you were born in his house. He is the Lord your God (v. 2), so that you are his by your own consent. He is the Lord my God (v. 5), so that I treat with you as his agent and ambassador;" and in his name Moses delivered unto them all that, and that only, which he had received from the Lord.
(3.) He urges the wisdom of being religious: For this is your wisdom in the sight of the nations, v. 6. In keeping God's commandments, [1.] They would act wisely for themselves; This is your wisdom. It is not only agreeable to right reason, but highly conducive to our true interest; this is one of the first and most ancient maxims of divine revelation. The fear of the Lord, that is wisdom, Job xxviii. 28. [2.] They would answer the expectations of their neighbours, who, upon reading or hearing the precepts of the law that was given them, would conclude that certainly the people that were governed by this law were a wise and understanding people. Great things may justly be looked for from those who are guided by divine revelation, and unto whom are committed the oracles of God. They must needs be wiser and better than other people; and so they are if they are ruled by the rules that are given them; and if they are not, though reproach may for their sakes be cast upon the religion they profess, yet it will in the end certainly return upon themselves to their eternal confusion. Those that enjoy the benefit of divine light and laws ought to conduct themselves so as to support their own reputation for wisdom and honour (see Eccl. x. 1), that God may be glorified thereby.
(4.) He urges the singular advantages which they enjoyed by virtue of the happy establishment they were under, v. 7, 8. Our communion with God (which is the highest honour and happiness we are capable of in this world) is kept up by the word and prayer; in both these Israel were happy above any people under heaven. [1.] Never were any people so privileged in speaking to God, v. 7. He was nigh unto them in all that they called upon him for, ready to answer their enquiries and resolve them by his oracle, ready to answer their requests and to grant them by a particular providence. When they had cried unto God for bread, for water, for healing, they had found him near them, to succour and relieve them, a very present help, and in the midst of them (Ps. xlvi. 1, 5), his ear open to their prayers. Observe, First, It is the character of God's Israel that on all occasions they call upon him, in every thing they make their requests known to God. They do nothing but what they consult him in, they desire nothing but what they come to him for. Secondly, Those that call upon God shall certainly find him within call, and ready to give an answer of peace to every prayer of faith; see Isa. lviii. 9, "Thou shalt cry, as the child for a nurse, and he shall say, Here I am, what does my dear child cry for?" Thirdly, This is a privilege which makes the Israel of God truly great and honourable. What can go further than this to magnify a people or a person? Is any name more illustrious than that of Israel, a prince with God? What nation is there so great? Other nations might boast of greater numbers, larger territories, and more ancient incorporations; but none could boast of such an interest in heaven as Israel had. They had their gods, but not so nigh to them as Israel's God was; they could not help them in a time of need, as 1 Kings xviii. 27. [2.] Never were any people so privileged in hearing from God, by the statutes and judgments which were set before them, v. 8. This also was the grandeur of Israel above any people. What nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous? Observe, First, That all these statutes and judgments of the divine law are infinitely just and righteous, above the statutes and judgments of any of the nations. The law of God is far more excellent that the law of nations. No law so consonant to natural equity and the unprejudiced dictates of right reason, so consistent with itself in all the parts of it, and so conducive to the welfare and interest of mankind, as the scripture-law is, Ps. cxix. 128. Secondly, The having of these statutes and judgments set before them is the true and transcendent greatness of any nation or people. See Ps. cxlvii. 19, 20. It is an honour to us that we have the Bible in reputation and power among us. It is an evidence of a people's being high in the favour of God, and a means of making them high among the nations. Those that magnify the law shall be magnified by it.
(5.) He urges God's glorious appearances to them at Mount Sinai, when he gave them this law. This he insists much upon. Take heed lest thou forget the day that thou stoodest before the Lord thy God in Horeb, v. 10. Some of them were now alive that could remember it, though they were then under twenty years of age, and the rest of them might be said to stand there in the loins of their fathers, who received the law and entered into covenant there, not for themselves only, but for their children, to whom God had an eye particularly in giving the law, that they might teach it to their children. Two things they must remember, and, one would think, they could never forget them:-- [1.] What they saw at Mount Sinai, v. 11. They saw a strange composition of fire and darkness, both dreadful and very awful; and they must needs be a striking foil to each other; the darkness made the fire in the midst of it look the more dreadful. Fires in the night are the most frightful, and the fire made the darkness that surrounded it look the more awful; for it must needs be a strong darkness which such a fire did not disperse. In allusion to this appearance upon Mount Sinai, God is said to show himself for his people, and against his and their enemies, in fire and darkness together, Ps. xviii. 8, 9. He tells them again (v. 36) what they saw, for he would have them never forget it: He showed thee his great fire. One flash of lightning, that fire from heaven, strikes an awe upon us; and some have observed that most creatures naturally turn their faces towards the lightning, as ready to receive the impressions of it; but how dreadful then must a constant fire from heaven be! It gave an earnest of the day of judgment, in which the Lord Jesus shall be revealed in flaming fire. As he reminds them of what they saw, so he tells them what they saw not; no manner of similitude, from which they might form either an idea of God in their fancies or an image of God in their high places. By what we see of God sufficient ground is given us to believe him to be a Being of infinite power and perfection, but no occasion given us to suspect him to have a body such as we have. [2.] What they heard at Mount Sinai (v. 12): "The Lord spoke unto you with an intelligible voice, in your own language, and you heard it." This he enlarges upon towards the close of his discourse, v. 32, 33, 36. First, They heard the voice of God, speaking out of heaven. God manifests himself to all the world in the works of creation, without speech or language, and yet their voice is heard (Ps. xix. 1-3); but to Israel he made himself known by speech and language, condescending to the weakness of the church's infant state. Here was the voice of one crying in the wilderness, to prepare the way of the Lord. Secondly, They heard it out of the midst of the fire, which showed that it was God himself that spoke to them, for who else could dwell with devouring fire? God spoke to Job out of the whirlwind, which was terrible; but to Israel out of the fire, which was more terrible. We have reason to be thankful that he does not thus speak to us, but by men like ourselves, whose terror shall not make us afraid, Job xxxiii. 6, 7. Thirdly, They heard it and yet lived, v. 33. It was a wonder of mercy that the fire did not devour them, or that they did not die for fear, when Moses himself trembled. Fourthly, Never any people heard the like. He bids them enquire of former days and distant places, and they would find this favour of God to Israel without precedent or parallel, v. 32. This singular honour done them called for singular obedience from them. It might justly be expected that they should do more for God than other people, since God had done so much more for them.
(6.) He urges God's gracious appearances for them, in bringing them out of Egypt, from the iron furnace, where they laboured in the fire, forming them into a people, and then taking them to be his own people, a people of inheritance (v. 20); this he mentions again, v. 34, 37, 38. Never did God do such a thing for any people; the rise of this nation was quite different from that of all other nations. [1.] They were thus dignified and distinguished, not for any thing in them that was deserving or inviting, but because God had a kindness for their fathers: he chose them. See the reasons of free grace; we are not beloved for our own sakes, but for his sake who is the great trustee of the covenant. [2.] They were delivered out of Egypt by miracles and signs, in mercy to them and in judgment upon the Egyptians, against whom God stretched out his arm, which was signified by Moses's stretching out his hand in summoning the plagues. [3.] They were designed for a happy settlement in Canaan, v. 38. Nations must be driven out from before them, to make room for them, to show how much dearer they were to God than any other people were. Egyptians and Canaanites must both be sacrificed to Israel's honour and interest. Those that stand in Israel's light, in Israel's way, shall find it is at their peril.
(7.) He urges God's righteous appearance against them sometimes for their sins. He specifies particularly the matter of Peor, v. 3, 4. This had happened very lately: their eyes had seen but the other day the sudden destruction of those that joined themselves to Baal-peor and the preservation of those that clave to the Lord, from which they might easily infer the danger of apostasy from God and the benefit of adherence to him. He also takes notice again of God's displeasure against himself: The Lord was angry with me for your sakes, v. 21, 22. He mentions this to try their ingenuousness, whether they would really be troubled for the great prejudice which they had occasioned to their faithful friend and leader. Others' sufferings for our sakes should grieve us more than our own.
(8.) He urges the certain advantage of obedience. This argument he begins with (v. 1): That you may live, and go in and possess the land; and this he concludes with (v. 40): That it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee. He reminds them that they were upon their good behaviour, that their prosperity would depend upon their piety. If they kept God's precepts, he would undoubtedly fulfil his promises.
(9.) He urges the fatal consequences of their apostasy from God, that it would undoubtedly be the ruin of their nation. This he enlarges upon, v. 25-31. Here, [1.] He foresees their revolt from God to idols, that in process of time, when they had remained long in the land and were settled upon their lees, they would corrupt themselves, and make a graven image; this was the sin that would most easily beset them, v. 25. [2.] He foretels the judgments of God upon them for this: You shall utterly be destroyed (v. 26), scattered among the nations, v. 27. And their sin should be made their punishment (v. 28): "There shall you serve gods, the work of men's hands, be compelled to serve them, whether you will or no, or, through your own sottishness and stupidity, you will find no better succours to apply yourselves in your captivity." Those that cast off the duties of religion in their prosperity cannot expect the comforts of it when they come to be in distress. Justly are they then sent to the gods whom they have served, Judg. x. 14. [3.] Yet he encourages them to hope that God would reserve mercy for them in the latter days, that he would by his judgments upon them bring them to repentance, and take them again into covenant with himself, v. 29-31. Here observe, First, That whatever place we are in we may thence seek the Lord our God, though ever so remote from our own land or from his holy temple. There is no part of this earth that has a gulf fixed between it and heaven. Secondly, Those, and those only, shall find God to their comfort, who seek him with all their heart, that is, who are entirely devoted to him, earnestly desirous of his favour and solicitous to obtain it. Thirdly, Afflictions are sent to engage and quicken us to see God, and, by the grace of God working with them, many are thus reduced to their right mind, "When these things shall come upon thee, it is to be hoped that thou wilt turn to the Lord they God, for thou seest what comes of turning from him;" see Dan. ix. 11, 12. Fourthly, God's faithfulness to his covenant encourages us to hope that he will not reject us, though we be driven to him by affliction. If we at length remember the covenant, we shall find that he has not forgotten it.
Now let all these arguments be laid together, and then say whether religion has not reason on its side. None cast off the government of their God but those that have first abandoned the understanding of a man.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:1: Hearken - unto the statutes - Every thing that concerned the rites and ceremonies of religion; judgments - all that concerned matters of civil right and wrong.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:1: The general entreaty contained in this chapter is pointed by special mention and enforcement of the fundamental principles of the whole covenant Deut. 4:9-40, the spiritual nature of the Deity, His exclusive right to their allegiance, His abhorrence of idolatry in every form, His choice of them for His elect people. Compare further Moses' third and last address, Deut. 27-30.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:1: unto the statutes: Statutes, every thing that concerned morals and the rites and ceremonies of religion; judgments, all matters of civil right and wrong. Deu 4:8, Deu 4:45, Deu 5:1, Deu 6:1, Deu 6:2, Deu 8:1, Deu 11:1, Deu 11:32; Lev 19:37, Lev 20:8, Lev 22:31; Psa 105:45; Psa 119:4; Eze 11:20, Eze 36:27, Eze 37:24; Mat 28:20; Luk 1:6; Joh 15:14
that ye may: Lev 18:5; Eze 20:11, Eze 20:21; Rom 10:5
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:1
The Israelites were to hearken to the laws and rights which Moses taught to do (that they were to do), that they might live and attain to the possession of the land which the Lord would give them. "Hearkening" involves laying to heart and observing. The words "statutes and judgments" (as in Lev 19:37) denote the whole of the law of the covenant in its two leading features. חקּים, statutes, includes the moral commandments and statutory covenant laws, for which חק and חקּה are mostly used in the earlier books; that is to say, all that the people were bound to observe; משׁפּטים, rights, all that was due to them, whether in relation to God or to their fellow-men (cf. Deut 26:17). Sometimes המּצוה, the commandment, is connected with it, either placed first in the singular, as a general comprehensive notion (Deut 5:28; Deut 6:1; Deut 7:11), or in the plural (Deut 8:11; Deut 11:1; Deut 30:16); or העדת, the testimonies, the commandments as a manifestation of the will of God (Deut 4:45, Deut 6:17, Deut 6:20). - Life itself depended upon the fulfilment or long life in the promised land (Ex 20:12), as Moses repeatedly impressed upon them (cf. Deut 4:40; Deut 5:30; Deut 6:2; Deut 8:1; Deut 11:21; Deut 16:20; Deut 25:15; Deut 30:6, Deut 30:15., Deut 32:47). ירשׁתּם, for ירשׁתּם (as in Deut 4:22, Josh 1:16; cf. Ges. 44, 2, Anm. 2).
Deut 4:2
The observance of the law, however, required that it should be kept as it was given, that nothing should be added to it or taken from it, but that men should submit to it as to the inviolable word of God. Not by omissions only, but by additions also, was the commandment weakened, and the word of God turned into ordinances of men, as Pharisaism sufficiently proved. This precept is repeated in Deut 13:1; it is then revived by the prophets (Jer 26:2; Prov 30:6), and enforced again at the close of the whole revelation (Rev_ 22:18-19). In the same sense Christ also said that He had not come to destroy the law or the prophets, but to fulfil (Mt 5:17); and the old covenant was not abrogated, but only glorified and perfected, by the new.
Deut 4:3-4
The Israelites had just experienced how a faithful observance of the law gave life, in what the Lord had done on account of Baal-peor, when He destroyed those who worshipped this idol (Num 25:3, Num 25:9), whereas the faithful followers of the Lord still remained alive. בּ דּבק, to cleave to any one, to hold fast to him. This example was adduced by Moses, because the congregation had passed through all this only a very short time before; and the results of faithfulness towards the Lord on the one hand, and of the unfaithfulness of apostasy from Him on the other, had been made thoroughly apparent to it. "Your eyes the seeing," as in Deut 3:21.
Deut 4:5-6
But the laws which Moses taught were commandments of the Lord. Keeping and doing them were to be the wisdom and understanding of Israel in the eyes of the nations, who, when they heard all these laws, would say, "Certainly (רק, only, no other than) a wise and understanding people is this great nation." History has confirmed this. Not only did the wisdom of a Solomon astonish the queen of Sheba (3Kings 10:4.), but the divine truth which Israel possessed in the law of Moses attracted all the more earnest minds of the heathen world to seek the satisfaction of the inmost necessities of their heart and the salvation of their souls in Israel's knowledge of God, when, after a short period of bloom, the inward self-dissolution of the heathen religions had set in; and at last, in Christianity, it has brought one heathen nation after another to the knowledge of the true God, and to eternal salvation, notwithstanding the fact that the divine truth was and still is regarded as folly by the proud philosophers and self-righteous Epicureans and Stoics of ancient and modern times.
Deut 4:7-8
This mighty and attractive force of the wisdom of Israel consisted in the fact, that in Jehovah they possessed a God who was at hand with His help when they called upon Him (cf. Deut 33:29; Ps 34:19; Ps 145:18; 3Kings 2:7), as none of the gods of the other nations had ever been; and that in the law of God they possessed such statutes and rights as the heathen never had. True right has its roots in God; and with the obscuration of the knowledge of God, law and right, with their divinely established foundations, are also shaken and obscured (cf. Rom 1:26-32).
Geneva 1599
4:1 Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to (a) do [them], that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the LORD God of your fathers giveth you.
(a) For this doctrine stands not in bare knowledge, but in practice of life.
John Gill
4:1 Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments,.... The laws of God, moral, ceremonial, and judicial, which they are exhorted to attend to and obey, in consideration of the great and good things the Lord had done for them, ever since they came from Horeb, where they were given them; such as providing for them, and feeding them in the wilderness, preserving them from every hurtful thing, and delivering their enemies into their hands, the two kings of the Amorites, which they are put in mind of in the preceding chapters; hence this begins with "therefore hearken"; for nothing is a greater incentive to obedience than the kindness and goodness of God:
which I teach you for to do that ye may live; the law was taught by Moses, but the Gospel of grace and truth by Jesus Christ; and it was taught by him, as well as it was to be hearkened to by them, in order to yield obedience to it; for not bare hearing, but doing the law, is the principal thing of any avail; and which was to be done, that they might live; not a spiritual and eternal life, which are not by the works of the law, but are had only from Christ, through his grace and righteousness; but a corporeal life, and a comfortable enjoyment of the blessings of it, and particularly that that might be continued to them:
and go in and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you; the land of Canaan, which the Lord God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, had promised to give to their posterity, and which they were to hold by their obedience to his laws.
John Wesley
4:1 The statutes - The laws which concern the worship and service of God. The judgments - The laws concerning your duties to men. So these two comprehend both tables, and the whole law of God.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:1 AN EXHORTATION TO OBEDIENCE. (Deut 4:1-13)
hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you--By statutes were meant all ordinances respecting religion and the rites of divine worship; and by judgments, all enactments relative to civil matters. The two embraced the whole law of God.
4:24:2: Մ՛ի յաւելուցուք ինչ ՚ի բանն՝ զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ, եւ մի՛ հատանիցէք ՚ի նմանէ. պահեսջիք զհրամանս Տեառն Աստուծոյ մերոյ զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ ձեզ[1678]։ [1678] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Պահեսջի՛ք զպատուիրանս Տեառն Աստուծոյ. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
2 Ոչ մի բառ չաւելացնէք իմ ասածին ու ոչ մի բառ չկրճատէք դրանից: Պահպանեցէ՛ք մեր Տէր Աստծու այն պատուիրանները, որ ես պատգամում եմ ձեզ:
2 Պատուէրներուս վրայ բան մը մի՛ աւելցնէք ու անկէ բան մը մի՛ պակսեցնէք, այլ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն պատուիրանքները պահեցէք, որոնք ես ձեզի իմացուցի։
Մ՛ի յաւելուցուք ինչ ի բանն զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ, եւ մի՛ հատանիցէք ի նմանէ. պահեսջիք զպատուիրանս Տեառն Աստուծոյ [73]մերոյ զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ:

4:2: Մ՛ի յաւելուցուք ինչ ՚ի բանն՝ զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ, եւ մի՛ հատանիցէք ՚ի նմանէ. պահեսջիք զհրամանս Տեառն Աստուծոյ մերոյ զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ ձեզ[1678]։
[1678] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Պահեսջի՛ք զպատուիրանս Տեառն Աստուծոյ. համաձայն ոմանց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
2 Ոչ մի բառ չաւելացնէք իմ ասածին ու ոչ մի բառ չկրճատէք դրանից: Պահպանեցէ՛ք մեր Տէր Աստծու այն պատուիրանները, որ ես պատգամում եմ ձեզ:
2 Պատուէրներուս վրայ բան մը մի՛ աւելցնէք ու անկէ բան մը մի՛ պակսեցնէք, այլ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն պատուիրանքները պահեցէք, որոնք ես ձեզի իմացուցի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:22: не прибавляйте к тому, что я заповедую вам, и не убавляйте от того; соблюдайте заповеди Господа, Бога вашего, которые я вам заповедую.
4:2 οὐ ου not προσθήσετε προστιθημι add; continue πρὸς προς to; toward τὸ ο the ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase ὃ ος who; what ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ὑμῖν υμιν you καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἀφελεῖτε αφαιρεω take away ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him φυλάσσεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep τὰς ο the ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ὑμῖν υμιν you σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:2 לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not תֹסִ֗פוּ ṯōsˈifû יסף add עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the דָּבָר֙ ddāvˌār דָּבָר word אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִי֙ ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוֶּ֣ה mᵊṣawwˈeh צוה command אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תִגְרְע֖וּ ṯiḡrᵊʕˌû גרע clip מִמֶּ֑נּוּ mimmˈennû מִן from לִ li לְ to שְׁמֹ֗ר šᵊmˈōr שׁמר keep אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְוֹת֙ miṣwˌōṯ מִצְוָה commandment יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֖י ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command אֶתְכֶֽם׃ ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
4:2. non addetis ad verbum quod vobis loquor neque auferetis ex eo custodite mandata Domini Dei vestri quae ego praecipio vobisYou shall not add to the word that I speak to you, neither shall you take away from it: keep the commandments of the Lord your God which I command you.
2. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you.
4:2. You shall not add to the word which I speak to you, neither shall you take away from it. Preserve the commandments of the Lord your God which I am teaching to you.
4:2. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish [ought] from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you.
Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish [ought] from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you:

2: не прибавляйте к тому, что я заповедую вам, и не убавляйте от того; соблюдайте заповеди Господа, Бога вашего, которые я вам заповедую.
4:2
οὐ ου not
προσθήσετε προστιθημι add; continue
πρὸς προς to; toward
τὸ ο the
ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase
ος who; what
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ὑμῖν υμιν you
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἀφελεῖτε αφαιρεω take away
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
φυλάσσεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep
τὰς ο the
ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ὑμῖν υμιν you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:2
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
תֹסִ֗פוּ ṯōsˈifû יסף add
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
דָּבָר֙ ddāvˌār דָּבָר word
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִי֙ ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוֶּ֣ה mᵊṣawwˈeh צוה command
אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תִגְרְע֖וּ ṯiḡrᵊʕˌû גרע clip
מִמֶּ֑נּוּ mimmˈennû מִן from
לִ li לְ to
שְׁמֹ֗ר šᵊmˈōr שׁמר keep
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְוֹת֙ miṣwˌōṯ מִצְוָה commandment
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֖י ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command
אֶתְכֶֽם׃ ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
4:2. non addetis ad verbum quod vobis loquor neque auferetis ex eo custodite mandata Domini Dei vestri quae ego praecipio vobis
You shall not add to the word that I speak to you, neither shall you take away from it: keep the commandments of the Lord your God which I command you.
4:2. You shall not add to the word which I speak to you, neither shall you take away from it. Preserve the commandments of the Lord your God which I am teaching to you.
4:2. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish [ought] from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:2: Ye shall not add - Any book, chapter, verse or word, which I have not spoken; nor give any comment that has any tendency to corrupt, weaken, or destroy any part of this revelation.
Neither shall ye diminish - Ye shall not only not take away any larger portion of this word, but ye shall not take one jot or tittle from the Law; it is that word of God that abideth for ever.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:2: Deu 12:32; Jos 1:7; Pro 30:6; Ecc 12:13; Mat 5:18, Mat 5:43, Mat 15:2-9; Mar 7:1-13; Gal 3:15; Rev 22:18, Rev 22:19
Geneva 1599
4:2 Ye shall (b) not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye (c) diminish [ought] from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you.
(b) Think not to be more wise than I am.
(c) God will not be served by halves, but will have full obedience.
John Gill
4:2 Ye shall not add to the word which I command you, nether shall you diminish ought from it,.... Neither make new laws of their own, and join them to the law of God, and set them upon a level with it, or prefer them before it; as the Scribes and Pharisees did in Christ's time, who by their traditions made the word of God of none effect, as do the Papists also by their unwritten traditions; nor abrogate nor detract from the law of God, nor make void any part of it: or else the sense is, neither do that which is forbidden, nor neglect that which is commanded; neither be guilty of sins of omission nor commission, nor in any way break the law of God, and teach men so to do by word or by example; not a jot or tittle is either to be put to it, or taken from it, Prov 30:5.
that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you; in his name; or which he delivered unto them as his commandments, and which were to be kept just as they were delivered, without adding to them, or taking from them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:2 Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you--by the introduction of any heathen superstition or forms of worship different from those which I have appointed (Deut 12:32; Num 15:39; Mt 15:9).
neither shall ye diminish aught from it--by the neglect or omission of any of the observances, however trivial or irksome, which I have prescribed. The character and provisions of the ancient dispensation were adapted with divine wisdom to the instruction of that infant state of the church. But it was only a temporary economy; and although God here authorizes Moses to command that all its institutions should be honored with unfailing observance, this did not prevent Him from commissioning other prophets to alter or abrogate them when the end of that dispensation was attained.
4:34:3: Աչք ձեր տեսին՝ զոր ինչ արա՛ր Տէր ընդ Բելփեգովր. զի ամենայն մարդ որ չոգաւ զհետ Բելփեգովրայ՝ սատակեա՛ց զնա Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձէնջ։
3 Դուք ձեր աչքերով տեսաք, թէ Տէրն ինչ արեց Բելփեգորին: Մեր Տէր Աստուածը ձեր միջից վերացրեց նրանց, ովքեր հետեւում էին Բելփեգորին,
3 Ձեր աչքերը տեսան ինչ որ Տէրը Բելփեգովրին ըրաւ. վասն զի քու Տէր Աստուածդ Բելփեգովրին ետեւէն գացող բոլոր մարդիկը ձեր մէջէն կորսնցուց։
Աչք ձեր տեսին զոր ինչ արար Տէր ընդ Բեղփեգովր. զի ամենայն մարդ որ չոգաւ զհետ Բեղփեգովրայ` սատակեաց զնա Տէր Աստուած [74]մեր ի ձէնջ:

4:3: Աչք ձեր տեսին՝ զոր ինչ արա՛ր Տէր ընդ Բելփեգովր. զի ամենայն մարդ որ չոգաւ զհետ Բելփեգովրայ՝ սատակեա՛ց զնա Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձէնջ։
3 Դուք ձեր աչքերով տեսաք, թէ Տէրն ինչ արեց Բելփեգորին: Մեր Տէր Աստուածը ձեր միջից վերացրեց նրանց, ովքեր հետեւում էին Բելփեգորին,
3 Ձեր աչքերը տեսան ինչ որ Տէրը Բելփեգովրին ըրաւ. վասն զի քու Տէր Աստուածդ Բելփեգովրին ետեւէն գացող բոլոր մարդիկը ձեր մէջէն կորսնցուց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:33: Глаза ваши видели [все], что сделал Господь с Ваал--Фегором: всякого человека, последовавшего Ваал-Фегору, истребил Господь, Бог твой, из среды тебя;
4:3 οἱ ο the ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight ὑμῶν υμων your ἑωράκασιν οραω view; see πάντα πας all; every ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our τῷ ο the Βεελφεγωρ βεελφεγωρ since; that πᾶς πας all; every ἄνθρωπος ανθρωπος person; human ὅστις οστις who; that ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after Βεελφεγωρ βεελφεγωρ he; him κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ἐξ εκ from; out of ὑμῶν υμων your
4:3 עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ ʕˈênêḵem עַיִן eye הָֽ hˈā הַ the רֹאֹ֔ת rōʔˈōṯ ראה see אֵ֛ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֥ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בַ֣עַל פְּעֹ֑ור vˈaʕal pᵊʕˈôr בַּעַל פְּעֹור Baal Peor כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the אִ֗ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הָלַךְ֙ hālaḵ הלך walk אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after בַֽעַל־פְּעֹ֔ור vˈaʕal-pᵊʕˈôr בַּעַל פְּעֹור Baal Peor הִשְׁמִידֹ֛ו hišmîḏˈô שׁמד destroy יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) מִ mi מִן from קִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃ qqirbˈeḵā קֶרֶב interior
4:3. oculi vestri viderunt omnia quae fecit Dominus contra Beelphegor quomodo contriverit omnes cultores eius de medio vestriYour eyes have seen all that the Lord hath done against Beelphegor, how he hath destroyed all his worshippers from among you.
3. Your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baal-peor: for all the men that followed Baal-peor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from the midst of thee.
4:3. Your eyes have seen all that the Lord has done against Baal-peor, in what manner he has crushed all of his worshippers from among you.
4:3. Your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baalpeor: for all the men that followed Baalpeor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from among you.
Your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baal- peor: for all the men that followed Baal- peor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from among you:

3: Глаза ваши видели [все], что сделал Господь с Ваал--Фегором: всякого человека, последовавшего Ваал-Фегору, истребил Господь, Бог твой, из среды тебя;
4:3
οἱ ο the
ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἑωράκασιν οραω view; see
πάντα πας all; every
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
τῷ ο the
Βεελφεγωρ βεελφεγωρ since; that
πᾶς πας all; every
ἄνθρωπος ανθρωπος person; human
ὅστις οστις who; that
ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
Βεελφεγωρ βεελφεγωρ he; him
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ὑμῶν υμων your
4:3
עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ ʕˈênêḵem עַיִן eye
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
רֹאֹ֔ת rōʔˈōṯ ראה see
אֵ֛ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֥ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בַ֣עַל פְּעֹ֑ור vˈaʕal pᵊʕˈôr בַּעַל פְּעֹור Baal Peor
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
אִ֗ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הָלַךְ֙ hālaḵ הלך walk
אַחֲרֵ֣י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
בַֽעַל־פְּעֹ֔ור vˈaʕal-pᵊʕˈôr בַּעַל פְּעֹור Baal Peor
הִשְׁמִידֹ֛ו hišmîḏˈô שׁמד destroy
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
מִ mi מִן from
קִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃ qqirbˈeḵā קֶרֶב interior
4:3. oculi vestri viderunt omnia quae fecit Dominus contra Beelphegor quomodo contriverit omnes cultores eius de medio vestri
Your eyes have seen all that the Lord hath done against Beelphegor, how he hath destroyed all his worshippers from among you.
4:3. Your eyes have seen all that the Lord has done against Baal-peor, in what manner he has crushed all of his worshippers from among you.
4:3. Your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baalpeor: for all the men that followed Baalpeor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from among you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:3: what the: Num 25:1-9, Num 31:16; Jos 22:17; Psa 106:28, Psa 106:29; Hos 9:10
for all the men: It appears from this appeal, that the pestilence, as well as the sword of the magistrates, singled out the guilty persons and spared the rest (Psa 91:6-8). The legislator, in order to deter the Jews from idolatry, alludes to this fact, but he notices no circumstance but one, which, though in the original narrative was not stated, was infinitely the most important to advert to on this occasion; but which no persons, but spectators of the fact, and perfectly acquainted with every individual concerned in it, could possibly feel the truth of. Num 26:64
Geneva 1599
4:3 Your (d) eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baalpeor: for all the men that followed Baalpeor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from among you.
(d) God's judgments executed on other idolaters ought to serve for our instruction, read (Num 25:3-4).
John Gill
4:3 Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baalpeor,.... Because of the idolatry the people of Israel fell into by worshipping that idol, being drawn into it by the daughters of Moab and Midian, through the counsel of Balaam, with whom they committed fornication; which led them to the other sin, and both highly provoking to God. The Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan are,"what the Word of the Lord has done to the worshippers of the idol Peor;"
for all the men that followed Baalpeor, the Lord thy God hath destroyed them from among you; 24,000 persons died on that account; which being a recent thing, fresh in memory, and what they were eyewitnesses of, was a caution to them to avoid the same sins, as it is to us on whom the ends of the world are come, Num 23:9.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:3 Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal-peor . . . the Lord thy God hath destroyed them from among you--It appears that the pestilence and the sword of justice overtook only the guilty in that affair (Num 25:1-9) while the rest of the people were spared. The allusion to that recent and appalling judgment was seasonably made as a powerful dissuasive against idolatry, and the fact mentioned was calculated to make a deep impression on people who knew and felt the truth of it.
4:44:4: Բայց դուք՝ որ յարեցայք ՚ի Տէր Աստուած ձեր, կենդանի՛ էք դուք ամենեքեան յաւուրս յայսմիկ։
4 իսկ դուք, որ յարեցիք ձեր Տէր Աստծուն, բոլորդ էլ կենդանի էք մնացել մինչ այսօր:
4 Բայց դուք, որ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն յարեցաք, ամէնքդ այսօր ողջ էք։
Բայց դուք որ յարեցայք ի Տէր Աստուած ձեր, կենդանի էք դուք ամենեքեան յաւուրս յայսմիկ:

4:4: Բայց դուք՝ որ յարեցայք ՚ի Տէր Աստուած ձեր, կենդանի՛ էք դուք ամենեքեան յաւուրս յայսմիկ։
4 իսկ դուք, որ յարեցիք ձեր Տէր Աստծուն, բոլորդ էլ կենդանի էք մնացել մինչ այսօր:
4 Բայց դուք, որ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն յարեցաք, ամէնքդ այսօր ողջ էք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:44: а вы, прилепившиеся к Господу, Богу вашему, живы все доныне.
4:4 ὑμεῖς υμεις you δὲ δε though; while οἱ ο the προσκείμενοι προσκειμαι lord; master τῷ ο the θεῷ θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ζῆτε ζαω live; alive πάντες πας all; every ἐν εν in τῇ ο the σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:4 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you הַ ha הַ the דְּבֵקִ֔ים ddᵊvēqˈîm דָּבֵק clinging, cleaving to בַּ ba בְּ in יהוָ֖ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) חַיִּ֥ים ḥayyˌîm חַי alive כֻּלְּכֶ֖ם kullᵊḵˌem כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
4:4. vos autem qui adheretis Domino Deo vestro vivitis universi usque in praesentem diemBut you that adhere to the Lord your God, are all alive until this present day.
4. But ye that did cleave unto the LORD your God are alive every one of you this day.
4:4. But you who adhere to the Lord your God are all still alive, to the present day.
4:4. But ye that did cleave unto the LORD your God [are] alive every one of you this day.
But ye that did cleave unto the LORD your God [are] alive every one of you this day:

4: а вы, прилепившиеся к Господу, Богу вашему, живы все доныне.
4:4
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
δὲ δε though; while
οἱ ο the
προσκείμενοι προσκειμαι lord; master
τῷ ο the
θεῷ θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ζῆτε ζαω live; alive
πάντες πας all; every
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:4
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
הַ ha הַ the
דְּבֵקִ֔ים ddᵊvēqˈîm דָּבֵק clinging, cleaving to
בַּ ba בְּ in
יהוָ֖ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
חַיִּ֥ים ḥayyˌîm חַי alive
כֻּלְּכֶ֖ם kullᵊḵˌem כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
4:4. vos autem qui adheretis Domino Deo vestro vivitis universi usque in praesentem diem
But you that adhere to the Lord your God, are all alive until this present day.
4:4. But you who adhere to the Lord your God are all still alive, to the present day.
4:4. But ye that did cleave unto the LORD your God [are] alive every one of you this day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:4: Deu 10:20, Deu 13:4; Jos 22:5, Jos 23:8; Rut 1:14-17; Psa 63:8, Psa 143:6-11; Isa 26:20; Eze 9:4; Joh 6:67-69; Act 11:23; Rom 12:9; Rev 14:4, Rev 20:4
Geneva 1599
4:4 But ye that did (e) cleave unto the LORD your God [are] alive every one of you this day.
(e) And were not idolaters.
John Gill
4:4 But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God,.... To the worship of the Lord your God, as the Targum of Jonathan; attended the service of the sanctuary, were observant of the laws of God, and walked in his statutes and judgments; did not apostatize from him by idolatry or otherwise, but kept close unto him, and followed him fully:
are alive everyone of you this day; which is very remarkable, that in such a vast number of people not one should die in such a space of time, it being several months since that affair happened; and besides, in that time there was a war with the Midianites, and yet not one person died in that war, nor as it seems by this account by any disease or disaster whatever; see Num 31:49.
4:54:5: Տեսէ՛ք զի ուսուցի ձեզ զիրաւո՛ւնս եւ զդատաստանս՝ որպէս պատուիրեաց ինձ Տէր առնե՛լ զայն յերկրին յորում դուք մտանիցէք ժառանգել զնա[1679]։ [1679] Բազումք. Յոր դուք մտանիցէք։
5 Տեսէ՛ք, ես ձեզ օրէնք ու կանոն սովորեցրի այնպէս, ինչպէս Տէրն ինձ պատուիրել էր, որպէսզի դրանք կիրառուեն այն երկրում, ուր մտնելու էք ու ժառանգելու այն:
5 Ահա ձեզի կանոններ ու դատաստաններ սորվեցուցի, ինչպէս իմ Տէր Աստուածս ինծի պատուիրեց, որպէս զի անոնք գործադրէք այն երկրին մէջ, ուր պիտի մտնէք ժառանգելու համար։
Տեսէք զի ուսուցի ձեզ զիրաւունս եւ զդատաստանս որպէս պատուիրեաց ինձ Տէր[75] առնել զայն յերկրին յոր դուք մտանիցէք ժառանգել զնա:

4:5: Տեսէ՛ք զի ուսուցի ձեզ զիրաւո՛ւնս եւ զդատաստանս՝ որպէս պատուիրեաց ինձ Տէր առնե՛լ զայն յերկրին յորում դուք մտանիցէք ժառանգել զնա[1679]։
[1679] Բազումք. Յոր դուք մտանիցէք։
5 Տեսէ՛ք, ես ձեզ օրէնք ու կանոն սովորեցրի այնպէս, ինչպէս Տէրն ինձ պատուիրել էր, որպէսզի դրանք կիրառուեն այն երկրում, ուր մտնելու էք ու ժառանգելու այն:
5 Ահա ձեզի կանոններ ու դատաստաններ սորվեցուցի, ինչպէս իմ Տէր Աստուածս ինծի պատուիրեց, որպէս զի անոնք գործադրէք այն երկրին մէջ, ուր պիտի մտնէք ժառանգելու համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:55: Вот, я научил вас постановлениям и законам, как повелел мне Господь, Бог мой, дабы вы так поступали в той земле, в которую вы вступаете, чтоб овладеть ею;
4:5 ἴδετε οραω view; see δέδειχα δεικνυω show ὑμῖν υμιν you δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification καὶ και and; even κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment καθὰ καθα just as ἐνετείλατό εντελλομαι direct; enjoin μοι μοι me κύριος κυριος lord; master ποιῆσαι ποιεω do; make οὕτως ουτως so; this way ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what ὑμεῖς υμεις you εἰσπορεύεσθε εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into ἐκεῖ εκει there κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him
4:5 רְאֵ֣ה׀ rᵊʔˈē ראה see לִמַּ֣דְתִּי limmˈaḏtî למד learn אֶתְכֶ֗ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker] חֻקִּים֙ ḥuqqîm חֹק portion וּ û וְ and מִשְׁפָּטִ֔ים mišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] צִוַּ֖נִי ṣiwwˌanî צוה command יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהָ֑י ʔᵉlōhˈāy אֱלֹהִים god(s) לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂ֣ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make כֵּ֔ן kˈēn כֵּן thus בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֶ֣רֶב qˈerev קֶרֶב interior הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you בָּאִ֥ים bāʔˌîm בוא come שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
4:5. scitis quod docuerim vos praecepta atque iustitias sicut mandavit mihi Dominus Deus meus sic facietis ea in terra quam possessuri estisYou know that I have taught you statutes and justices, as the Lord my God hath commanded me: so shall you do them in the land which you shall possess:
5. Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the midst of the land whither ye go in to possess it.
4:5. You know that I have taught you precepts as well as justices, just as the Lord my God has commanded me. And so shall you do in the land that you will possess.
4:5. Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it.
Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it:

5: Вот, я научил вас постановлениям и законам, как повелел мне Господь, Бог мой, дабы вы так поступали в той земле, в которую вы вступаете, чтоб овладеть ею;
4:5
ἴδετε οραω view; see
δέδειχα δεικνυω show
ὑμῖν υμιν you
δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification
καὶ και and; even
κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment
καθὰ καθα just as
ἐνετείλατό εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
μοι μοι me
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ποιῆσαι ποιεω do; make
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
εἰσπορεύεσθε εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
4:5
רְאֵ֣ה׀ rᵊʔˈē ראה see
לִמַּ֣דְתִּי limmˈaḏtî למד learn
אֶתְכֶ֗ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
חֻקִּים֙ ḥuqqîm חֹק portion
וּ û וְ and
מִשְׁפָּטִ֔ים mišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
צִוַּ֖נִי ṣiwwˌanî צוה command
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהָ֑י ʔᵉlōhˈāy אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂ֣ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make
כֵּ֔ן kˈēn כֵּן thus
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֶ֣רֶב qˈerev קֶרֶב interior
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
בָּאִ֥ים bāʔˌîm בוא come
שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
4:5. scitis quod docuerim vos praecepta atque iustitias sicut mandavit mihi Dominus Deus meus sic facietis ea in terra quam possessuri estis
You know that I have taught you statutes and justices, as the Lord my God hath commanded me: so shall you do them in the land which you shall possess:
4:5. You know that I have taught you precepts as well as justices, just as the Lord my God has commanded me. And so shall you do in the land that you will possess.
4:5. Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:5: Deu 4:1; Pro 22:19, Pro 22:20; Mat 28:20; Act 20:27; Co1 11:28, Co1 15:3; Th1 4:1, Th1 4:2; Heb 3:5; The people had been often ready to conclude that Moses taught them by his own authority; but at the close of his life he solemnly assured them that he had instructed them exactly as the Lord had commanded him, neither more, nor less, nor otherwise. This is a most express declaration that he was divinely inspired, and utterly incompatible with his integrity of character, if he was not. Scott.
John Gill
4:5 Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me,.... He had faithfully delivered them, without adding them, or diminishing from them, and had diligently instructed the Israelites in them, had taken pains to lead them into a thorough knowledge and understanding them:
that ye should do so in the land whither ye go possess it; do in like manner as the commandments the Lord direct to; or that which is right (e); proper and fitting to be done, by doing which they continue in the land they were about to possess, therefore when in it were to be careful to them; some of them could not be done till they came into it, and all were to be done in it.
(e) "rectum".
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:5 this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes--Moses predicted that the faithful observance of the laws given them would raise their national character for intelligence and wisdom. In point of fact it did do so; for although the heathen world generally ridiculed the Hebrews for what they considered a foolish and absurd exclusiveness, some of the most eminent philosophers expressed the highest admiration of the fundamental principle in the Jewish religion--the unity of God; and their legislators borrowed some laws from the constitution of the Hebrews.
4:64:6: Եւ պահեսջի՛ք եւ արասջի՛ք. զի ա՛յն է իմաստութիւն ձեր եւ հանճա՛ր առաջի ամենայն ազգացն, որ լսիցեն զամենայն իրաւունս զայսոսիկ եւ ասիցեն. Ահա ժողովուրդ իմաստո՛ւն եւ հանճարե՛ղ ա՛զգս այս մեծ։
6 Պահպանեցէ՛ք ու կիրառեցէ՛ք այդ պատուիրանները, որովհետեւ դրանց մէջ է ձեր իմաստնութիւնն ու խոհեմութիւնը բոլոր ազգերի առաջ, որոնք լսելով այս բոլոր օրէնքները՝ պիտի ասեն. “Ահա՛ւասիկ մի իմաստուն ժողովուրդ, մի խոհեմ ու մեծ ազգ”:
6 Ուստի դուք անոնք պահեցէք ու ըրէք. վասն զի ձեր իմաստութիւնն ու հանճարը այս պիտի ըլլայ ազգերուն առջեւ, որոնք այս բոլոր կանոնները լսելով պիտի ըսեն. ‘Իրաւցնէ այս մեծ ազգը իմաստուն ու հանճարեղ ժողովուրդ մըն է’։
Եւ պահեսջիք եւ արասջիք, զի այն է իմաստութիւն ձեր եւ հանճար առաջի ամենայն ազգացն, որ լսիցեն զամենայն իրաւունս զայսոսիկ եւ ասիցեն. Ահա ժողովուրդ իմաստուն եւ հանճարեղ, ազգս այս մեծ:

4:6: Եւ պահեսջի՛ք եւ արասջի՛ք. զի ա՛յն է իմաստութիւն ձեր եւ հանճա՛ր առաջի ամենայն ազգացն, որ լսիցեն զամենայն իրաւունս զայսոսիկ եւ ասիցեն. Ահա ժողովուրդ իմաստո՛ւն եւ հանճարե՛ղ ա՛զգս այս մեծ։
6 Պահպանեցէ՛ք ու կիրառեցէ՛ք այդ պատուիրանները, որովհետեւ դրանց մէջ է ձեր իմաստնութիւնն ու խոհեմութիւնը բոլոր ազգերի առաջ, որոնք լսելով այս բոլոր օրէնքները՝ պիտի ասեն. “Ահա՛ւասիկ մի իմաստուն ժողովուրդ, մի խոհեմ ու մեծ ազգ”:
6 Ուստի դուք անոնք պահեցէք ու ըրէք. վասն զի ձեր իմաստութիւնն ու հանճարը այս պիտի ըլլայ ազգերուն առջեւ, որոնք այս բոլոր կանոնները լսելով պիտի ըսեն. ‘Իրաւցնէ այս մեծ ազգը իմաստուն ու հանճարեղ ժողովուրդ մըն է’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:66: итак храните и исполняйте их, ибо в этом мудрость ваша и разум ваш пред глазами народов, которые, услышав о всех сих постановлениях, скажут: только этот великий народ есть народ мудрый и разумный.
4:6 καὶ και and; even φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep καὶ και and; even ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make ὅτι οτι since; that αὕτη ουτος this; he ἡ ο the σοφία σοφια wisdom ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the σύνεσις συνεσις comprehension ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before πάντων πας all; every τῶν ο the ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as ἐὰν εαν and if; unless ἀκούσωσιν ακουω hear πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification ταῦτα ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even ἐροῦσιν ερεω.1 state; mentioned ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am λαὸς λαος populace; population σοφὸς σοφος wise καὶ και and; even ἐπιστήμων επιστημων expert τὸ ο the ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste τὸ ο the μέγα μεγας great; loud τοῦτο ουτος this; he
4:6 וּ û וְ and שְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ šᵊmartem שׁמר keep וַ wa וְ and עֲשִׂיתֶם֒ ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that הִ֤וא hˈiw הִיא she חָכְמַתְכֶם֙ ḥoḵmaṯᵊḵˌem חָכְמָה wisdom וּ û וְ and בִ֣ינַתְכֶ֔ם vˈînaṯᵊḵˈem בִּינָה understanding לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye הָ hā הַ the עַמִּ֑ים ʕammˈîm עַם people אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִשְׁמְע֗וּן yišmᵊʕˈûn שׁמע hear אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the חֻקִּ֣ים ḥuqqˈîm חֹק portion הָ hā הַ the אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמְר֗וּ ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say רַ֚ק ˈraq רַק only עַם־ ʕam- עַם people חָכָ֣ם ḥāḵˈām חָכָם wise וְ wᵊ וְ and נָבֹ֔ון nāvˈôn בין understand הַ ha הַ the גֹּ֥וי ggˌôy גֹּוי people הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֖ול ggāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
4:6. et observabitis et implebitis opere haec est enim vestra sapientia et intellectus coram populis ut audientes universa praecepta haec dicant en populus sapiens et intellegens gens magnaAnd you shall observe, and fulfil them in practice. For this is your wisdom, and understanding in the sight of nations, that hearing all these precepts, they may say: Behold a wise and understanding people, a great nation.
6. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the peoples, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.
4:6. And you shall observe and fulfill these in practice. For this is your wisdom and understanding in the sight of the peoples, so that, upon hearing all these precepts, they may say: ‘Lo, a wise and understanding people, a great nation.’
4:6. Keep therefore and do [them]; for this [is] your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation [is] a wise and understanding people.
Keep therefore and do [them]; for this [is] your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation [is] a wise and understanding people:

6: итак храните и исполняйте их, ибо в этом мудрость ваша и разум ваш пред глазами народов, которые, услышав о всех сих постановлениях, скажут: только этот великий народ есть народ мудрый и разумный.
4:6
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσετε ποιεω do; make
ὅτι οτι since; that
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ο the
σοφία σοφια wisdom
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ο the
σύνεσις συνεσις comprehension
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
πάντων πας all; every
τῶν ο the
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
ἀκούσωσιν ακουω hear
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
ἐροῦσιν ερεω.1 state; mentioned
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
λαὸς λαος populace; population
σοφὸς σοφος wise
καὶ και and; even
ἐπιστήμων επιστημων expert
τὸ ο the
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
τὸ ο the
μέγα μεγας great; loud
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
4:6
וּ û וְ and
שְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ šᵊmartem שׁמר keep
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשִׂיתֶם֒ ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
הִ֤וא hˈiw הִיא she
חָכְמַתְכֶם֙ ḥoḵmaṯᵊḵˌem חָכְמָה wisdom
וּ û וְ and
בִ֣ינַתְכֶ֔ם vˈînaṯᵊḵˈem בִּינָה understanding
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
הָ הַ the
עַמִּ֑ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִשְׁמְע֗וּן yišmᵊʕˈûn שׁמע hear
אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
חֻקִּ֣ים ḥuqqˈîm חֹק portion
הָ הַ the
אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמְר֗וּ ʔāmᵊrˈû אמר say
רַ֚ק ˈraq רַק only
עַם־ ʕam- עַם people
חָכָ֣ם ḥāḵˈām חָכָם wise
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָבֹ֔ון nāvˈôn בין understand
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּ֥וי ggˌôy גֹּוי people
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֖ול ggāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
4:6. et observabitis et implebitis opere haec est enim vestra sapientia et intellectus coram populis ut audientes universa praecepta haec dicant en populus sapiens et intellegens gens magna
And you shall observe, and fulfil them in practice. For this is your wisdom, and understanding in the sight of nations, that hearing all these precepts, they may say: Behold a wise and understanding people, a great nation.
4:6. And you shall observe and fulfill these in practice. For this is your wisdom and understanding in the sight of the peoples, so that, upon hearing all these precepts, they may say: ‘Lo, a wise and understanding people, a great nation.’
4:6. Keep therefore and do [them]; for this [is] your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation [is] a wise and understanding people.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:6: Keep - and do them; for this is your wisdom - There was no mode of worship at this time on the face or the earth that was not wicked, obscene, puerile, foolish, or ridiculous, except that established by God himself among the Israelites. And every part of this, taken in its connection and reference, may be truly called a wise and reasonable service.
The nations - and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people - Almost all the nations in the earth showed that they had formed this opinion of the Jews, by borrowing from them the principal part of their civil code. Take away what Asia and Europe, whether ancient or modern, have borrowed from the Mosaic laws, and you leave little behind that can be called excellent.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:6: this is your: Job 28:28; Psa 19:7, Psa 111:10, Psa 119:98-100; Pro 1:7, Pro 14:8; Jer 8:9; Ti2 3:15; Jam 3:13
Surely: Kg1 4:34, Kg1 10:6-9; Psa 119:99; Dan 1:20, Dan 4:9, Dan 5:11-16; Zac 8:20-23; Mal 3:12
Geneva 1599
4:6 Keep therefore and do [them]; for this [is] your (f) wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation [is] a wise and understanding people.
(f) Because all men naturally desire wisdom, he shows how to attain it.
John Gill
4:6 Keep therefore and do them,..... Observe them, take notice of what is expressed by them, and perform them, both as to matter and manner, as they require:
for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations; that is, their wisdom and understanding would appear to other nations by their observance of the commands of God:
which hear all these statutes; which they had a report, got knowledge of by some of the philosophers who travelled into those parts, and by the translation of the Bible into the Greek language:
and say, surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people; that had such a body of laws, in which they were instructed, and according to which they were governed, and in which they walked; that were so agreeable to reason, truth, justice, and equity; insomuch that so far as they became known they were admired and copied after, both by Greeks and Romans; and hence it was that the oracle (f) declared, that only the Chaldeans and Hebrews were a wise people; the Hebrews came from Chaldea, as Abraham the father of them.
(f) Apud Porphyr. in Euseb Evangel. Praepar. l. 9. c. 10. p. 413.
John Wesley
4:6 In the sight of the nations - For though the generality of Heathens in the latter ages, did through inveterate prejudices condemn the laws of the Hebrews, yet it is certain, the wisest Heathens did highly approve of them, so that they made use of divers of them, and translated them into their own laws and constitutions; and Moses, the giver of these laws, hath been mentioned with great honour for his wisdom and learning by many of them. And particularly the old Heathen oracle expressly said, that the Chaldeans or Hebrews, who worshipped the uncreated God, were the only wise men.
4:74:7: Քանզի ո՞վ իցէ ազգ մեծ՝ որոյ իցէ Աստուած մօտ ՚ի նոսա. որպէս Տէր Աստուած մեր յամենայնի՝ որովք կարդասցուք առ նա[1680]. [1680] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Որոյ իցէ ՚ի նմա Աստուած մօտ ՚ի նոսա. համաձայն բազմաց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
7 Որովհետեւ այդ ո՞ր մեծ ազգն է, որի Աստուածն իր մօտ, իր մէջ է, ինչպիսին մեր բոլորի Տէր Աստուածն է, որին կարող ենք դիմել:
7 Քանզի ո՞ր ազգը այնչափ մեծ է, որուն աստուածները իրեն այնքան մօտ ըլլան, որքան մեր Եհովա Աստուածը մեզի մօտ է՝ ամէն ատեն երբ իրմէ կը խնդրենք։
Քանզի ո՞վ իցէ ազգ մեծ որոյ իցէ Աստուած մօտ [76]ի նոսա``, որպէս Տէր Աստուած մեր յամենայնի որովք կարդասցուք առ նա:

4:7: Քանզի ո՞վ իցէ ազգ մեծ՝ որոյ իցէ Աստուած մօտ ՚ի նոսա. որպէս Տէր Աստուած մեր յամենայնի՝ որովք կարդասցուք առ նա[1680].
[1680] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Որոյ իցէ ՚ի նմա Աստուած մօտ ՚ի նոսա. համաձայն բազմաց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։
7 Որովհետեւ այդ ո՞ր մեծ ազգն է, որի Աստուածն իր մօտ, իր մէջ է, ինչպիսին մեր բոլորի Տէր Աստուածն է, որին կարող ենք դիմել:
7 Քանզի ո՞ր ազգը այնչափ մեծ է, որուն աստուածները իրեն այնքան մօտ ըլլան, որքան մեր Եհովա Աստուածը մեզի մօտ է՝ ամէն ատեն երբ իրմէ կը խնդրենք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:77: Ибо есть ли какой великий народ, к которому боги [его] были бы столь близки, как близок к нам Господь, Бог наш, когда ни призовем Его?
4:7 ὅτι οτι since; that ποῖον ποιος of what kind; which ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste μέγα μεγας great; loud ᾧ ος who; what ἐστιν ειμι be αὐτῷ αυτος he; him θεὸς θεος God ἐγγίζων εγγιζω get close; near αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ὡς ως.1 as; how κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our ἐν εν in πᾶσιν πας all; every οἷς ος who; what ἐὰν εαν and if; unless αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐπικαλεσώμεθα επικαλεω invoke; nickname
4:7 כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that מִי־ mî- מִי who גֹ֣וי ḡˈôy גֹּוי people גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to אֱלֹהִ֖ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) קְרֹבִ֣ים qᵊrōvˈîm קָרֹוב near אֵלָ֑יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to כַּ ka כְּ as יהוָ֣ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s) בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole קָרְאֵ֖נוּ qārᵊʔˌēnû קרא call אֵלָֽיו׃ ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to
4:7. nec est alia natio tam grandis quae habeat deos adpropinquantes sibi sicut Dominus Deus noster adest cunctis obsecrationibus nostrisNeither is there any other nation so great, that hath gods so nigh them, as our God is present to all our petitions.
7. For what great nation is there, that hath a god so nigh unto them, as the LORD our God is whensoever we call upon him?
4:7. Neither is there any other nation so great, which has its gods so near to them, as our God is present to all our petitions.
4:7. For what nation [is there so] great, who [hath] God [so] nigh unto them, as the LORD our God [is] in all [things that] we call upon him [for]?
For what nation [is there so] great, who [hath] God [so] nigh unto them, as the LORD our God [is] in all [things that] we call upon him:

7: Ибо есть ли какой великий народ, к которому боги [его] были бы столь близки, как близок к нам Господь, Бог наш, когда ни призовем Его?
4:7
ὅτι οτι since; that
ποῖον ποιος of what kind; which
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
μέγα μεγας great; loud
ος who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
θεὸς θεος God
ἐγγίζων εγγιζω get close; near
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ὡς ως.1 as; how
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἐν εν in
πᾶσιν πας all; every
οἷς ος who; what
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐπικαλεσώμεθα επικαλεω invoke; nickname
4:7
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
מִי־ mî- מִי who
גֹ֣וי ḡˈôy גֹּוי people
גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to
אֱלֹהִ֖ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
קְרֹבִ֣ים qᵊrōvˈîm קָרֹוב near
אֵלָ֑יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to
כַּ ka כְּ as
יהוָ֣ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
קָרְאֵ֖נוּ qārᵊʔˌēnû קרא call
אֵלָֽיו׃ ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to
4:7. nec est alia natio tam grandis quae habeat deos adpropinquantes sibi sicut Dominus Deus noster adest cunctis obsecrationibus nostris
Neither is there any other nation so great, that hath gods so nigh them, as our God is present to all our petitions.
4:7. Neither is there any other nation so great, which has its gods so near to them, as our God is present to all our petitions.
4:7. For what nation [is there so] great, who [hath] God [so] nigh unto them, as the LORD our God [is] in all [things that] we call upon him [for]?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7-19: Ср. Исх XIX; XX; XXIII:21–25; XXIV:4–8; XXXI:18; XXXII:15–16; XXXIV:1–4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:7: what nation: Num 23:9, Num 23:21; Sa2 7:23; Isa 43:4
who hath: Deu 5:26; Psa 46:1, Psa 73:28, Psa 145:18, Psa 148:14; Isa 55:6; Eph 2:12-22; Jam 4:8
Geneva 1599
4:7 For what nation [is there so] great, who [hath] God [so] (g) nigh unto them, as the LORD our God [is] in all [things that] we call upon him [for]?
(g) Helping us, and delivering us out of all dangers, as in (2Kings 7:23).
John Gill
4:7 Not so much for their number, for they were the fewest of all people; nor for the largeness of their territories, for the land they were going to possess was but a small country; nor for their wealth and riches, and warlike exploits, though they were not contemptible in either; but for their happy constitution in church and state, being directed and governed in both by laws which came immediately from God himself; for their knowledge of divine things, and for spiritual blessings and privileges they were favoured with, of which a special instance is given:
who hath God so nigh unto them as the Lord our God is, in all things that we call upon him for? God was nigh unto them in respect of relation, being their covenant God and Father, and they his sons and daughters, to whom the adoption belonged; and with respect to place and presence, his tabernacle being in the midst of them, the seat of his Shechinah, or divine Majesty, being in the most holy place, between the cherubim over the mercy seat; and he going before them in the pillar of cloud by day, and in the pillar of fire by night, and who might be applied unto at all times for whatsoever they stood in need of; and who was always near unto them, to give them advice and counsel, help and assistance; to hear their prayers, and communicate unto them things temporal and spiritual they stood in need of: and so the Lord is nigh to all that call upon him in faith, with fervency, and in sincerity and truth; and herein the glory and greatness of a people, as of Israel, lies, in being nearly related to God, a people near unto him, both as to union and communion; and in having a communication of good things from him. God is both a God at hand and afar off, Jer 23:23.
John Wesley
4:7 So nigh - By glorious miracles, by the pledges of his special presence, by the operations of his grace, and particularly by his readiness to hear our prayers, and to give us those succours which we call upon him for.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:7 what nation is there so great--Here he represents their privileges and their duty in such significant and comprehensive terms, as were peculiarly calculated to arrest their attention and engage their interest. The former, their national advantages, are described (Deut 4:7-8), and they were twofold: 1. God's readiness to hear and aid them at all times; and 2. the excellence of that religion in which they were instructed, set forth in the "statutes and judgments so righteous" which the law of Moses contained. Their duty corresponding to these pre-eminent advantages as a people, was also twofold: 1. their own faithful obedience to that law; and 2. their obligation to imbue the minds of the young and rising generation with similar sentiments of reverence and respect for it.
4:84:8: եւ ո՞ր ազգ մեծ՝ որոյ իցեն իրաւունք եւ դատաստանք արդա՛րք, ըստ ամենայնի իրաւանցս այսոցիկ՝ զոր ե՛ս տամ այսօր առաջի ձեր[1681]։[1681] Այլք. Ըստ ամենայնի օրինացս այսո՛՛։
8 Եւ այդ ո՞ր մեծ ազգն է, որն ունի այնպիսի արդար օրէնքներ ու կանոններ նման այս օրէնքներին, որ ես այսօր հաղորդում եմ ձեզ»:
8 Ո՞ր ազգը այնչափ մեծ է, որ այսօր ձեր առջեւ դրուած այս բոլոր օրէնքին նման արդար կանոններ ու դատաստաններ ունենայ։
Եւ ո՞ր ազգ մեծ որոյ իցեն իրաւունք եւ դատաստանք արդարք, ըստ ամենայնի օրինացս այսոցիկ զոր ես տամ այսօր առաջի ձեր:

4:8: եւ ո՞ր ազգ մեծ՝ որոյ իցեն իրաւունք եւ դատաստանք արդա՛րք, ըստ ամենայնի իրաւանցս այսոցիկ՝ զոր ե՛ս տամ այսօր առաջի ձեր[1681]։
[1681] Այլք. Ըստ ամենայնի օրինացս այսո՛՛։
8 Եւ այդ ո՞ր մեծ ազգն է, որն ունի այնպիսի արդար օրէնքներ ու կանոններ նման այս օրէնքներին, որ ես այսօր հաղորդում եմ ձեզ»:
8 Ո՞ր ազգը այնչափ մեծ է, որ այսօր ձեր առջեւ դրուած այս բոլոր օրէնքին նման արդար կանոններ ու դատաստաններ ունենայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:88: и есть ли какой великий народ, у которого были бы такие справедливые постановления и законы, как весь закон сей, который я предлагаю вам сегодня?
4:8 καὶ και and; even ποῖον ποιος of what kind; which ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste μέγα μεγας great; loud ᾧ ος who; what ἐστιν ειμι be αὐτῷ αυτος he; him δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification καὶ και and; even κρίματα κριμα judgment δίκαια δικαιος right; just κατὰ κατα down; by πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the νόμον νομος.1 law τοῦτον ουτος this; he ὃν ος who; what ἐγὼ εγω I δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing ὑμῶν υμων your σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:8 וּ û וְ and מִי֙ mˌî מִי who גֹּ֣וי gˈôy גֹּוי people גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹ֛ו lˈô לְ to חֻקִּ֥ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion וּ û וְ and מִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים mišpāṭˌîm מִשְׁפָּט justice צַדִּיקִ֑ם ṣaddîqˈim צַדִּיק just כְּ kᵊ כְּ as כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the תֹּורָ֣ה ttôrˈā תֹּורָה instruction הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לִ li לְ to פְנֵיכֶ֖ם fᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face הַ ha הַ the יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
4:8. quae est enim alia gens sic inclita ut habeat caerimonias iustaque iudicia et universam legem quam ego proponam hodie ante oculos vestrosFor what other nation is there so renowned that hath ceremonies, and just judgments, and all the law, which I will set forth this day before our eyes?
8. And what great nation is there, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?
4:8. For what other nation is there so renowned as to have ceremonies, and just judgments, and the entire law that I will set forth today before your eyes?
4:8. And what nation [is there so] great, that hath statutes and judgments [so] righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?
And what nation [is there so] great, that hath statutes and judgments [so] righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day:

8: и есть ли какой великий народ, у которого были бы такие справедливые постановления и законы, как весь закон сей, который я предлагаю вам сегодня?
4:8
καὶ και and; even
ποῖον ποιος of what kind; which
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
μέγα μεγας great; loud
ος who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification
καὶ και and; even
κρίματα κριμα judgment
δίκαια δικαιος right; just
κατὰ κατα down; by
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
νόμον νομος.1 law
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
ὃν ος who; what
ἐγὼ εγω I
δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
ὑμῶν υμων your
σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:8
וּ û וְ and
מִי֙ mˌî מִי who
גֹּ֣וי gˈôy גֹּוי people
גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹ֛ו lˈô לְ to
חֻקִּ֥ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion
וּ û וְ and
מִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים mišpāṭˌîm מִשְׁפָּט justice
צַדִּיקִ֑ם ṣaddîqˈim צַדִּיק just
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
תֹּורָ֣ה ttôrˈā תֹּורָה instruction
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵיכֶ֖ם fᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
4:8. quae est enim alia gens sic inclita ut habeat caerimonias iustaque iudicia et universam legem quam ego proponam hodie ante oculos vestros
For what other nation is there so renowned that hath ceremonies, and just judgments, and all the law, which I will set forth this day before our eyes?
4:8. For what other nation is there so renowned as to have ceremonies, and just judgments, and the entire law that I will set forth today before your eyes?
4:8. And what nation [is there so] great, that hath statutes and judgments [so] righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:8: Deu 10:12, Deu 10:13; Psa 19:7-11, Psa 119:86, Psa 119:96, Psa 119:127, Psa 119:128, Psa 147:19, Psa 147:20; Rom 7:12-14; Ti2 3:16, Ti2 3:17
John Gill
4:8 And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous,.... Founded in justice and equity, and so agreeable to right reason, and so well calculated and adapted to lead persons in the ways of righteousness and truth, and keep them from doing any injury to each other's persons and properties, and to maintain good order, peace, and concord among them:
as all this law which I set before you this day? which he then repeated, afresh declared, explained and instructed them in; for otherwise it had been delivered to them near forty years ago. Now there was not any nation then in being, nor any since, to be compared with the nation of the Jews, for the wise and wholesome laws given unto them; no, not the more cultivated and civilized nations, as the Grecians and Romans, who had the advantage of such wise lawgivers as they were accounted, as Solon, Lycurgus, Numa, and others; and indeed the best laws that they had seem to be borrowed from the Jews.
John Wesley
4:8 So righteous - Whereby he implies that the true greatness of a nation doth not consist in pomp or power, or largeness of empire, as commonly men think, but in the righteousness of its laws.
4:94:9: Հայեա՛ց ՚ի քեզ եւ զգո՛յշ լեր անձին քում յոյժ. մի՛ մոռանայցես զամենայն բանս զայսոսիկ՝ զոր տեսին աչք քո. եւ մի՛ մերժեսցին ՚ի սրտէ քումմէ զամենայն աւուրս կենաց քոց. եւ խելամո՛ւտ արասցես որդւոց քոց, եւ որդւո՛ց որդւոց քոց[1682], [1682] Ոմանք. Զամենայն զբանս զայսոսիկ՝ զոր տեսին աչք ձեր, եւ մի՛։
9 «Նայի՛ր ինքդ քեզ եւ եղի՛ր չափազանց զգոյշ. մի՛ մոռացիր այն բոլոր բաները, որ տեսան քո աչքերը. քո կեանքի բոլոր օրերում քո սրտից թող դուրս չգան դրանք: Դրանք կը հաղորդես քո որդիներին ու որդիների որդիներին:
9 Միայն քեզի աղէկ նայէ ու քու հոգիիդ շատ զգուշութիւն ըրէ, որ աչքերուդ տեսած բաները չմոռնաս եւ կեանքիդ բոլոր օրերուն մէջ քու սրտէդ չելլեն. այլ անոնք քու որդիներուդ ու անոնց որդիներուն սորվեցնես։
Հայեաց ի քեզ եւ զգոյշ լեր անձին քում յոյժ. մի՛ մոռանայցես զամենայն բանս զայսոսիկ զոր տեսին աչք քո, եւ մի՛ մերժեսցին ի սրտէ քումմէ զամենայն աւուրս կենաց քոց. եւ խելամուտ արասցես որդւոց քոց եւ որդւոց որդւոց քոց:

4:9: Հայեա՛ց ՚ի քեզ եւ զգո՛յշ լեր անձին քում յոյժ. մի՛ մոռանայցես զամենայն բանս զայսոսիկ՝ զոր տեսին աչք քո. եւ մի՛ մերժեսցին ՚ի սրտէ քումմէ զամենայն աւուրս կենաց քոց. եւ խելամո՛ւտ արասցես որդւոց քոց, եւ որդւո՛ց որդւոց քոց[1682],
[1682] Ոմանք. Զամենայն զբանս զայսոսիկ՝ զոր տեսին աչք ձեր, եւ մի՛։
9 «Նայի՛ր ինքդ քեզ եւ եղի՛ր չափազանց զգոյշ. մի՛ մոռացիր այն բոլոր բաները, որ տեսան քո աչքերը. քո կեանքի բոլոր օրերում քո սրտից թող դուրս չգան դրանք: Դրանք կը հաղորդես քո որդիներին ու որդիների որդիներին:
9 Միայն քեզի աղէկ նայէ ու քու հոգիիդ շատ զգուշութիւն ըրէ, որ աչքերուդ տեսած բաները չմոռնաս եւ կեանքիդ բոլոր օրերուն մէջ քու սրտէդ չելլեն. այլ անոնք քու որդիներուդ ու անոնց որդիներուն սորվեցնես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:99: Только берегись и тщательно храни душу твою, чтобы тебе не забыть тех дел, которые видели глаза твои, и чтобы они не выходили из сердца твоего во все дни жизни твоей; и поведай о них сынам твоим и сынам сынов твоих, --
4:9 πρόσεχε προσεχω pay attention; beware σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself καὶ και and; even φύλαξον φυλασσω guard; keep τὴν ο the ψυχήν ψυχη soul σου σου of you; your σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously μὴ μη not ἐπιλάθῃ επιλανθανομαι forget πάντας πας all; every τοὺς ο the λόγους λογος word; log οὓς ος who; what ἑωράκασιν οραω view; see οἱ ο the ὀφθαλμοί οφθαλμος eye; sight σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even μὴ μη not ἀποστήτωσαν αφιστημι distance; keep distance ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the καρδίας καρδια heart σου σου of you; your πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day τῆς ο the ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even συμβιβάσεις συμβιβαζω conclude; reconcile τοὺς ο the υἱούς υιος son σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the υἱοὺς υιος son τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son σου σου of you; your
4:9 רַ֡ק rˈaq רַק only הִשָּׁ֣מֶר hiššˈāmer שׁמר keep לְךָ֩ lᵊḵˌā לְ to וּ û וְ and שְׁמֹ֨ר šᵊmˌōr שׁמר keep נַפְשְׁךָ֜ nafšᵊḵˈā נֶפֶשׁ soul מְאֹ֗ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might פֶּן־ pen- פֶּן lest תִּשְׁכַּ֨ח tiškˌaḥ שׁכח forget אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the דְּבָרִ֜ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] רָא֣וּ rāʔˈû ראה see עֵינֶ֗יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye וּ û וְ and פֶן־ fen- פֶּן lest יָס֨וּרוּ֙ yāsˈûrû סור turn aside מִ mi מִן from לְּבָ֣בְךָ֔ llᵊvˈāvᵊḵˈā לֵבָב heart כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole יְמֵ֣י yᵊmˈê יֹום day חַיֶּ֑יךָ ḥayyˈeʸḵā חַיִּים life וְ wᵊ וְ and הֹודַעְתָּ֥ם hôḏaʕtˌām ידע know לְ lᵊ לְ to בָנֶ֖יךָ vānˌeʸḵā בֵּן son וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son בָנֶֽיךָ׃ vānˈeʸḵā בֵּן son
4:9. custodi igitur temet ipsum et animam tuam sollicite ne obliviscaris verborum quae viderunt oculi tui et ne excedant de corde tuo cunctis diebus vitae tuae docebis ea filios ac nepotes tuosKeep thyself therefore, and thy soul carefully. Forget not the words that thy eyes have seen, and let them not go out of thy heart all the days of thy life. Thou shalt teach them to thy sons and to thy grandsons,
9. Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes saw, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life; but make them known unto thy children and thy children’s children;
4:9. And so, guard yourself and your soul carefully. You should not forget the words that your eyes have seen, and do not let them be cut away from your heart, throughout all the days of your life. You shall teach them to your sons and to your grandsons,
4:9. Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons’ sons;
Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons' sons:

9: Только берегись и тщательно храни душу твою, чтобы тебе не забыть тех дел, которые видели глаза твои, и чтобы они не выходили из сердца твоего во все дни жизни твоей; и поведай о них сынам твоим и сынам сынов твоих, --
4:9
πρόσεχε προσεχω pay attention; beware
σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself
καὶ και and; even
φύλαξον φυλασσω guard; keep
τὴν ο the
ψυχήν ψυχη soul
σου σου of you; your
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
μὴ μη not
ἐπιλάθῃ επιλανθανομαι forget
πάντας πας all; every
τοὺς ο the
λόγους λογος word; log
οὓς ος who; what
ἑωράκασιν οραω view; see
οἱ ο the
ὀφθαλμοί οφθαλμος eye; sight
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
μὴ μη not
ἀποστήτωσαν αφιστημι distance; keep distance
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
καρδίας καρδια heart
σου σου of you; your
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
τῆς ο the
ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
συμβιβάσεις συμβιβαζω conclude; reconcile
τοὺς ο the
υἱούς υιος son
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
υἱοὺς υιος son
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
σου σου of you; your
4:9
רַ֡ק rˈaq רַק only
הִשָּׁ֣מֶר hiššˈāmer שׁמר keep
לְךָ֩ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
וּ û וְ and
שְׁמֹ֨ר šᵊmˌōr שׁמר keep
נַפְשְׁךָ֜ nafšᵊḵˈā נֶפֶשׁ soul
מְאֹ֗ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
פֶּן־ pen- פֶּן lest
תִּשְׁכַּ֨ח tiškˌaḥ שׁכח forget
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
דְּבָרִ֜ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
רָא֣וּ rāʔˈû ראה see
עֵינֶ֗יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
וּ û וְ and
פֶן־ fen- פֶּן lest
יָס֨וּרוּ֙ yāsˈûrû סור turn aside
מִ mi מִן from
לְּבָ֣בְךָ֔ llᵊvˈāvᵊḵˈā לֵבָב heart
כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole
יְמֵ֣י yᵊmˈê יֹום day
חַיֶּ֑יךָ ḥayyˈeʸḵā חַיִּים life
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֹודַעְתָּ֥ם hôḏaʕtˌām ידע know
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בָנֶ֖יךָ vānˌeʸḵā בֵּן son
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son
בָנֶֽיךָ׃ vānˈeʸḵā בֵּן son
4:9. custodi igitur temet ipsum et animam tuam sollicite ne obliviscaris verborum quae viderunt oculi tui et ne excedant de corde tuo cunctis diebus vitae tuae docebis ea filios ac nepotes tuos
Keep thyself therefore, and thy soul carefully. Forget not the words that thy eyes have seen, and let them not go out of thy heart all the days of thy life. Thou shalt teach them to thy sons and to thy grandsons,
4:9. And so, guard yourself and your soul carefully. You should not forget the words that your eyes have seen, and do not let them be cut away from your heart, throughout all the days of your life. You shall teach them to your sons and to your grandsons,
4:9. Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons’ sons;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:9: Only take heed to thyself - Be circumspect and watchful.
Keep thy soul diligently - Be mindful of thy eternal interests. Whatever becomes of the body, take care of the soul.
Lest thou forget - God does his work that they may be had in everlasting remembrance; and he that forgets them, forgets his own mercies. Besides, if a man forget the work of God on his soul, he loses that work.
Lest they depart from thy heart - It is not sufficient to lay up Divine things in the memory, they must be laid up in the heart. Thy word have I hidden in my heart, says David, that I might not sin against thee. The life of God in the soul of man can alone preserve the soul to life everlasting; and this grace must be retained all the days of our life. When Adam fell, his condition was not meliorated by the reflection that he had been once in paradise; nor does it avail Satan now that he was once an angel of light. Those who let the grace of God depart from their hearts, lose that grace; and those who lose the grace, fall from the grace; and as some have fallen and risen no more, so may others; therefore, take heed to thyself, etc. Were it impossible for men finally to fall from the grace of God, exhortations of this kind had never been given, because they would have been unnecessary, and God never does an unnecessary thing.
But teach them thy sons - If a man know the worth of his own soul, he will feel the importance of the salvation of the souls of his family. Those who neglect family religion, neglect personal religion; if more attention were paid to the former, even among those called religious people, we should soon have a better state of civil society. On family religion God lays much stress; and no head of a family can neglect it without endangering the final salvation of his own soul. See the note at the conclusion of Gen 18:32 (note), Gen 19:38 (note), and Deu 6:7 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:9: A full stop should end Deu 4:9; and Deu 4:10 begin, At the time that thou stoodest, etc. Deu 4:11 then ye came near, etc. Moses, exhorting to heedful observance of the Law, strives to renew the impressions of that tremendous scene which attended its promulgation at Sinai.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:9: keep thy soul: Deu 4:15, Deu 4:23; Pro 3:1, Pro 3:3, Pro 4:20-23; Luk 8:18; Heb 2:3; Jam 2:22
lest they: Jos 1:18; Psa 119:11; Pro 3:1-3, Pro 3:21, Pro 4:4, Pro 7:1; Heb 2:1; Rev 3:3
teach them: Deu 6:7, Deu 11:19, Deu 29:29, Deu 31:19; Gen 18:19; Exo 13:8, Exo 13:9, Exo 13:14-16; Jos 4:6, Jos 4:7, Jos 4:21; Psa 34:11-16, Psa 71:18, Psa 78:3-8; Pro 1:8, Pro 4:1-13, Pro 23:26; Isa 38:19; Eph 6:4
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:9
Israel was therefore not to forget the things which it had seen at Horeb with its own eyes.
Deut 4:9
"Only beware and take care of thyself." To "keep the soul," i.e., to take care of the soul as the seat of life, to defend one's life from danger and injury (Prov 13:3; Prov 19:16). "That thou do not forget את־הדּברים (the facts described in Ex 19-24), and that they do not depart from thy heart all the days of thy life," i.e., are not forgotten as long as thou livest, "and thou makest them known to thy children and thy children's children." These acts of God formed the foundation of the true religion, the real basis of the covenant legislation, and the firm guarantee of the objective truth and divinity of all the laws and ordinances which Moses gave to the people. And it was this which constituted the essential distinction between the religion of the Old Testament and all heathen religions, whose founders, it is true, professed to derive their doctrines and statutes from divine inspiration, but without giving any practical guarantee that their origin was truly divine.
Deut 4:10-12
In the words, "The day (היּום, adverbial accusative) "that thou stoodest before Jehovah thy God at Horeb," etc., Moses reminds the people of the leading features of those grand events: first of all of the fact that God directed him to gather the people together, that He might make known His words to them (Ex 19:9.), that they were to learn to fear Him all their life long, and to teach their children also (יראה, inf., like שׂנאה, Deut 1:27); and secondly (Deut 4:11), that they came near to the mountain which burned in fire (cf. Ex 19:17.). The expression, burning in fire "even to the heart of heaven," i.e., quite into the sky, is a rhetorical description of the awful majesty of the pillar of fire, in which the glory of the Lord appeared upon Sinai, intended to impress deeply upon the minds of the people the remembrance of this manifestation of God. And the expression, "darkness, clouds, and thick darkness," which is equivalent to the smoking of the great mountain (Ex 19:18), is employed with the same object. And lastly (Deut 4:12, Deut 4:13), he reminds them that the Lord spoke out of the midst of the fire, and adds this important remark, to prepare the way for what is to follow, "Ye heard the sound of the words, but ye did not see a shape," which not only agrees most fully with Ex 24, where it is stated that the sight of the glory of Jehovah upon the mountain appeared to the people as they stood at the foot of the mountain "like devouring fire" (Deut 4:17), and that even the elders who "saw God" upon the mountain at the conclusion of the covenant saw no form of God (Deut 4:11), but also with Ex 33:20, Ex 33:23, according to which no man can see the face (פּנים) of God. Even the similitude (Temunah) of Jehovah, which Moses saw when the Lord spoke to him mouth to mouth (Num 12:8), was not the form of the essential being of God which was visible to his bodily eyes, but simply a manifestation of the glory of God answering to his own intuition and perceptive faculty, which is not to be regarded as a form of God which was an adequate representation of the divine nature. The true God has no such form which is visible to the human eye.
Deut 4:13
The Israelites, therefore, could not see a form of God, but could only hear the voice of His words, when the Lord proclaimed His covenant to them, and gave utterance to the ten words, which He afterwards gave to Moses written upon two tables of stone (Ex 20:1-14 [17], and Ex 31:18, compared with Ex 24:12). On the "tables of stone," see at Ex 34:1.
Deut 4:14
When the Lord Himself had made known to the people in the ten words the covenant which He commanded them to do, He directed Moses to teach them laws and rights which they were to observe in Canaan, viz., the rights and statutes of the Sinaitic legislation, from Ex 21 onwards.
Geneva 1599
4:9 Only take heed to thyself, and (h) keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons' sons;
(h) He adds all these words, to show that we can never be careful enough to keep the law of God and to teach it to our posterity.
John Gill
4:9 Only take heed to thyself,.... To walk according to this law, and not swerve from it:
and keep thy soul diligently; from the transgressions and breaches of it:
lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen; either the statutes and judgments set before them, and the circumstances of the delivery of them; or the punishment inflicted on the breakers of them; or the favours bestowed on those that observed them:
and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life; out of thy mind and memory, and have no place in thy affections, through a neglect and disuse of them:
but teach them thy sons, and thy sons' sons; their children and grandchildren, that they may be trained up in them in their youth, and so not depart from them when grown up, and in years; see Deut 6:7.
4:104:10: զօրն յորում կացէք դուք ՚ի Քորէբ առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ յաւուրն եկեղեցւոյ. յորժամ ասաց ցիս Տէր, թէ. Եկեղեցացւո՛ առիս զժողովուրդդ, եւ լուիցե՛ն զպատգամս իմ զոր ուսուցից երկնչե՛լ յինէն զամենայն աւուրս՝ որչափ կենդանի՛ իցեն դոքա ՚ի վերայ երկրի, եւ ուսուսցե՛ն զորդիս իւրեանց[1683]։ [1683] Ոմանք. Յորում ասաց ցիս Տէր՝ թէ եկեղեցացո՛... զոր ուսցին երկնչել... որչափ եւ կենդա՛՛։
10 Կը պատմես այն օրուայ մասին, երբ ձեր Տէր Աստծու առջեւ ի մի հաւաքուելու համար կանգնեցիք Քորէբում: Այդ ժամանակ Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Քո մարդկանց հաւաքի՛ր ինձ մօտ, որ նրանք լսեն իմ այն պատգամները, որ սովորեցնելու եմ նրանց, որպէսզի, այնքան ժամանակ որ ապրեն նրանք երկրի վրայ, թող երկնչեն ինձանից ու դրանք սովորեցնեն իրենց որդիներին”:
10 Այն օրը երբ դուն Քորեբի մէջ՝ քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ առջեւ կեցեր էիր, Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Ժողովուրդը ինծի հաւաքէ ու իմ խօսքերս լսել պիտի տամ անոնց, որպէս զի սորվին ինձմէ վախնալ որչափ ատեն որ երկրի վրայ ապրին ու իրենց որդիներուն ալ սորվեցնեն’։
Զօրն յորում կացէք դուք ի Քորեբ առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ [77]յաւուրն եկեղեցւոյ``, յորժամ ասաց ցիս Տէր, թէ Եկեղեցացո առ իս զժողովուրդդ, եւ լուիցեն զպատգամս իմ զոր ուսուցից երկնչել յինէն զամենայն աւուրս որչափ կենդանի իցեն դոքա ի վերայ երկրի, եւ ուսուսցեն զորդիս իւրեանց:

4:10: զօրն յորում կացէք դուք ՚ի Քորէբ առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ յաւուրն եկեղեցւոյ. յորժամ ասաց ցիս Տէր, թէ. Եկեղեցացւո՛ առիս զժողովուրդդ, եւ լուիցե՛ն զպատգամս իմ զոր ուսուցից երկնչե՛լ յինէն զամենայն աւուրս՝ որչափ կենդանի՛ իցեն դոքա ՚ի վերայ երկրի, եւ ուսուսցե՛ն զորդիս իւրեանց[1683]։
[1683] Ոմանք. Յորում ասաց ցիս Տէր՝ թէ եկեղեցացո՛... զոր ուսցին երկնչել... որչափ եւ կենդա՛՛։
10 Կը պատմես այն օրուայ մասին, երբ ձեր Տէր Աստծու առջեւ ի մի հաւաքուելու համար կանգնեցիք Քորէբում: Այդ ժամանակ Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Քո մարդկանց հաւաքի՛ր ինձ մօտ, որ նրանք լսեն իմ այն պատգամները, որ սովորեցնելու եմ նրանց, որպէսզի, այնքան ժամանակ որ ապրեն նրանք երկրի վրայ, թող երկնչեն ինձանից ու դրանք սովորեցնեն իրենց որդիներին”:
10 Այն օրը երբ դուն Քորեբի մէջ՝ քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ առջեւ կեցեր էիր, Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Ժողովուրդը ինծի հաւաքէ ու իմ խօսքերս լսել պիտի տամ անոնց, որպէս զի սորվին ինձմէ վախնալ որչափ ատեն որ երկրի վրայ ապրին ու իրենց որդիներուն ալ սորվեցնեն’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1010: о том дне, когда ты стоял пред Господом, Богом твоим, при Хориве, и когда сказал Господь мне: собери ко Мне народ, и Я возвещу им слова Мои, из которых они научатся бояться Меня во все дни жизни своей на земле и научат сыновей своих.
4:10 ἡμέραν ημερα day ἣν ος who; what ἔστητε ιστημι stand; establish ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ἐν εν in Χωρηβ χωρηβ the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day τῆς ο the ἐκκλησίας εκκλησια assembly ὅτε οτε when εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me ἐκκλησίασον εκκλησιαζω to; toward με με me τὸν ο the λαόν λαος populace; population καὶ και and; even ἀκουσάτωσαν ακουω hear τὰ ο the ῥήματά ρημα statement; phrase μου μου of me; mine ὅπως οπως that way; how μάθωσιν μανθανω learn φοβεῖσθαί φοβεω afraid; fear με με me πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day ἃς ος who; what αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him ζῶσιν ζαω live; alive ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the υἱοὺς υιος son αὐτῶν αυτος he; him διδάξωσιν διδασκω teach
4:10 יֹ֗ום yˈôm יֹום day אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָמַ֜דְתָּ ʕāmˈaḏtā עמד stand לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֨י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ ʔᵉlōheʸḵˈā אֱלֹהִים god(s) בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֹרֵב֒ ḥōrˌēv חֹרֵב Horeb בֶּ be בְּ in אֱמֹ֨ר ʔᵉmˌōr אמר say יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֗י ʔēlˈay אֶל to הַקְהֶל־ haqhel- קהל assemble לִי֙ lˌî לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people וְ wᵊ וְ and אַשְׁמִעֵ֖ם ʔašmiʕˌēm שׁמע hear אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] דְּבָרָ֑י dᵊvārˈāy דָּבָר word אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִלְמְד֜וּן yilmᵊḏˈûn למד learn לְ lᵊ לְ to יִרְאָ֣ה yirʔˈā ירא fear אֹתִ֗י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the יָּמִים֙ yyāmîm יֹום day אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֵ֤ם hˈēm הֵם they חַיִּים֙ ḥayyîm חַי alive עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ֣ hˈā הַ the אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּנֵיהֶ֖ם bᵊnêhˌem בֵּן son יְלַמֵּדֽוּן׃ yᵊlammēḏˈûn למד learn
4:10. diem in quo stetisti coram Domino Deo tuo in Horeb quando Dominus locutus est mihi dicens congrega ad me populum ut audiat sermones meos et discat timere me omni tempore quo vivit in terra doceantque filios suosFrom the day in which thou didst stand before the Lord thy God in Horeb, when the Lord spoke to me, saying: Call together the people unto me, that they may hear my words, and may learn to fear me all the time that they live on the earth, and may teach their children.
10. the day that thou stoodest before the LORD thy God in Horeb, when the LORD said unto me, Assemble me the people, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children.
4:10. from the day on which you stood before the Lord your God at Horeb, when the Lord spoke to me, saying: ‘Gather the people to me, so that they may listen to my words, and may learn to fear me, throughout all the time that they are alive on earth, and so that they may teach their children.’
4:10. [Specially] the day that thou stoodest before the LORD thy God in Horeb, when the LORD said unto me, Gather me the people together, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and [that] they may teach their children.
Specially the day that thou stoodest before the LORD thy God in Horeb, when the LORD said unto me, Gather me the people together, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and [that] they may teach their children:

10: о том дне, когда ты стоял пред Господом, Богом твоим, при Хориве, и когда сказал Господь мне: собери ко Мне народ, и Я возвещу им слова Мои, из которых они научатся бояться Меня во все дни жизни своей на земле и научат сыновей своих.
4:10
ἡμέραν ημερα day
ἣν ος who; what
ἔστητε ιστημι stand; establish
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐν εν in
Χωρηβ χωρηβ the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
τῆς ο the
ἐκκλησίας εκκλησια assembly
ὅτε οτε when
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
ἐκκλησίασον εκκλησιαζω to; toward
με με me
τὸν ο the
λαόν λαος populace; population
καὶ και and; even
ἀκουσάτωσαν ακουω hear
τὰ ο the
ῥήματά ρημα statement; phrase
μου μου of me; mine
ὅπως οπως that way; how
μάθωσιν μανθανω learn
φοβεῖσθαί φοβεω afraid; fear
με με me
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ἃς ος who; what
αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him
ζῶσιν ζαω live; alive
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
υἱοὺς υιος son
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
διδάξωσιν διδασκω teach
4:10
יֹ֗ום yˈôm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָמַ֜דְתָּ ʕāmˈaḏtā עמד stand
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֨י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ ʔᵉlōheʸḵˈā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֹרֵב֒ ḥōrˌēv חֹרֵב Horeb
בֶּ be בְּ in
אֱמֹ֨ר ʔᵉmˌōr אמר say
יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֗י ʔēlˈay אֶל to
הַקְהֶל־ haqhel- קהל assemble
לִי֙ lˌî לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַשְׁמִעֵ֖ם ʔašmiʕˌēm שׁמע hear
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
דְּבָרָ֑י dᵊvārˈāy דָּבָר word
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִלְמְד֜וּן yilmᵊḏˈûn למד learn
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יִרְאָ֣ה yirʔˈā ירא fear
אֹתִ֗י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִים֙ yyāmîm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֵ֤ם hˈēm הֵם they
חַיִּים֙ ḥayyîm חַי alive
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּנֵיהֶ֖ם bᵊnêhˌem בֵּן son
יְלַמֵּדֽוּן׃ yᵊlammēḏˈûn למד learn
4:10. diem in quo stetisti coram Domino Deo tuo in Horeb quando Dominus locutus est mihi dicens congrega ad me populum ut audiat sermones meos et discat timere me omni tempore quo vivit in terra doceantque filios suos
From the day in which thou didst stand before the Lord thy God in Horeb, when the Lord spoke to me, saying: Call together the people unto me, that they may hear my words, and may learn to fear me all the time that they live on the earth, and may teach their children.
4:10. from the day on which you stood before the Lord your God at Horeb, when the Lord spoke to me, saying: ‘Gather the people to me, so that they may listen to my words, and may learn to fear me, throughout all the time that they are alive on earth, and so that they may teach their children.’
4:10. [Specially] the day that thou stoodest before the LORD thy God in Horeb, when the LORD said unto me, Gather me the people together, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and [that] they may teach their children.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:10: the day: Deu 5:2; Exo 19:9, Exo 19:16, Exo 20:18; Heb 12:18, Heb 12:19, Heb 12:25
fear me: Deu 5:29; Exo 20:20; Sa1 12:24; Ecc 12:13; Luk 1:50; Rev 19:5
John Gill
4:10 Specially the day that thou stoodest before the Lord in Horeb,.... Above all things Moses would have them take care not to forget the day the law was given from Mount Sinai, which was so awful and solemn, when they saw the fire, the smoke, the lightning, and heard the thunder and the sound of the trumpet; all which were very shocking and terrifying: and though the men of this generation were but young then, being under twenty years of age, yet many of them were old enough to observe these things, and which one would think should never wear out of their minds:
when the Lord said unto me, gather me the people together; not the elders of the people only, but the whole body of the people, as he did, and brought them to the foot of Mount Sinai, Ex 19:17,
and I will make them hear my words; the ten commands which were spoken by the Lord himself aloud, with an articulate voice, in the hearing of all the people; and was such a terrible voice of words, that they that heard it entreated it might be spoken to them no more, Heb 12:19.
that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth; to reverence him the lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy; to fear to offend him by breaking his laws, so holy, just, and good, and delivered in such an awful and solemn manner:
and that they may teach their children; the words they had heard, teach them obedience to them, and to be careful not to act contrary to them; since that would bring down judgments upon them, and deprive them of the favour they enjoyed, of which they had seen instances.
John Wesley
4:10 Thou stoodest - Some of them stood there in their own persons, though then they were but young, the rest in the loins of their parents.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:10 the day that thou stoodest before the Lord . . . in Horeb--The delivery of the law from Sinai was an era never to be forgotten in the history of Israel. Some of those whom Moses was addressing had been present, though very young; while the rest were federally represented by their parents, who in their name and for their interest entered into the national covenant.
4:114:11: Եւ մատուցեալ կայիք դուք առ ստորոտով լերինն. եւ լեառնն բորբոքէր հրով մինչեւ յերկինս, եւ խաւա՛ր եւ մէգ եւ մառախո՛ւղ էր[1684]։ [1684] Ոմանք. Առ ստորոտ լերինն... մինչեւ ցերկինս։
11 Դուք, մօտենալով, կանգնեցիք լերան ստորոտին: Լեռն այրւում էր, եւ կրակը բարձրանում էր մինչեւ երկինք: Խաւար, մէգ ու մառախուղ էր...
11 Դուք մօտենալով՝ լերանը տակ կանգնեցաք։ Լեռը խաւարով, ամպով ու մառախուղով ծածկուած, մինչեւ երկինք* կրակով կը բորբոքէր։
Եւ մատուցեալ կայիք դուք առ ստորոտով լերինն. եւ լեառնն բորբոքէր հրով մինչեւ յերկինս, եւ խաւար եւ մէգ եւ մառախուղ էր:

4:11: Եւ մատուցեալ կայիք դուք առ ստորոտով լերինն. եւ լեառնն բորբոքէր հրով մինչեւ յերկինս, եւ խաւա՛ր եւ մէգ եւ մառախո՛ւղ էր[1684]։
[1684] Ոմանք. Առ ստորոտ լերինն... մինչեւ ցերկինս։
11 Դուք, մօտենալով, կանգնեցիք լերան ստորոտին: Լեռն այրւում էր, եւ կրակը բարձրանում էր մինչեւ երկինք: Խաւար, մէգ ու մառախուղ էր...
11 Դուք մօտենալով՝ լերանը տակ կանգնեցաք։ Լեռը խաւարով, ամպով ու մառախուղով ծածկուած, մինչեւ երկինք* կրակով կը բորբոքէր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1111: Вы приблизились и стали под горою, а гора горела огнем до самых небес, [и была] тьма, облако и мрак.
4:11 καὶ και and; even προσήλθετε προσερχομαι approach; go ahead καὶ και and; even ἔστητε ιστημι stand; establish ὑπὸ υπο under; by τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount ἐκαίετο καιω burn πυρὶ πυρ fire ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven σκότος σκοτος dark γνόφος γνοφος gloom θύελλα θυελλα tempest φωνὴ φωνη voice; sound μεγάλη μεγας great; loud
4:11 וַ wa וְ and תִּקְרְב֥וּן ttiqrᵊvˌûn קרב approach וַ wa וְ and תַּֽעַמְד֖וּן ttˈaʕamᵊḏˌûn עמד stand תַּ֣חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part הָ hā הַ the הָ֑ר hˈār הַר mountain וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the הָ֞ר hˈār הַר mountain בֹּעֵ֤ר bōʕˈēr בער burn בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אֵשׁ֙ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto לֵ֣ב lˈēv לֵב heart הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens חֹ֖שֶׁךְ ḥˌōšeḵ חֹשֶׁךְ darkness עָנָ֥ן ʕānˌān עָנָן cloud וַ wa וְ and עֲרָפֶֽל׃ ʕᵃrāfˈel עֲרָפֶל darkness
4:11. et accessistis ad radices montis qui ardebat usque ad caelum erantque in eo tenebrae nubes et caligoAnd you came to the foot of the mount, which burned even unto heaven: and there was darkness, and a cloud and obscurity in it.
11. And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the heart of heaven, with darkness, cloud, and thick darkness.
4:11. And you approached the base of the mountain, which was burning even toward heaven. And there was a darkness upon it, and a cloud, and a mist.
4:11. And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness.
And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness:

11: Вы приблизились и стали под горою, а гора горела огнем до самых небес, [и была] тьма, облако и мрак.
4:11
καὶ και and; even
προσήλθετε προσερχομαι approach; go ahead
καὶ και and; even
ἔστητε ιστημι stand; establish
ὑπὸ υπο under; by
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
ἐκαίετο καιω burn
πυρὶ πυρ fire
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
σκότος σκοτος dark
γνόφος γνοφος gloom
θύελλα θυελλα tempest
φωνὴ φωνη voice; sound
μεγάλη μεγας great; loud
4:11
וַ wa וְ and
תִּקְרְב֥וּן ttiqrᵊvˌûn קרב approach
וַ wa וְ and
תַּֽעַמְד֖וּן ttˈaʕamᵊḏˌûn עמד stand
תַּ֣חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
הָ הַ the
הָ֑ר hˈār הַר mountain
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
הָ֞ר hˈār הַר mountain
בֹּעֵ֤ר bōʕˈēr בער burn
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אֵשׁ֙ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
לֵ֣ב lˈēv לֵב heart
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
חֹ֖שֶׁךְ ḥˌōšeḵ חֹשֶׁךְ darkness
עָנָ֥ן ʕānˌān עָנָן cloud
וַ wa וְ and
עֲרָפֶֽל׃ ʕᵃrāfˈel עֲרָפֶל darkness
4:11. et accessistis ad radices montis qui ardebat usque ad caelum erantque in eo tenebrae nubes et caligo
And you came to the foot of the mount, which burned even unto heaven: and there was darkness, and a cloud and obscurity in it.
4:11. And you approached the base of the mountain, which was burning even toward heaven. And there was a darkness upon it, and a cloud, and a mist.
4:11. And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:11: stood: Deu 5:23; Exo 19:16-18, Exo 20:18, Exo 20:19
midst: Heb. heart
Geneva 1599
4:11 And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain (i) burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness.
(i) The law was given with fearful miracles, to declare both that God was the author of it, and also that no flesh was able to abide the rigour of the same.
John Gill
4:11 And ye came near and stood under the mountain,.... At the foot of it, in the lower part of the mountain, as the Targum of Jonathan, and agrees with Ex 19:17.
and the mountain burnt with fire unto the midst of heaven; the flame and smoke went up into the middle of the air: with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness; which thick darkness was occasioned partly by the smoke, which went up like the smoke of a furnace, and partly by the thick clouds, which were on the mount, and covered the face of the heavens, which were black and tempestuous with them; the Septuagint renders it a "tempest", Ex 19:18, which denotes the obscurity of the law, and the terrors it works in the minds of men.
John Wesley
4:11 The midst of heaven - Flaming up into the air, which is often called heaven.
4:124:12: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ ձեզ ՚ի միջոյ հրոյն. զձայն պատգամացն լուարուք դուք, եւ նմանութիւն ինչ ո՛չ տեսէք. բայց միայն զբարբա՛ռն։
12 Տէրը կրակի միջից խօսեց ձեզ հետ: Դուք լսեցիք պատգամախօսի ձայնը, բայց նրա կերպարանքը չտեսաք, այլ միայն ձայնը լսեցիք:
12 Եւ Տէրը կրակին մէջէն ձեզի խօսեցաւ. դուք անոր խօսքերուն ձայնը լսեցիք, բայց կերպարանքը չտեսաք, միայն ձայնը լսեցիք։
Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ ձեզ ի միջոյ հրոյն. զձայն պատգամացն լուարուք դուք. եւ նմանութիւն ինչ ոչ տեսէք. բայց միայն զբարբառն:

4:12: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ ձեզ ՚ի միջոյ հրոյն. զձայն պատգամացն լուարուք դուք, եւ նմանութիւն ինչ ո՛չ տեսէք. բայց միայն զբարբա՛ռն։
12 Տէրը կրակի միջից խօսեց ձեզ հետ: Դուք լսեցիք պատգամախօսի ձայնը, բայց նրա կերպարանքը չտեսաք, այլ միայն ձայնը լսեցիք:
12 Եւ Տէրը կրակին մէջէն ձեզի խօսեցաւ. դուք անոր խօսքերուն ձայնը լսեցիք, բայց կերպարանքը չտեսաք, միայն ձայնը լսեցիք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1212: И говорил Господь к вам из среды огня; глас слов [Его] вы слышали, но образа не видели, а только глас;
4:12 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐκ εκ from; out of μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the πυρός πυρ fire φωνὴν φωνη voice; sound ῥημάτων ρημα statement; phrase ὑμεῖς υμεις you ἠκούσατε ακουω hear καὶ και and; even ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness οὐκ ου not εἴδετε οραω view; see ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than φωνήν φωνη voice; sound
4:12 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֧ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֲלֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃlêḵˌem אֶל to מִ mi מִן from תֹּ֣וךְ ttˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הָ hā הַ the אֵ֑שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire קֹ֤ול qˈôl קֹול sound דְּבָרִים֙ dᵊvārîm דָּבָר word אַתֶּ֣ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you שֹׁמְעִ֔ים šōmᵊʕˈîm שׁמע hear וּ û וְ and תְמוּנָ֛ה ṯᵊmûnˈā תְּמוּנָה form אֵינְכֶ֥ם ʔênᵊḵˌem אַיִן [NEG] רֹאִ֖ים rōʔˌîm ראה see זוּלָתִ֥י zûlāṯˌî זוּלָה except קֹֽול׃ qˈôl קֹול sound
4:12. locutusque est Dominus ad vos de medio ignis vocem verborum eius audistis et formam penitus non vidistisAnd the Lord spoke to you from the midst of the fire. You heard the voice of his words, but you saw not any form at all.
12. And the LORD spake unto you out of the midst of the fire: ye heard the voice of words, but ye saw no form; only a voice.
4:12. And the Lord spoke to you from the midst of fire. You heard the voice of his words, but you did not see any form at all.
4:12. And the LORD spake unto you out of the midst of the fire: ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude; only [ye heard] a voice.
And the LORD spake unto you out of the midst of the fire: ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude; only [ye heard] a voice:

12: И говорил Господь к вам из среды огня; глас слов [Его] вы слышали, но образа не видели, а только глас;
4:12
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐκ εκ from; out of
μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
πυρός πυρ fire
φωνὴν φωνη voice; sound
ῥημάτων ρημα statement; phrase
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
ἠκούσατε ακουω hear
καὶ και and; even
ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness
οὐκ ου not
εἴδετε οραω view; see
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
φωνήν φωνη voice; sound
4:12
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֧ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֲלֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃlêḵˌem אֶל to
מִ mi מִן from
תֹּ֣וךְ ttˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הָ הַ the
אֵ֑שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
קֹ֤ול qˈôl קֹול sound
דְּבָרִים֙ dᵊvārîm דָּבָר word
אַתֶּ֣ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
שֹׁמְעִ֔ים šōmᵊʕˈîm שׁמע hear
וּ û וְ and
תְמוּנָ֛ה ṯᵊmûnˈā תְּמוּנָה form
אֵינְכֶ֥ם ʔênᵊḵˌem אַיִן [NEG]
רֹאִ֖ים rōʔˌîm ראה see
זוּלָתִ֥י zûlāṯˌî זוּלָה except
קֹֽול׃ qˈôl קֹול sound
4:12. locutusque est Dominus ad vos de medio ignis vocem verborum eius audistis et formam penitus non vidistis
And the Lord spoke to you from the midst of the fire. You heard the voice of his words, but you saw not any form at all.
4:12. And the Lord spoke to you from the midst of fire. You heard the voice of his words, but you did not see any form at all.
4:12. And the LORD spake unto you out of the midst of the fire: ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude; only [ye heard] a voice.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:12: Hero worship exhibited itself in the practice of setting up images of human form as household gods (Penates, compare Gen 31:19; Gen 35:2), or as local and civic divinities: a practice forbidden by Deu 4:16. Nature worship in its baser shapes is seen in the Egyptian idolatry of animals and animal figures, and is condemned in Deu 4:17-18 : while its less ignoble flight, the worship of the sun, moon, and stars, is forbidden in Deu 4:19. The great legislator may be regarded as taking in the passage before us a complete and comprehensive survey of the various forms of idolatrous and corrupt worship practiced by the surrounding Oriental nations, and as particularly and successively forbidding them every one.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:12: the Lord: Deu 5:4, Deu 5:22
no similitude: Deu 4:15; Num 12:8; Isa 40:18; Col 1:15
only ye heard a voice: Heb. save a voice, Deu 4:33, Deu 4:36; Exo 20:22; Kg1 19:12, Kg1 19:13; Isa 30:21, Isa 40:3, Isa 40:6; Mat 3:3, Mat 3:17, Mat 17:5; Joh 12:28-30; Pe2 1:17, Pe2 1:18
John Gill
4:12 And the Lord spake unto you out of the midst of the fire,.... For the Lord descended on Mount Sinai in a cloud, in fire, and was in the thick darkness, from whence he delivered out the ten commands:
ye heard the voice of the words; distinctly and plainly, not only the sound of them, but the words themselves, and so as to understand what was meant by them:
but saw no similitude; not any likeness of the person speaking, by which they could form any idea of him in their minds, which was purposely done to prevent idolatry:
only ye heard a voice; that was all.
John Wesley
4:12 No similitude - No resemblance or representation of God, whereby either his essence, or properties, or actions were represented, such as were usual among the Heathens.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:12 ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude--Although articulate sounds were heard emanating from the mount, no form or representation of the Divine Being who spoke was seen to indicate His nature or properties according to the notions of the heathen.
4:134:13: Եւ պատմեա՛ց ձեզ զուխտն իւր զոր պատուիրեաց ձեզ առնել, զտա՛սն պատգամսն. եւ գրեաց զնոսա ՚ի վերայ երկուց քարեղէն տախտակաց։
13 Նա հաղորդեց իր ուխտը, պատուիրեց, որ կատարէք տասը պատուիրանները, եւ դրանք գրեց քարէ երկու տախտակների վրայ:
13 Իր ուխտը, տասը պատուիրանքները ձեզի իմացուց ու պատուիրեց, որ զանոնք ընէք եւ զանոնք երկու քարէ տախտակներու վրայ գրեց։
Եւ պատմեաց ձեզ զուխտն իւր զոր պատուիրեաց ձեզ առնել, զտասն պատգամսն, եւ գրեաց զնոսա ի վերայ երկուց քարեղէն տախտակաց:

4:13: Եւ պատմեա՛ց ձեզ զուխտն իւր զոր պատուիրեաց ձեզ առնել, զտա՛սն պատգամսն. եւ գրեաց զնոսա ՚ի վերայ երկուց քարեղէն տախտակաց։
13 Նա հաղորդեց իր ուխտը, պատուիրեց, որ կատարէք տասը պատուիրանները, եւ դրանք գրեց քարէ երկու տախտակների վրայ:
13 Իր ուխտը, տասը պատուիրանքները ձեզի իմացուց ու պատուիրեց, որ զանոնք ընէք եւ զանոնք երկու քարէ տախտակներու վրայ գրեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1313: и объявил Он вам завет Свой, который повелел вам исполнять, десятословие, и написал его на двух каменных скрижалях;
4:13 καὶ και and; even ἀνήγγειλεν αναγγελλω announce ὑμῖν υμιν you τὴν ο the διαθήκην διαθηκη covenant αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἣν ος who; what ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ὑμῖν υμιν you ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make τὰ ο the δέκα δεκα ten ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase καὶ και and; even ἔγραψεν γραφω write αὐτὰ αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on δύο δυο two πλάκας πλαξ plaque; tablet λιθίνας λιθινος stone
4:13 וַ wa וְ and יַּגֵּ֨ד yyaggˌēḏ נגד report לָכֶ֜ם lāḵˈem לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּרִיתֹ֗ו bᵊrîṯˈô בְּרִית covenant אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] צִוָּ֤ה ṣiwwˈā צוה command אֶתְכֶם֙ ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂ֔ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make עֲשֶׂ֖רֶת ʕᵃśˌereṯ עֲשָׂרָה ten הַ ha הַ the דְּבָרִ֑ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּכְתְּבֵ֔ם yyiḵtᵊvˈēm כתב write עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׁנֵ֖י šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two לֻחֹ֥ות luḥˌôṯ לוּחַ tablet אֲבָנִֽים׃ ʔᵃvānˈîm אֶבֶן stone
4:13. et ostendit vobis pactum suum quod praecepit ut faceretis et decem verba quae scripsit in duabus tabulis lapideisAnd he shewed you his covenant, which he commanded you to do, and the ten words that he wrote in two tables of stone.
13. And he declared unto you his covenant, which he commanded you to perform, even the ten commandments; and he wrote them upon two tables of stone.
4:13. And he revealed his covenant to you, which he instructed you to carry out, and the ten words which he wrote on two tablets of stone.
4:13. And he declared unto you his covenant, which he commanded you to perform, [even] ten commandments; and he wrote them upon two tables of stone.
And he declared unto you his covenant, which he commanded you to perform, [even] ten commandments; and he wrote them upon two tables of stone:

13: и объявил Он вам завет Свой, который повелел вам исполнять, десятословие, и написал его на двух каменных скрижалях;
4:13
καὶ και and; even
ἀνήγγειλεν αναγγελλω announce
ὑμῖν υμιν you
τὴν ο the
διαθήκην διαθηκη covenant
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἣν ος who; what
ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make
τὰ ο the
δέκα δεκα ten
ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase
καὶ και and; even
ἔγραψεν γραφω write
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
δύο δυο two
πλάκας πλαξ plaque; tablet
λιθίνας λιθινος stone
4:13
וַ wa וְ and
יַּגֵּ֨ד yyaggˌēḏ נגד report
לָכֶ֜ם lāḵˈem לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּרִיתֹ֗ו bᵊrîṯˈô בְּרִית covenant
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
צִוָּ֤ה ṣiwwˈā צוה command
אֶתְכֶם֙ ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂ֔ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make
עֲשֶׂ֖רֶת ʕᵃśˌereṯ עֲשָׂרָה ten
הַ ha הַ the
דְּבָרִ֑ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּכְתְּבֵ֔ם yyiḵtᵊvˈēm כתב write
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׁנֵ֖י šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two
לֻחֹ֥ות luḥˌôṯ לוּחַ tablet
אֲבָנִֽים׃ ʔᵃvānˈîm אֶבֶן stone
4:13. et ostendit vobis pactum suum quod praecepit ut faceretis et decem verba quae scripsit in duabus tabulis lapideis
And he shewed you his covenant, which he commanded you to do, and the ten words that he wrote in two tables of stone.
4:13. And he revealed his covenant to you, which he instructed you to carry out, and the ten words which he wrote on two tablets of stone.
4:13. And he declared unto you his covenant, which he commanded you to perform, [even] ten commandments; and he wrote them upon two tables of stone.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:13: And he: Deut. 5:1-21; Exo 19:5, Exo 24:17, Exo 24:18; Heb 9:19, Heb 9:20
ten: Deu 10:4; Exo 34:28
he wrote: Deu 9:9-11, Deu 10:1-5; Exo 24:12, Exo 31:18, Exo 34:28; Co2 3:7; Heb 9:4
Geneva 1599
4:13 And he declared unto you his covenant, which he commanded you to (k) perform, [even] ten commandments; and he wrote them upon two tables of stone.
(k) God joins this condition to his covenant.
John Gill
4:13 And he declared unto you his covenant,.... So the law was called, because it contained, on the part of God, things which he would have done or avoided, to which were annexed promises of long life and happiness in the land he gave them; and they, on their part, agreed to hearken to it, and obey it, Ex 24:3,
which he commanded you to perform, even ten commandments; which see at large in Ex 20:1, and in this book afterwards repeated, Deut 5:6,
and he wrote them upon two tables of stone; to denote the durableness of them; the Targum of Jonathan says on tables of sapphire; but it is most likely that they were written on tables of marble, since there were great quantities of it in Mount Sinai; See Gill on Ex 31:18.
4:144:14: Եւ պատուիրեաց ինձ ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ ուսուցանե՛լ իրաւունս ձեզ եւ դատաստանս. եւ առնե՛լ ձեզ զնոսա յերկրին յոր դուք մտանիցէք ժառանգե՛լ զնա։
14 Այդ ժամանակ նա ինձ պատուիրեց, որ ձեզ ուսուցանեմ օրէնքներն ու կանոնները, եւ դուք դրանք կիրառէք այն երկրում, ուր մտնելու էք ու ժառանգելու էք այն»:
14 Այն ատեն Տէրը ինծի պատուիրեց, որ ձեզի կանոններ ու դատաստաններ սորվեցնեմ, որպէս զի զանոնք գործադրէք այն երկրին մէջ, ուր պիտի մտնէք ժառանգելու համար։
Եւ պատուիրեաց [78]ինձ ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ ուսուցանել իրաւունս ձեզ եւ դատաստանս, եւ առնել ձեզ զնոսա յերկրին յոր դուք մտանիցէք ժառանգել զնա:

4:14: Եւ պատուիրեաց ինձ ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ ուսուցանե՛լ իրաւունս ձեզ եւ դատաստանս. եւ առնե՛լ ձեզ զնոսա յերկրին յոր դուք մտանիցէք ժառանգե՛լ զնա։
14 Այդ ժամանակ նա ինձ պատուիրեց, որ ձեզ ուսուցանեմ օրէնքներն ու կանոնները, եւ դուք դրանք կիրառէք այն երկրում, ուր մտնելու էք ու ժառանգելու էք այն»:
14 Այն ատեն Տէրը ինծի պատուիրեց, որ ձեզի կանոններ ու դատաստաններ սորվեցնեմ, որպէս զի զանոնք գործադրէք այն երկրին մէջ, ուր պիտի մտնէք ժառանգելու համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1414: и повелел мне Господь в то время научить вас постановлениям и законам, дабы вы исполняли их в той земле, в которую вы входите, чтоб овладеть ею.
4:14 καὶ και and; even ἐμοὶ εμοι me ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that διδάξαι διδασκω teach ὑμᾶς υμας you δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification καὶ και and; even κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make αὐτὰ αυτος he; him ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what ὑμεῖς υμεις you εἰσπορεύεσθε εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into ἐκεῖ εκει there κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him
4:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֹתִ֞י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker] צִוָּ֤ה ṣiwwˈā צוה command יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she לְ lᵊ לְ to לַמֵּ֣ד lammˈēḏ למד learn אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker] חֻקִּ֖ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion וּ û וְ and מִשְׁפָּטִ֑ים mišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂתְכֶ֣ם ʕᵃśōṯᵊḵˈem עשׂה make אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
4:14. mihique mandavit in illo tempore ut docerem vos caerimonias et iudicia quae facere deberetis in terra quam possessuri estisAnd he commanded me at that time that I should teach you the ceremonies and judgments which you shall do in the land, that you shall possess.
14. And the LORD commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it.
4:14. And he commanded me, at that time, that I should teach you the ceremonies and judgments which you must carry out, in the land that you shall possess.
4:14. And the LORD commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it.
And the LORD commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it:

14: и повелел мне Господь в то время научить вас постановлениям и законам, дабы вы исполняли их в той земле, в которую вы входите, чтоб овладеть ею.
4:14
καὶ και and; even
ἐμοὶ εμοι me
ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
διδάξαι διδασκω teach
ὑμᾶς υμας you
δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification
καὶ και and; even
κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment
ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
εἰσπορεύεσθε εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
4:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֹתִ֞י ʔōṯˈî אֵת [object marker]
צִוָּ֤ה ṣiwwˈā צוה command
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she
לְ lᵊ לְ to
לַמֵּ֣ד lammˈēḏ למד learn
אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
חֻקִּ֖ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion
וּ û וְ and
מִשְׁפָּטִ֑ים mišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂתְכֶ֣ם ʕᵃśōṯᵊḵˈem עשׂה make
אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass
שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
4:14. mihique mandavit in illo tempore ut docerem vos caerimonias et iudicia quae facere deberetis in terra quam possessuri estis
And he commanded me at that time that I should teach you the ceremonies and judgments which you shall do in the land, that you shall possess.
4:14. And he commanded me, at that time, that I should teach you the ceremonies and judgments which you must carry out, in the land that you shall possess.
4:14. And the LORD commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:14: Ezek. 21:1-23:49; Psa 105:44, Psa 105:45
John Gill
4:14 And the Lord commanded me at that time,.... When the ten commandments were delivered on Mount Sinai, and Moses was ordered to come up to God in the mount:
to teach you statutes and judgments; laws ceremonial and judicial, besides the ten commands given them:
that ye may do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it; the land of Canaan, which was on the other side of Jordan, and over which they must go in order to possess it; and when they came there, they were to hold the possession of it by attending to those laws which forbad the sins for which the old inhabitants of it were expelled out of it; and besides these, there were also several laws, both ceremonial and judicial, which were to be peculiarly observed in the land, as well as others they were obliged to do while without it.
John Wesley
4:14 Statutes and judgments - The ceremonial and judicial laws which are here distinguished from the moral, or the ten commandments.
4:154:15: Եւ զգուշացարո՛ւք յոյժ անձանց ձերոց. զի նմանութիւն ինչ ո՛չ տեսէք յաւուրն յայնմիկ՝ յորում խօսեցա՛ւ ընդ ձեզ Տէր ՚ի Քորէ՛բ լերինն ՚ի միջո՛յ հրոյն[1685]։ [1685] Ոմանք. Յոյժ վասն անձանց ձերոց։
15 Չափազանց զգո՛յշ եղէք. այն օրը, երբ Տէրը Քորէբ լերան վրայ կրակի միջից խօսում էր ձեզ հետ, դուք նրա կերպարանքը չտեսաք:
15 Ուրեմն ձեր հոգիներուն աղէկ զգուշութիւն ըրէք. որովհետեւ այն օրը, որ Տէրը Քորեբ լեռը կրակին մէջէն ձեզի խօսեցաւ, ոեւէ կերպարանք չտեսաք։
Եւ զգուշացարուք յոյժ անձանց ձերոց. զի նմանութիւն ինչ ոչ տեսէք յաւուրն յայնմիկ յորում խօսեցաւ ընդ ձեզ Տէր ի Քորեբ լերինն ի միջոյ հրոյն:

4:15: Եւ զգուշացարո՛ւք յոյժ անձանց ձերոց. զի նմանութիւն ինչ ո՛չ տեսէք յաւուրն յայնմիկ՝ յորում խօսեցա՛ւ ընդ ձեզ Տէր ՚ի Քորէ՛բ լերինն ՚ի միջո՛յ հրոյն[1685]։
[1685] Ոմանք. Յոյժ վասն անձանց ձերոց։
15 Չափազանց զգո՛յշ եղէք. այն օրը, երբ Տէրը Քորէբ լերան վրայ կրակի միջից խօսում էր ձեզ հետ, դուք նրա կերպարանքը չտեսաք:
15 Ուրեմն ձեր հոգիներուն աղէկ զգուշութիւն ըրէք. որովհետեւ այն օրը, որ Տէրը Քորեբ լեռը կրակին մէջէն ձեզի խօսեցաւ, ոեւէ կերպարանք չտեսաք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1515: Твердо держите в душах ваших, что вы не видели никакого образа в тот день, когда говорил к вам Господь на Хориве из среды огня,
4:15 καὶ και and; even φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously τὰς ο the ψυχὰς ψυχη soul ὑμῶν υμων your ὅτι οτι since; that οὐκ ου not εἴδετε οραω view; see ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ᾗ ος who; what ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐν εν in Χωρηβ χωρηβ in τῷ ο the ὄρει ορος mountain; mount ἐκ εκ from; out of μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the πυρός πυρ fire
4:15 וְ wᵊ וְ and נִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֥ם nišmartˌem שׁמר keep מְאֹ֖ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might לְ lᵊ לְ to נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶ֑ם nafšōṯêḵˈem נֶפֶשׁ soul כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not רְאִיתֶם֙ rᵊʔîṯˌem ראה see כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole תְּמוּנָ֔ה tᵊmûnˈā תְּמוּנָה form בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יֹ֗ום yˈôm יֹום day דִּבֶּ֨ר dibbˌer דבר speak יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֲלֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵃlêḵˈem אֶל to בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֹרֵ֖ב ḥōrˌēv חֹרֵב Horeb מִ mi מִן from תֹּ֥וךְ ttˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הָ hā הַ the אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
4:15. custodite igitur sollicite animas vestras non vidistis aliquam similitudinem in die qua locutus est Dominus vobis in Horeb de medio ignisKeep therefore your souls carefully. You saw not any similitude in the day that the Lord God spoke to you in Horeb from the midst of the fire:
15. Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of form on the day that the LORD spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire:
4:15. And so, guard your souls carefully. You saw no likeness on the day that the Lord God spoke to you on Horeb from the midst of fire.
4:15. Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of similitude on the day [that] the LORD spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire:
Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of similitude on the day [that] the LORD spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire:

15: Твердо держите в душах ваших, что вы не видели никакого образа в тот день, когда говорил к вам Господь на Хориве из среды огня,
4:15
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
τὰς ο the
ψυχὰς ψυχη soul
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐκ ου not
εἴδετε οραω view; see
ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ος who; what
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐν εν in
Χωρηβ χωρηβ in
τῷ ο the
ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
ἐκ εκ from; out of
μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
πυρός πυρ fire
4:15
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֥ם nišmartˌem שׁמר keep
מְאֹ֖ד mᵊʔˌōḏ מְאֹד might
לְ lᵊ לְ to
נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶ֑ם nafšōṯêḵˈem נֶפֶשׁ soul
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
רְאִיתֶם֙ rᵊʔîṯˌem ראה see
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
תְּמוּנָ֔ה tᵊmûnˈā תְּמוּנָה form
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יֹ֗ום yˈôm יֹום day
דִּבֶּ֨ר dibbˌer דבר speak
יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֲלֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵃlêḵˈem אֶל to
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֹרֵ֖ב ḥōrˌēv חֹרֵב Horeb
מִ mi מִן from
תֹּ֥וךְ ttˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הָ הַ the
אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
4:15. custodite igitur sollicite animas vestras non vidistis aliquam similitudinem in die qua locutus est Dominus vobis in Horeb de medio ignis
Keep therefore your souls carefully. You saw not any similitude in the day that the Lord God spoke to you in Horeb from the midst of the fire:
4:15. And so, guard your souls carefully. You saw no likeness on the day that the Lord God spoke to you on Horeb from the midst of fire.
4:15. Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of similitude on the day [that] the LORD spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:15: Ye saw no manner of similitude - Howsoever God chose to appear or manifest himself, he took care never to assume any describable form. He would have no image worship, because he is a Spirit, and they who worship him must worship him in Spirit and in truth. These outward things tend to draw the mind out of itself, and diffuse it on sensible, if not sensual, objects; and thus spiritual worship is prevented, and the Holy Ghost grieved. Persons acting in this way can never know much of the religion of the heart.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:15: Take ye: Deu 4:9, Deu 4:23; Jos 23:11; Ch1 28:9, Ch1 28:10; Psa 119:9; Pro 4:23, Pro 4:27; Jer 17:21; Mal 2:15
of similitude: Deu 4:12; Isa 40:18; Co2 4:4-6; Heb 1:3
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:15
As the Israelites had seen no shape of God at Horeb, they were to beware for their souls' sake (for their lives) of acting corruptly, and making to themselves any kind of image of Jehovah their God, namely, as the context shows, to worship God in it. (On pesel, see at Ex 20:4.) The words which follow, viz., "a form of any kind of sculpture," and "a representation of male or female" (for tabnith, see at Ex 25:9), are in apposition to "graven image," and serve to explain and emphasize the prohibition.
Geneva 1599
4:15 Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no (l) manner of similitude on the day [that] the LORD spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire:
(l) Signifying, that destruction is prepared for all who make any image to represent God.
John Gill
4:15 Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves,.... As to keep all the laws given them, so particularly to avoid idolatry:
for ye saw no manner of similitude on the day the Lord spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire; and therefore, as they had nothing that directed and led them, so they had nothing that could be a temptation to them, to make any form or likeness, and worship it.
John Wesley
4:15 In Horeb - God, who in other places and times did appear in a similitude in the fashion of a man, now in this most solemn appearance, when he comes to give eternal laws for the direction of the Israelites in the worship of God, and in their duty to men, purposely avoids all such representations, to shew that he abhors all worship of images, or of himself by images of what kind soever, because he is the invisible God, and cannot be represented by any visible image.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:15 A PARTICULAR DISSUASIVE AGAINST IDOLATRY. (Deu. 4:14-40)
Take . . . good heed . . . for ye saw no manner of similitude--The extreme proneness of the Israelites to idolatry, from their position in the midst of surrounding nations already abandoned to its seductions, accounts for their attention being repeatedly drawn to the fact that God did not appear on Sinai in any visible form; and an earnest caution, founded on that remarkable circumstance, is given to beware, not only of making representations of false gods, but also any fancied representation of the true God.
4:164:16: Մի՛ անօրինիցիք, եւ առնիցէք ձեզ դրօշեալս նմանութիւն ամենայն պատկերի. նմանութիւն արուակա՛ն կամ իգական[1686]. [1686] Ոմանք. Մի՛ անօրինիցէք... դրօշեալ նմանութիւն ամենայն։
16 Անօրէնութիւն մի՛ արէք, կուռքեր չստեղծէք տղամարդու կամ կնոջ կերպարանքով,
16 Անօրէնութիւն մի՛ ընէք. ձեզի կուռք մը կամ ոեւէ բանի* պատկեր՝ թէ՛ արուի եւ թէ՛ էգի նմանութեամբ,
մի՛ անօրինիցիք եւ առնիցէք ձեզ դրօշեալ, նմանութիւն ամենայն պատկերի, նմանութիւն արուական կամ իգական:

4:16: Մի՛ անօրինիցիք, եւ առնիցէք ձեզ դրօշեալս նմանութիւն ամենայն պատկերի. նմանութիւն արուակա՛ն կամ իգական[1686].
[1686] Ոմանք. Մի՛ անօրինիցէք... դրօշեալ նմանութիւն ամենայն։
16 Անօրէնութիւն մի՛ արէք, կուռքեր չստեղծէք տղամարդու կամ կնոջ կերպարանքով,
16 Անօրէնութիւն մի՛ ընէք. ձեզի կուռք մը կամ ոեւէ բանի* պատկեր՝ թէ՛ արուի եւ թէ՛ էգի նմանութեամբ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1616: дабы вы не развратились и не сделали себе изваяний, изображений какого-либо кумира, представляющих мужчину или женщину,
4:16 μὴ μη not ἀνομήσητε ανομεω and; even ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make ὑμῖν υμιν you ἑαυτοῖς εαυτου of himself; his own γλυπτὸν γλυπτος likeness πᾶσαν πας all; every εἰκόνα εικων image ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness ἀρσενικοῦ αρσενικος or; than θηλυκοῦ θηλυκος female; of women
4:16 פֶּ֨ן־ pˌen- פֶּן lest תַּשְׁחִת֔וּן tašḥiṯˈûn שׁחת destroy וַ wa וְ and עֲשִׂיתֶ֥ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to פֶּ֖סֶל pˌesel פֶּסֶל idol תְּמוּנַ֣ת tᵊmûnˈaṯ תְּמוּנָה form כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole סָ֑מֶל sˈāmel סֶמֶל image תַּבְנִ֥ית tavnˌîṯ תַּבְנִית model זָכָ֖ר zāḵˌār זָכָר male אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or נְקֵבָֽה׃ nᵊqēvˈā נְקֵבָה female
4:16. ne forte decepti faciatis vobis sculptam similitudinem aut imaginem masculi vel feminaeLest perhaps being deceived you might make you a graven similitude, or image of male or female,
16. lest ye corrupt yourselves, and make you a graven image in the form of any figure, the likeness of male or female,
4:16. Otherwise, perhaps being deceived, you might have made a graven image, or an image of male or female,
4:16. Lest ye corrupt [yourselves], and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of male or female,
Lest ye corrupt [yourselves], and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of male or female:

16: дабы вы не развратились и не сделали себе изваяний, изображений какого-либо кумира, представляющих мужчину или женщину,
4:16
μὴ μη not
ἀνομήσητε ανομεω and; even
ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἑαυτοῖς εαυτου of himself; his own
γλυπτὸν γλυπτος likeness
πᾶσαν πας all; every
εἰκόνα εικων image
ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness
ἀρσενικοῦ αρσενικος or; than
θηλυκοῦ θηλυκος female; of women
4:16
פֶּ֨ן־ pˌen- פֶּן lest
תַּשְׁחִת֔וּן tašḥiṯˈûn שׁחת destroy
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשִׂיתֶ֥ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make
לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to
פֶּ֖סֶל pˌesel פֶּסֶל idol
תְּמוּנַ֣ת tᵊmûnˈaṯ תְּמוּנָה form
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
סָ֑מֶל sˈāmel סֶמֶל image
תַּבְנִ֥ית tavnˌîṯ תַּבְנִית model
זָכָ֖ר zāḵˌār זָכָר male
אֹ֥ו ʔˌô אֹו or
נְקֵבָֽה׃ nᵊqēvˈā נְקֵבָה female
4:16. ne forte decepti faciatis vobis sculptam similitudinem aut imaginem masculi vel feminae
Lest perhaps being deceived you might make you a graven similitude, or image of male or female,
4:16. Otherwise, perhaps being deceived, you might have made a graven image, or an image of male or female,
4:16. Lest ye corrupt [yourselves], and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of male or female,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:16: The likeness of male or female - Such as Baal-peor and the Roman Priapus, Ashtaroth or Astarte, and the Greek and Roman Venus; after whom most nations of the world literally went a whoring.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:16: corrupt: Deu 4:8, Deu 4:9; Exo 20:4, Exo 20:5, Exo 32:7; Psa 106:19, Psa 106:20; Rom 1:22-24
the likeness: Such as Baal-peor, the Roman Priapus; Ashtaroth or Astarte, the Greek and Roman Venus, and many others. Deu 4:23; Isa 40:18; Joh 4:24; Act 17:29, Act 20:4, Act 20:5; Ti1 1:17
John Gill
4:16 Lest ye corrupt yourselves,.... And not themselves only, but the word and worship of God, by idolatry, than which nothing is more corrupting and defiling, nor more abominable to God:
and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure; a graven image, in the likeness of any figure, an idea of which they had formed in their minds:
the likeness of male or female; of a man or a woman; so some of the Heathen deities were in the likeness of men, as Jupiter, Mars, Hercules, Apollo, &c. and others in the likeness of women, as Juno, Diana, Venus, &c. Some think Osiris and Isis, Egyptian deities, the one male, the other female, are respected; but it is not certain that these were worshipped by them so early.
John Wesley
4:16 Lest ye corrupt yourselves - Your ways, by worshipping God in a corrupt manner.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:16 Lest ye corrupt yourselves, and make you a graven image--The things are here specified of which God prohibited any image or representation to be made for the purposes of worship; and, from the variety of details entered into, an idea may be formed of the extensive prevalence of idolatry in that age. In whatever way idolatry originated, whether from an intention to worship the true God through those things which seemed to afford the strongest evidences of His power, or whether a divine principle was supposed to reside in the things themselves, there was scarcely an element or object of nature but was deified. This was particularly the case with the Canaanites and Egyptians, against whose superstitious practices the caution, no doubt, was chiefly directed. The former worshipped Baal and Astarte, the latter Osiris and Isis, under the figure of a male and a female. It was in Egypt that animal-worship most prevailed, for the natives of that country deified among beasts the ox, the heifer, the sheep, and the goat, the dog, the cat, and the ape; among birds, the ibis, the hawk, and the crane; among reptiles, the crocodile, the frog, and the beetle; among fishes, all the fish of the Nile; some of these, as Osiris and Isis, were worshipped over all Egypt, the others only in particular provinces. In addition they embraced the Zabian superstition, the adoration of the Egyptians, in common with that of many other people, extending to the whole starry host. The very circumstantial details here given of the Canaanitish and Egyptian idolatry were owing to the past and prospective familiarity of the Israelites with it in all these forms.
4:174:17: նմանութիւն ամենայն անասնոց՝ որ իցեն յերկրի. նմանութիւն ամենայն հաւու թռչնոյ, որ թռչիցին ՚ի ներքոյ երկնից[1687]. [1687] Ոմանք. Որ իցեն ՚ի վերայ երկրի... հաւու թռչնոց։
17 երկրի վրայ գտնուող որեւէ անասունի կերպարանքով, երկնքի տակ թռչող որեւէ թռչունի կերպարանքով,
17 Կամ երկրի վրայ եղող անասունի մը նմանութեամբ, կամ օդին մէջ թռչող թեւաւոր թռչունի մը նմանութեամբ,
նմանութիւն ամենայն անասնոց որ իցեն յերկրի, նմանութիւն ամենայն հաւու թռչնոյ որ թռչիցին ի ներքոյ երկնից:

4:17: նմանութիւն ամենայն անասնոց՝ որ իցեն յերկրի. նմանութիւն ամենայն հաւու թռչնոյ, որ թռչիցին ՚ի ներքոյ երկնից[1687].
[1687] Ոմանք. Որ իցեն ՚ի վերայ երկրի... հաւու թռչնոց։
17 երկրի վրայ գտնուող որեւէ անասունի կերպարանքով, երկնքի տակ թռչող որեւէ թռչունի կերպարանքով,
17 Կամ երկրի վրայ եղող անասունի մը նմանութեամբ, կամ օդին մէջ թռչող թեւաւոր թռչունի մը նմանութեամբ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1717: изображения какого-либо скота, который на земле, изображения какой-либо птицы крылатой, которая летает под небесами,
4:17 ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness παντὸς πας all; every κτήνους κτηνος livestock; animal τῶν ο the ὄντων ειμι be ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness παντὸς πας all; every ὀρνέου ορνεον fowl πτερωτοῦ πτερωτος who; what πέταται πεταμαι under; by τὸν ο the οὐρανόν ουρανος sky; heaven
4:17 תַּבְנִ֕ית tavnˈîṯ תַּבְנִית model כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּהֵמָ֖ה bᵊhēmˌā בְּהֵמָה cattle אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth תַּבְנִית֙ tavnîṯ תַּבְנִית model כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole צִפֹּ֣ור ṣippˈôr צִפֹּור bird כָּנָ֔ף kānˈāf כָּנָף wing אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תָּע֖וּף tāʕˌûf עוף fly בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁמָֽיִם׃ ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens
4:17. similitudinem omnium iumentorum quae sunt super terram vel avium sub caelo volantiumThe similitude of any beasts, that are upon the earth, or of birds, that fly under heaven,
17. the likeness of any beast that is on the earth, the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the heaven,
4:17. a likeness of any of the beasts, which are upon the earth, or of birds, which fly under heaven,
4:17. The likeness of any beast that [is] on the earth, the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the air,
The likeness of any beast that [is] on the earth, the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the air:

17: изображения какого-либо скота, который на земле, изображения какой-либо птицы крылатой, которая летает под небесами,
4:17
ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness
παντὸς πας all; every
κτήνους κτηνος livestock; animal
τῶν ο the
ὄντων ειμι be
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness
παντὸς πας all; every
ὀρνέου ορνεον fowl
πτερωτοῦ πτερωτος who; what
πέταται πεταμαι under; by
τὸν ο the
οὐρανόν ουρανος sky; heaven
4:17
תַּבְנִ֕ית tavnˈîṯ תַּבְנִית model
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּהֵמָ֖ה bᵊhēmˌā בְּהֵמָה cattle
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
תַּבְנִית֙ tavnîṯ תַּבְנִית model
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
צִפֹּ֣ור ṣippˈôr צִפֹּור bird
כָּנָ֔ף kānˈāf כָּנָף wing
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תָּע֖וּף tāʕˌûf עוף fly
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁמָֽיִם׃ ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens
4:17. similitudinem omnium iumentorum quae sunt super terram vel avium sub caelo volantium
The similitude of any beasts, that are upon the earth, or of birds, that fly under heaven,
4:17. a likeness of any of the beasts, which are upon the earth, or of birds, which fly under heaven,
4:17. The likeness of any beast that [is] on the earth, the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the air,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:17: The likeness of any beast, etc. - Such as the Egyptian god Apis, who was worshipped under the form of a white bull; the ibis and hawk, among the fowls, had also Divine honors paid to them; serpents and the crocodile among reptiles; besides monkeys, dogs, cats, the scarabaeus, leeks, and onions! See this explained at large, Exo 20:4 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:17: In these verses there is an evident allusion to the idolatrous worship in Egypt. Among the Egyptians, almost everything in nature was the object of their idolatry; among beasts were oxen, heifers, sheep, goats, lions, dogs, monkeys, and cats; among birds, the ibis, crane, and hawk; among reptiles, the crocodile, serpents, frogs, flies, and beetles; all the fish of the Nile, and the Nile itself; besides the sun, moon, planets, stars, fire, light, air, darkness, and night. These are all included in the very circumstantial prohibition in the text, and very forcibly in the general terms of Exo 20:4, the reason of which prohibition becomes self-evident, when the various objects of Egyptian idolatry are considered.
Rom 1:23
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:17
They were also not to make an image of any kind of beast; a caution against imitating the animal worship of Egypt.
John Gill
4:17 The likeness of any beast that is on the earth,.... As there are scarce any but the likeness of them has been made and worshipped, or the creatures themselves, as the ox by the Egyptians, the sheep by the Thebans, the goat by the Mendesians, and others by different people:
the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the air; as the hawk, and the bird called Ibis, and another by the name of Cneph by the Egyptians, and the eagle by others.
4:184:18: նմանութիւն ամենայն սողնոց՝ որ սողին ՚ի վերայ երկրի. նմանութիւն ամենայն ձկանց՝ որ իցեն ՚ի ջուրս ՚ի ներքոյ երկրի[1688]։ [1688] Այլք. Որ սողիցին ՚ի վերայ երկրի։
18 երկրի վրայ սողացող որեւէ սողունի կերպարանքով, երկրի տակ՝ ջրերի մէջ գտնուող որեւէ ձկան կերպարանքով,
18 Կամ երկրի վրայ սողացող սողունի մը նմանութեամբ, կամ երկրի տակ ջուրերու մէջ եղող ձուկի մը նմանութեամբ մի՛ շինէք.
նմանութիւն ամենայն սողնոց որ սողիցին ի վերայ երկրի, նմանութիւն ամենայն ձկանց որ իցեն ի ջուրս ի ներքոյ երկրի:

4:18: նմանութիւն ամենայն սողնոց՝ որ սողին ՚ի վերայ երկրի. նմանութիւն ամենայն ձկանց՝ որ իցեն ՚ի ջուրս ՚ի ներքոյ երկրի[1688]։
[1688] Այլք. Որ սողիցին ՚ի վերայ երկրի։
18 երկրի վրայ սողացող որեւէ սողունի կերպարանքով, երկրի տակ՝ ջրերի մէջ գտնուող որեւէ ձկան կերպարանքով,
18 Կամ երկրի վրայ սողացող սողունի մը նմանութեամբ, կամ երկրի տակ ջուրերու մէջ եղող ձուկի մը նմանութեամբ մի՛ շինէք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1818: изображения какого-либо [гада], ползающего по земле, изображения какой-либо рыбы, которая в водах ниже земли;
4:18 ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness παντὸς πας all; every ἑρπετοῦ ερπετον reptile ὃ ος who; what ἕρπει ερπω in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness παντὸς πας all; every ἰχθύος ιχθυς fish ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐστὶν ειμι be ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ὕδασιν υδωρ water ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land
4:18 תַּבְנִ֕ית tavnˈîṯ תַּבְנִית model כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole רֹמֵ֖שׂ rōmˌēś רמשׂ creep בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אֲדָמָ֑ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil תַּבְנִ֛ית tavnˈîṯ תַּבְנִית model כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole דָּגָ֥ה dāḡˌā דָּגָה fish אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מַּ֖יִם mmˌayim מַיִם water מִ mi מִן from תַּ֥חַת ttˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part לָ lā לְ to † הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
4:18. atque reptilium quae moventur in terra sive piscium qui sub terra morantur in aquisOr of creeping things, that move on the earth, or of fishes, that abide in the waters under the earth:
18. the likeness of any thing that creepeth on the ground, the likeness of any fish that is in the water under the earth:
4:18. or of reptiles, which move across the earth, or of fish, which abide in the waters under the earth.
4:18. The likeness of any thing that creepeth on the ground, the likeness of any fish that [is] in the waters beneath the earth:
The likeness of any thing that creepeth on the ground, the likeness of any fish that [is] in the waters beneath the earth:

18: изображения какого-либо [гада], ползающего по земле, изображения какой-либо рыбы, которая в водах ниже земли;
4:18
ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness
παντὸς πας all; every
ἑρπετοῦ ερπετον reptile
ος who; what
ἕρπει ερπω in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ὁμοίωμα ομοιωμα likeness
παντὸς πας all; every
ἰχθύος ιχθυς fish
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐστὶν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ὕδασιν υδωρ water
ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
4:18
תַּבְנִ֕ית tavnˈîṯ תַּבְנִית model
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
רֹמֵ֖שׂ rōmˌēś רמשׂ creep
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אֲדָמָ֑ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil
תַּבְנִ֛ית tavnˈîṯ תַּבְנִית model
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
דָּגָ֥ה dāḡˌā דָּגָה fish
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מַּ֖יִם mmˌayim מַיִם water
מִ mi מִן from
תַּ֥חַת ttˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
לָ לְ to
הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
4:18. atque reptilium quae moventur in terra sive piscium qui sub terra morantur in aquis
Or of creeping things, that move on the earth, or of fishes, that abide in the waters under the earth:
4:18. or of reptiles, which move across the earth, or of fish, which abide in the waters under the earth.
4:18. The likeness of any thing that creepeth on the ground, the likeness of any fish that [is] in the waters beneath the earth:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
4:18 The likeness of anything that creepeth on the ground,.... As serpents by many; and indeed that creature is introduced into almost all the idolatries of the Heathens, which seems to take its rise from the serpent Satan made use of to deceive our first parents:
the likeness of any fish that is in the waters beneath the earth; as the crocodile and hippopotamus, or river horse, by the Egyptians; and Dagon and Derceto, supposed to be figures in the form of a fish, among the Phoenicians.
4:194:19: Եւ մի՛ հայեցեալ ընդ երկինս տեսանիցես զարեգակն եւ զլուսին եւ զաստեղս, եւ զամենայն զարդ երկնից, եւ մոլորեալ երկի՛ր պագանիցես նոցա, եւ պաշտիցես զնոսա. զոր բաժանեա՛ց Տէր Աստուած ամենայն ազգաց որ ՚ի ներքոյ երկնից.
19 կամ դէպի երկինք նայելով. արեգակը, լուսինը, աստղերն ու երկնքի բոլոր զարդերը տեսնելով չմոլորուէք, դրանց չերկրպագէք ու դրանք չպաշտէք: Տէր Աստուածը դրանցից բաժին է հանել երկնքի տակ ապրող բոլոր ժողովուրդներին:
19 Նաեւ աչքերդ երկինք վերցնելով ու արեւը կամ լուսինը կամ աստղերն ու երկնքի բոլոր զարդը տեսնելով մի՛ խաբուիր ու անոնց երկրպագութիւն մի՛ ըներ եւ զանոնք մի՛ պաշտեր. որովհետեւ քու Տէր Աստուածդ զանոնք բոլոր երկնքի տակ եղող ազգերուն համար կարգաւորեց։
Եւ մի՛ հայեցեալ ընդ երկինս տեսանիցես զարեգակն եւ զլուսին եւ զաստեղս եւ զամենայն զարդ երկնից, եւ մոլորեալ երկիր պագանիցես նոցա եւ պաշտիցես զնոսա, զոր բաժանեաց Տէր Աստուած ամենայն ազգաց որ ի ներքոյ երկնից:

4:19: Եւ մի՛ հայեցեալ ընդ երկինս տեսանիցես զարեգակն եւ զլուսին եւ զաստեղս, եւ զամենայն զարդ երկնից, եւ մոլորեալ երկի՛ր պագանիցես նոցա, եւ պաշտիցես զնոսա. զոր բաժանեա՛ց Տէր Աստուած ամենայն ազգաց որ ՚ի ներքոյ երկնից.
19 կամ դէպի երկինք նայելով. արեգակը, լուսինը, աստղերն ու երկնքի բոլոր զարդերը տեսնելով չմոլորուէք, դրանց չերկրպագէք ու դրանք չպաշտէք: Տէր Աստուածը դրանցից բաժին է հանել երկնքի տակ ապրող բոլոր ժողովուրդներին:
19 Նաեւ աչքերդ երկինք վերցնելով ու արեւը կամ լուսինը կամ աստղերն ու երկնքի բոլոր զարդը տեսնելով մի՛ խաբուիր ու անոնց երկրպագութիւն մի՛ ըներ եւ զանոնք մի՛ պաշտեր. որովհետեւ քու Տէր Աստուածդ զանոնք բոլոր երկնքի տակ եղող ազգերուն համար կարգաւորեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:1919: и дабы ты, взглянув на небо и увидев солнце, луну и звезды [и] все воинство небесное, не прельстился и не поклонился им и не служил им, так как Господь, Бог твой, уделил их всем народам под всем небом.
4:19 καὶ και and; even μὴ μη not ἀναβλέψας αναβλεπω look up; see again εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the οὐρανὸν ουρανος sky; heaven καὶ και and; even ἰδὼν οραω view; see τὸν ο the ἥλιον ηλιος sun καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the σελήνην σεληνη moon καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the ἀστέρας αστηρ star καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the κόσμον κοσμος world; adornment τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven πλανηθεὶς πλαναω mislead; wander προσκυνήσῃς προσκυνεω worship αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even λατρεύσῃς λατρευω employed by αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἃ ος who; what ἀπένειμεν απονεμω attribute κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your αὐτὰ αυτος he; him πᾶσιν πας all; every τοῖς ο the ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste τοῖς ο the ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
4:19 וּ û וְ and פֶן־ fen- פֶּן lest תִּשָּׂ֨א tiśśˌā נשׂא lift עֵינֶ֜יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֗יְמָה ššāmˈaymā שָׁמַיִם heavens וְֽ֠ wᵊˈ וְ and רָאִיתָ rāʔîṯˌā ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ ššˌemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יָּרֵ֜חַ yyārˈēₐḥ יָרֵחַ moon וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the כֹּֽוכָבִ֗ים kkˈôḵāvˈîm כֹּוכָב star כֹּ֚ל ˈkōl כֹּל whole צְבָ֣א ṣᵊvˈā צָבָא service הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וְ wᵊ וְ and נִדַּחְתָּ֛ niddaḥtˈā נדח wield וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁתַּחֲוִ֥יתָ hištaḥᵃwˌîṯā חוה bow down לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to וַ wa וְ and עֲבַדְתָּ֑ם ʕᵃvaḏtˈām עבד work, serve אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] חָלַ֜ק ḥālˈaq חלק divide יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] לְ lᵊ לְ to כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole הָֽ hˈā הַ the עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמָֽיִם׃ ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens
4:19. ne forte oculis elevatis ad caelum videas solem et lunam et omnia astra caeli et errore deceptus adores ea et colas quae creavit Dominus Deus tuus in ministerium cunctis gentibus quae sub caelo suntLest perhaps lifting up thy eyes to heaven, thou see the sun and the moon, and all the stars of heaven, and being deceived by error thou adore and serve them, which the Lord thy God created for the service of all the nations, that are under heaven.
19. and lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun and the moon and the stars, even all the host of heaven, thou be drawn away and worship them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath divided unto all the peoples under the whole heaven.
4:19. Otherwise, perhaps lifting up your eyes to heaven, you might look upon the sun and the moon and all the stars of heaven, and being deceived by error, you might adore and worship these things, which the Lord your God created for the service of all the nations, which are under heaven.
4:19. And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, [even] all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven.
And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, [even] all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven:

19: и дабы ты, взглянув на небо и увидев солнце, луну и звезды [и] все воинство небесное, не прельстился и не поклонился им и не служил им, так как Господь, Бог твой, уделил их всем народам под всем небом.
4:19
καὶ και and; even
μὴ μη not
ἀναβλέψας αναβλεπω look up; see again
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
οὐρανὸν ουρανος sky; heaven
καὶ και and; even
ἰδὼν οραω view; see
τὸν ο the
ἥλιον ηλιος sun
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
σελήνην σεληνη moon
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
ἀστέρας αστηρ star
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
κόσμον κοσμος world; adornment
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
πλανηθεὶς πλαναω mislead; wander
προσκυνήσῃς προσκυνεω worship
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
λατρεύσῃς λατρευω employed by
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ος who; what
ἀπένειμεν απονεμω attribute
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
πᾶσιν πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste
τοῖς ο the
ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
4:19
וּ û וְ and
פֶן־ fen- פֶּן lest
תִּשָּׂ֨א tiśśˌā נשׂא lift
עֵינֶ֜יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֗יְמָה ššāmˈaymā שָׁמַיִם heavens
וְֽ֠ wᵊˈ וְ and
רָאִיתָ rāʔîṯˌā ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ ššˌemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יָּרֵ֜חַ yyārˈēₐḥ יָרֵחַ moon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּֽוכָבִ֗ים kkˈôḵāvˈîm כֹּוכָב star
כֹּ֚ל ˈkōl כֹּל whole
צְבָ֣א ṣᵊvˈā צָבָא service
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִדַּחְתָּ֛ niddaḥtˈā נדח wield
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁתַּחֲוִ֥יתָ hištaḥᵃwˌîṯā חוה bow down
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
וַ wa וְ and
עֲבַדְתָּ֑ם ʕᵃvaḏtˈām עבד work, serve
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
חָלַ֜ק ḥālˈaq חלק divide
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמָֽיִם׃ ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens
4:19. ne forte oculis elevatis ad caelum videas solem et lunam et omnia astra caeli et errore deceptus adores ea et colas quae creavit Dominus Deus tuus in ministerium cunctis gentibus quae sub caelo sunt
Lest perhaps lifting up thy eyes to heaven, thou see the sun and the moon, and all the stars of heaven, and being deceived by error thou adore and serve them, which the Lord thy God created for the service of all the nations, that are under heaven.
4:19. Otherwise, perhaps lifting up your eyes to heaven, you might look upon the sun and the moon and all the stars of heaven, and being deceived by error, you might adore and worship these things, which the Lord your God created for the service of all the nations, which are under heaven.
4:19. And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, [even] all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:19: When thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars - The worship of the heavenly bodies was the oldest species of idolatry. Those who had not the knowledge of the true God were led to consider the sun, moon, planets, and stars, as not only self-existing, but the authors of all the blessings possessed by mankind. The knowledge of a rational system of astronomy served to destroy this superstition; and very little of it remains now in the world, except among a few Christian and Mohammedan astrologers; those miserable sinners who endeavor, as much as possible, to revive the old idolatry, while vainly professing to believe in the true God! Nor is it to be doubted that God will proceed with them as he has done of old with the worshippers of the host of heaven. Sound philosophy is next in importance to sound divinity; and next to the study of the work of grace is that of the operations of God in nature; for these visible things make known his eternal power and Godhead.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:19: Divided - i. e., "whose light God has distributed to the nations for their use and benefit, and which therefore being creatures ministering to man's convenience must not be worshipped as man's lords."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:19: when thou: Deu 17:3; Kg2 23:4, Kg2 23:5, Kg2 23:11; Job 31:26, Job 31:27; Jer 8:2; Eze 8:16; Amo 5:25, Amo 5:26
the host: Gen 2:1; Kg2 17:16, Kg2 21:3; Jer 19:13; Zep 1:5; Act 7:42; Rom 1:25
which the Lord: Gen 1:16-18; Jos 10:12, Jos 10:13; Neh 9:6; Psa 74:16, Psa 74:17, Psa 136:7-9, Psa 148:3-5; Jer 31:35, Jer 33:25; Mat 5:45
divided: or, imparted
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:19
They were not to allow themselves to be torn away (נדּח) to worship the stars of heaven, namely, by the seductive influence exerted upon the senses by the sight of the heavenly bodies as they shone in their glorious splendour. The reason for this prohibition is given in the relative clause, "which Jehovah thy God hath allotted to all nations under the whole heaven." The thought is not, "God has given the heathen the sun, moon, and stars for service, i.e., to serve them with their light," as Onkelos, the Rabbins, Jerome, and others, suppose, but He has allotted them to them for worship, i.e., permitted them to choose them as the objects of their worship, which is the view adopted by Justin Martyr, Clemens Alex., and others. According to the scriptural view, even the idolatry of the heathen existed by divine permission and arrangement. God gave up the heathen to idolatry and shameful lusts, because, although they knew Him from His works, they did not praise Him as God (Rom 1:21, Rom 1:24, Rom 1:26).
Geneva 1599
4:19 And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, [even] all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath (m) divided unto all nations under the whole heaven.
(m) He has appointed them to serve man.
John Gill
4:19 And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven,.... The starry heaven, which to do in itself is not sinful; and may be lawfully and commendably done, to raise admiration at the wonderful works of God in them, and lead to adore the author of them: but if not guarded against may be ensnaring:
and when thou seest the sun and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven; those bright luminaries, so glorious to behold, and so useful and beneficial to the earth, and the inhabitants of it:
shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them; should have an impulse on their minds and their hearts, be inclined and drawn to the worship of them, partly by considering their splendour, glory, and usefulness, and partly by the example of others; for the worshipping of these seems to be and is the first kind of idolatry men gave into, at least it was very ancient; see Job 31:26,
which the Lord thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven; the sun and the moon by their constant revolutions visit all the parts of the world, and stars are fixed in both hemispheres, so that all nations of the earth receive the benefit and advantage of all these heavenly bodies; but were never designed to be the objects of their worship, as might be learnt from their being divided to them, sometimes one part of the earth enjoying them, and then another, and not present with them all at one and the same time, which, if deities, would have been necessary; see Ps 19:6.
John Wesley
4:19 Driven - Strongly inclined. Which the Lord hath divided unto all nations - Which are not Gods, but creatures, made not for the worship, but for the use of men; yea, of the meanest and most barbarous people under heaven, and therefore cannot without great absurdity be worshipped, especially by you who are so much advanced above other nations in wisdom and knowledge, and in this, that you are my peculiar people.
4:204:20: եւ զձեզ ա՛ռ ՚ի ձեռն Աստուած, եւ եհա՛ն զձեզ յերկաթեղէն հնոցէն յԵգիպտոսէ, լինել նմա ժողովուրդ վիճակա՛ւ, որպէս եւ յաւուր յայսմիկ[1689]։[1689] Ոմանք. Որպէս յաւուրս յայսմիկ։
20 Աստուած իր հովանաւորութեամբ ձեզ հանեց երկաթէ հնոցից՝ Եգիպտոսից, որպէսզի լինէք իր սեփական ժողովուրդը, ինչ որ է՛ք մինչեւ այսօր:
20 Բայց Տէրը ձեզ առաւ ու ձեզ երկաթի հնոցէն՝ Եգիպտոսէն՝ հանեց, որպէս զի իրեն սեփական* ժողովուրդ ըլլաք, ինչպէս այսօր եղած էք։
Եւ զձեզ ա՛ռ [79]ի ձեռն Աստուած``, եւ եհան զձեզ յերկաթեղէն հնոցէն յԵգիպտոսէ, լինել նմա ժողովուրդ [80]վիճակաւ, որպէս եւ յաւուր յայսմիկ:

4:20: եւ զձեզ ա՛ռ ՚ի ձեռն Աստուած, եւ եհա՛ն զձեզ յերկաթեղէն հնոցէն յԵգիպտոսէ, լինել նմա ժողովուրդ վիճակա՛ւ, որպէս եւ յաւուր յայսմիկ[1689]։
[1689] Ոմանք. Որպէս յաւուրս յայսմիկ։
20 Աստուած իր հովանաւորութեամբ ձեզ հանեց երկաթէ հնոցից՝ Եգիպտոսից, որպէսզի լինէք իր սեփական ժողովուրդը, ինչ որ է՛ք մինչեւ այսօր:
20 Բայց Տէրը ձեզ առաւ ու ձեզ երկաթի հնոցէն՝ Եգիպտոսէն՝ հանեց, որպէս զի իրեն սեփական* ժողովուրդ ըլլաք, ինչպէս այսօր եղած էք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2020: А вас взял Господь и вывел вас из печи железной, из Египта, дабы вы были народом Его удела, как это ныне [видно].
4:20 ὑμᾶς υμας you δὲ δε though; while ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God καὶ και and; even ἐξήγαγεν εξαγω lead out; bring out ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the καμίνου καμινος furnace τῆς ο the σιδηρᾶς σιδηρεος of iron ἐξ εκ from; out of Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos εἶναι ειμι be αὐτῷ αυτος he; him λαὸν λαος populace; population ἔγκληρον εγκληρος as; how ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
4:20 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶתְכֶם֙ ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] לָקַ֣ח lāqˈaḥ לקח take יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וַ wa וְ and יֹּוצִ֥א yyôṣˌi יצא go out אֶתְכֶ֛ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker] מִ mi מִן from כּ֥וּר kkˌûr כּוּר furnace הַ ha הַ the בַּרְזֶ֖ל bbarzˌel בַּרְזֶל iron מִ mi מִן from מִּצְרָ֑יִם mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לִ li לְ to הְיֹ֥ות hᵊyˌôṯ היה be לֹ֛ו lˈô לְ to לְ lᵊ לְ to עַ֥ם ʕˌam עַם people נַחֲלָ֖ה naḥᵃlˌā נַחֲלָה heritage כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
4:20. vos autem tulit Dominus et eduxit de fornace ferrea Aegypti ut haberet populum hereditarium sicut est in praesenti dieBut the Lord hath taken you and brought you out of the iron furnaces of Egypt, to make you his people of inheritance, as it is this present day.
20. But the LORD hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, out of Egypt, to be unto him a people of inheritance, as at this day.
4:20. But the Lord has taken you up, and led you away from the iron furnaces of Egypt, in order to have a people of inheritance, just as it is to the present day.
4:20. But the LORD hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, [even] out of Egypt, to be unto him a people of inheritance, as [ye are] this day.
But the LORD hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, [even] out of Egypt, to be unto him a people of inheritance, as [ye are] this day:

20: А вас взял Господь и вывел вас из печи железной, из Египта, дабы вы были народом Его удела, как это ныне [видно].
4:20
ὑμᾶς υμας you
δὲ δε though; while
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
καὶ και and; even
ἐξήγαγεν εξαγω lead out; bring out
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
καμίνου καμινος furnace
τῆς ο the
σιδηρᾶς σιδηρεος of iron
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
εἶναι ειμι be
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
λαὸν λαος populace; population
ἔγκληρον εγκληρος as; how
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
4:20
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶתְכֶם֙ ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
לָקַ֣ח lāqˈaḥ לקח take
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּוצִ֥א yyôṣˌi יצא go out
אֶתְכֶ֛ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
מִ mi מִן from
כּ֥וּר kkˌûr כּוּר furnace
הַ ha הַ the
בַּרְזֶ֖ל bbarzˌel בַּרְזֶל iron
מִ mi מִן from
מִּצְרָ֑יִם mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לִ li לְ to
הְיֹ֥ות hᵊyˌôṯ היה be
לֹ֛ו lˈô לְ to
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עַ֥ם ʕˌam עַם people
נַחֲלָ֖ה naḥᵃlˌā נַחֲלָה heritage
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
4:20. vos autem tulit Dominus et eduxit de fornace ferrea Aegypti ut haberet populum hereditarium sicut est in praesenti die
But the Lord hath taken you and brought you out of the iron furnaces of Egypt, to make you his people of inheritance, as it is this present day.
4:20. But the Lord has taken you up, and led you away from the iron furnaces of Egypt, in order to have a people of inheritance, just as it is to the present day.
4:20. But the LORD hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, [even] out of Egypt, to be unto him a people of inheritance, as [ye are] this day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
20: Cp. Исх III–XV.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:20: Out of the iron furnace - From this mention of the word iron furnace there can be little doubt that the Israelites were employed in Egypt in the most laborious works of metallurgy. Digging, smelting, and forging of iron in so hot a climate must have been oppressive work indeed.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:20: the iron: Kg1 8:51; Jer 11:4
a people: Deu 9:26, Deu 9:29, Deu 32:9; Exo 19:5, Exo 19:6; Psa 28:9, Psa 33:12, Psa 135:4; Isa 63:17, Isa 63:18; Eph 1:18; Tit 2:14; Pe1 2:9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:20
The Israelites were not to imitate the heathen in this respect, because Jehovah, who brought them out of the iron furnace of Egypt, had taken them (לקח) to Himself, i.e., had drawn them out or separated them from the rest of the nations, to be a people of inheritance. They were therefore not to seek God and pray to Him in any kind of creature, but to worship Him without image and form, in a manner corresponding to His own nature, which had been manifested in no form, and therefore could not be imitated. בּרזל כּוּר, an iron furnace, or furnace for smelting iron, is a significant figure descriptive of the terrible sufferings endured by Israel in Egypt. נחלה עם (a people of inheritance) is synonymous with סגלּה עם (a special people, Deut 7:6 : see at Ex 19:5, "a peculiar treasure"). "This day:" as in Deut 2:30.
Geneva 1599
4:20 But the LORD hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the (n) iron furnace, [even] out of Egypt, to be unto him a people of inheritance, as [ye are] this day.
(n) He has delivered you out of most miserable slavery and freely chosen you for his.
John Gill
4:20 But the Lord hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace,.... The allusion is to the trying and melting of metals, and fleeing them from dross, by putting them into furnaces strongly heated, some of which are of earth, others of iron; the word, as the Jewish writers (g) observe, signifies such an one in which gold and silver and other things are melted; see Ps 12:6 even "out of Egypt"; which is here compared to an iron furnace, because of the cruelty with which the Israelites were used in it, the hardships they were put under, and the misery and bondage they were kept in; but out of all the Lord brought them, as he does all his people sooner or later out of their afflictions, sometimes called the furnace of affliction, Is 48:10 where their graces are tried, and they are purged, purified, and refined from their dross and tin. This the Lord did to Israel, he brought them out of their distressed state and condition:
to be unto him a people of inheritance, as ye are this day: to be the Lord's inheritance, as they now were, Deut 32:9 as well as they were quickly to inherit the land of Canaan, for which they were brought out of the land of Egypt; and indeed they were already, even that day, entered on their inheritance, the kingdom of the Amorites being delivered into their hands.
(g) Maimon. & Bartenora in Misn. Celim. c. 8. sect. 9. & Jarchi in loc.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:20 But the Lord hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace--that is, furnace for smelting iron. A furnace of this kind is round, sometimes thirty feet deep, and requiring the highest intensity of heat. Such is the tremendous image chosen to represent the bondage and affliction of the Israelites [ROSENMULLER].
to be unto him a people of inheritance--His peculiar possession from age to age; and therefore for you to abandon His worship for that of idols, especially the gross and debasing system of idolatry that prevails among the Egyptians, would be the greatest folly--the blackest ingratitude.
4:214:21: Եւ Տէր բարկացա՛ւ ինձ վասն բանիցն ասացելոց ՚ի ձէնջ, եւ երդուաւ զի մի՛ անցից ընդ այդ Յորդանան. եւ զի մի՛ մտանիցեմ յերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած քո տացէ քեզ ՚ի ժառանգութիւն։
21 Տէրը ձեր ասած խօսքերի համար բարկացաւ ինձ վրայ եւ երդուեց, որ ես չեմ անցնի Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը եւ չեմ մտնի այն երկիրը, որ քո Տէր Աստուածը տալու է քեզ իբրեւ ժառանգութիւն:
21 Տէրը ձեր պատճառով ինծի սրդողելով երդում ըրաւ, որ Յորդանանէն չանցնիմ ու չմտնեմ այն ընտիր երկիրը, որ քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզի պիտի տայ ժառանգելու համար։
Եւ Տէր բարկացաւ ինձ վասն [81]բանիցն ասացելոց ի ձէնջ``, եւ երդուաւ զի մի՛ անցից ընդ այդ Յորդանան, եւ զի մի՛ մտանիցեմ [82]յերկիրն զոր Տէր Աստուած քո տացէ քեզ ի ժառանգութիւն:

4:21: Եւ Տէր բարկացա՛ւ ինձ վասն բանիցն ասացելոց ՚ի ձէնջ, եւ երդուաւ զի մի՛ անցից ընդ այդ Յորդանան. եւ զի մի՛ մտանիցեմ յերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած քո տացէ քեզ ՚ի ժառանգութիւն։
21 Տէրը ձեր ասած խօսքերի համար բարկացաւ ինձ վրայ եւ երդուեց, որ ես չեմ անցնի Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը եւ չեմ մտնի այն երկիրը, որ քո Տէր Աստուածը տալու է քեզ իբրեւ ժառանգութիւն:
21 Տէրը ձեր պատճառով ինծի սրդողելով երդում ըրաւ, որ Յորդանանէն չանցնիմ ու չմտնեմ այն ընտիր երկիրը, որ քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզի պիտի տայ ժառանգելու համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2121: И Господь прогневался на меня за вас, и клялся, что я не перейду за Иордан и не войду в ту добрую землю, которую Господь, Бог твой, дает тебе в удел;
4:21 καὶ και and; even κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐθυμώθη θυμοω provoke; be / get angry μοι μοι me περὶ περι about; around τῶν ο the λεγομένων λεγω tell; declare ὑφ᾿ υπο under; by ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear ἵνα ινα so; that μὴ μη not διαβῶ διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis τοῦτον ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even ἵνα ινα so; that μὴ μη not εἰσέλθω εισερχομαι enter; go in εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God δίδωσίν διδωμι give; deposit σοι σοι you ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
4:21 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יהוָ֥ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH הִתְאַנֶּף־ hiṯʔannef- אנף be angry בִּ֖י bˌî בְּ in עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon דִּבְרֵיכֶ֑ם divrêḵˈem דָּבָר word וַ wa וְ and יִּשָּׁבַ֗ע yyiššāvˈaʕ שׁבע swear לְ lᵊ לְ to בִלְתִּ֤י viltˈî בֵּלֶת failure עָבְרִי֙ ʕovrˌî עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to בִלְתִּי־ viltî- בֵּלֶת failure בֹא֙ vˌō בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the טֹּובָ֔ה ṭṭôvˈā טֹוב good אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to נַחֲלָֽה׃ naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage
4:21. iratusque est Dominus contra me propter sermones vestros et iuravit ut non transirem Iordanem nec ingrederer terram optimam quam daturus est vobisAnd the Lord was angry with me for your words, and he swore that I should not pass over the Jordan, nor enter into the excellent land, which he will give you.
21. Furthermore the LORD was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance:
4:21. And the Lord became angry against me because of your words, and he swore that I would not cross over the Jordan, nor enter into the excellent land, which he will give to you.
4:21. Furthermore the LORD was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee [for] an inheritance:
Furthermore the LORD was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee [for] an inheritance:

21: И Господь прогневался на меня за вас, и клялся, что я не перейду за Иордан и не войду в ту добрую землю, которую Господь, Бог твой, дает тебе в удел;
4:21
καὶ και and; even
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐθυμώθη θυμοω provoke; be / get angry
μοι μοι me
περὶ περι about; around
τῶν ο the
λεγομένων λεγω tell; declare
ὑφ᾿ υπο under; by
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear
ἵνα ινα so; that
μὴ μη not
διαβῶ διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
ἵνα ινα so; that
μὴ μη not
εἰσέλθω εισερχομαι enter; go in
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
δίδωσίν διδωμι give; deposit
σοι σοι you
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
4:21
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יהוָ֥ה [yhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
הִתְאַנֶּף־ hiṯʔannef- אנף be angry
בִּ֖י bˌî בְּ in
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
דִּבְרֵיכֶ֑ם divrêḵˈem דָּבָר word
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשָּׁבַ֗ע yyiššāvˈaʕ שׁבע swear
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בִלְתִּ֤י viltˈî בֵּלֶת failure
עָבְרִי֙ ʕovrˌî עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בִלְתִּי־ viltî- בֵּלֶת failure
בֹא֙ vˌō בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
טֹּובָ֔ה ṭṭôvˈā טֹוב good
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
נַחֲלָֽה׃ naḥᵃlˈā נַחֲלָה heritage
4:21. iratusque est Dominus contra me propter sermones vestros et iuravit ut non transirem Iordanem nec ingrederer terram optimam quam daturus est vobis
And the Lord was angry with me for your words, and he swore that I should not pass over the Jordan, nor enter into the excellent land, which he will give you.
4:21. And the Lord became angry against me because of your words, and he swore that I would not cross over the Jordan, nor enter into the excellent land, which he will give to you.
4:21. Furthermore the LORD was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee [for] an inheritance:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
21-22: Ср. Чис XX:1–13; Втор I:37.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:21: The Lord was angry with me - And if with me, so as to debar me from entering into the promised land, can you think to escape if guilty of greater provocations?
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:21: Deu 1:37, Deu 3:26, Deu 31:2; Num 20:12; Psa 106:32, Psa 106:33
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:21
The bringing of Israel out of Egypt reminds Moses of the end, viz., Canaan, and leads him to mention again how the Lord had refused him permission to enter into this good land; and to this he adds the renewed warning not to forget the covenant or make any image of God, since Jehovah, as a jealous God, would never tolerate this. The swearing attributed to God in Deut 4:21 is neither mentioned in Num 20 nor at the announcement of Moses' death in Num 27:12.; but it is not to be called in question on that account, as Knobel supposes. It is perfectly obvious from Deut 3:23. that all the details are not given in the historical account of the event referred to. כּל תּמוּנת פּסל, "image of a form of all that Jehovah has commanded," sc., not to be made (Deut 4:16-18). "A consuming fire" (Deut 4:24): this epithet is applied to God with special reference to the manifestation of His glory in burning fire (Ex 24:17). On the symbolical meaning of this mode of revelation, see at Ex 3:2. "A jealous God:" see at Ex 20:5.
John Gill
4:21 Furthermore the Lord was angry with me for your sakes,.... See Deut 3:26,
and sware that I should not go over Jordan; this circumstance of swearing is nowhere else expressed:
and that I should not go in unto that good land; the land of Canaan; he might see it, as he did from Pisgah, but not enter into it:
which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance; to them and to their children after them.
4:224:22: Եւ արդ՝ ես աւասիկ մեռանի՛մ յերկրիս յայսմիկ, եւ ո՛չ անցանեմ ընդ Յորդանան. բայց դուք անցանէ՛ք եւ ժառանգէ՛ք զերկիրն բարի։
22 Արդ, ես ահա մեռնում եմ այս երկրում՝ առանց անցնելու Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը: Դուք, սակայն, պիտի անցնէք ու ժառանգէք այդ լաւ երկիրը:
22 Այս երկրին մէջ պիտի մեռնիմ ու Յորդանանէն պիտի չանցնիմ. բայց դուք պիտի անցնիք ու այն ընտիր երկիրը պիտի ժառանգէք։
Եւ արդ ես աւասիկ մեռանիմ յերկրիս յայսմիկ, եւ ոչ անցանեմ ընդ Յորդանան. բայց դուք անցանէք եւ ժառանգէք զերկիրն բարի:

4:22: Եւ արդ՝ ես աւասիկ մեռանի՛մ յերկրիս յայսմիկ, եւ ո՛չ անցանեմ ընդ Յորդանան. բայց դուք անցանէ՛ք եւ ժառանգէ՛ք զերկիրն բարի։
22 Արդ, ես ահա մեռնում եմ այս երկրում՝ առանց անցնելու Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը: Դուք, սակայն, պիտի անցնէք ու ժառանգէք այդ լաւ երկիրը:
22 Այս երկրին մէջ պիտի մեռնիմ ու Յորդանանէն պիտի չանցնիմ. բայց դուք պիտի անցնիք ու այն ընտիր երկիրը պիտի ժառանգէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2222: я умру в сей земле, не перейдя за Иордан, а вы перейдете и овладеете тою доброю землею.
4:22 ἐγὼ εγω I γὰρ γαρ for ἀποθνῄσκω αποθνησκω die ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land ταύτῃ ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not διαβαίνω διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis τοῦτον ουτος this; he ὑμεῖς υμεις you δὲ δε though; while διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across καὶ και and; even κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land τὴν ο the ἀγαθὴν αγαθος good ταύτην ουτος this; he
4:22 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that אָנֹכִ֥י ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i מֵת֙ mˌēṯ מות die בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this אֵינֶ֥נִּי ʔênˌennî אַיִן [NEG] עֹבֵ֖ר ʕōvˌēr עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you עֹֽבְרִ֔ים ʕˈōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass וִֽ wˈi וְ and ירִשְׁתֶּ֕ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֥רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the טֹּובָ֖ה ṭṭôvˌā טֹוב good הַ ha הַ the זֹּֽאת׃ zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
4:22. ecce morior in hac humo non transibo Iordanem vos transibitis et possidebitis terram egregiamBehold I die in this land, I shall not pass over the Jordan: you shall pass, and possess the goodly land.
22. but I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over, and possess that good land.
4:22. Behold, I shall die on this soil. I shall not cross over the Jordan. You shall cross it, and you shall possess the singular land.
4:22. But I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over, and possess that good land.
But I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over, and possess that good land:

22: я умру в сей земле, не перейдя за Иордан, а вы перейдете и овладеете тою доброю землею.
4:22
ἐγὼ εγω I
γὰρ γαρ for
ἀποθνῄσκω αποθνησκω die
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
διαβαίνω διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
δὲ δε though; while
διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across
καὶ και and; even
κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
τὴν ο the
ἀγαθὴν αγαθος good
ταύτην ουτος this; he
4:22
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
אָנֹכִ֥י ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i
מֵת֙ mˌēṯ מות die
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֔את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
אֵינֶ֥נִּי ʔênˌennî אַיִן [NEG]
עֹבֵ֖ר ʕōvˌēr עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
עֹֽבְרִ֔ים ʕˈōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ירִשְׁתֶּ֕ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֥רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
טֹּובָ֖ה ṭṭôvˌā טֹוב good
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּֽאת׃ zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
4:22. ecce morior in hac humo non transibo Iordanem vos transibitis et possidebitis terram egregiam
Behold I die in this land, I shall not pass over the Jordan: you shall pass, and possess the goodly land.
4:22. Behold, I shall die on this soil. I shall not cross over the Jordan. You shall cross it, and you shall possess the singular land.
4:22. But I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over, and possess that good land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:22: Deu 3:25, Deu 3:27; Kg1 13:21, Kg1 13:22; Amo 3:2; Heb 12:6-10; Pe2 1:13-15
Geneva 1599
4:22 But I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but (o) ye shall go over, and possess that good land.
(o) Moses good affection appears in that while he himself is deprived of such an excellent treasure, he does not envy those who must enjoy it.
John Gill
4:22 But I must die in this land,.... The land of Moab, in a mountain in it he died, and in a valley there he was buried, Deut 32:50,
I must not go over Jordan; this he repeats, as lying near his heart; he had earnestly solicited to go over, but was denied it:
but ye shall go over, and possess that good land; this he firmly believed and assures them of, relying on the promise and faithfulness of God.
4:234:23: Զգո՛յշ լերուք գուցէ մոռանայցէք զուխտն Տեառն Աստուծոյ մերոյ՝ զոր ուխտեա՛ց ընդ ձեզ, եւ առնիցէք ձեզ դրօշեալ նմանութիւն յամենայնէ՝ յորոց պատուիրեա՛ց քեզ Տէր Աստուած քո[1690]։ [1690] Ոմանք. Զգո՛յշ կացէք գուցէ մո՛՛։
23 Զգո՛յշ եղէք, չլինի թէ մոռանաք մեր Տէր Աստծու ձեզ տուած այն ուխտը, թէ՝ “Որեւէ արարածի կերպարանք ունեցող կուռք չստեղծէ՛ք ձեզ համար”: Դա պատուիրել է քեզ քո Տէր Աստուածը,
23 Զգոյշ կեցէք, չըլլայ որ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն ձեզի հետ ըրած ուխտը մոռնաք ու ձեզի կուռք մը կամ ոեւէ բանի մը նմանութիւնը շինէք, որը քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզի արգիլեց։
Զգոյշ լերուք գուցէ մոռանայցէք զուխտն Տեառն Աստուծոյ [83]մերոյ զոր ուխտեաց ընդ ձեզ, եւ առնիցէք ձեզ դրօշեալ, նմանութիւն յամենայնէ յորոց պատուիրեաց քեզ Տէր Աստուած քո:

4:23: Զգո՛յշ լերուք գուցէ մոռանայցէք զուխտն Տեառն Աստուծոյ մերոյ՝ զոր ուխտեա՛ց ընդ ձեզ, եւ առնիցէք ձեզ դրօշեալ նմանութիւն յամենայնէ՝ յորոց պատուիրեա՛ց քեզ Տէր Աստուած քո[1690]։
[1690] Ոմանք. Զգո՛յշ կացէք գուցէ մո՛՛։
23 Զգո՛յշ եղէք, չլինի թէ մոռանաք մեր Տէր Աստծու ձեզ տուած այն ուխտը, թէ՝ “Որեւէ արարածի կերպարանք ունեցող կուռք չստեղծէ՛ք ձեզ համար”: Դա պատուիրել է քեզ քո Տէր Աստուածը,
23 Զգոյշ կեցէք, չըլլայ որ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն ձեզի հետ ըրած ուխտը մոռնաք ու ձեզի կուռք մը կամ ոեւէ բանի մը նմանութիւնը շինէք, որը քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզի արգիլեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2323: Берегитесь, чтобы не забыть вам завета Господа, Бога вашего, который Он поставил с вами, и чтобы не делать себе кумиров, изображающих что-либо, как повелел тебе Господь, Бог твой;
4:23 προσέχετε προσεχω pay attention; beware ὑμεῖς υμεις you μὴ μη not ἐπιλάθησθε επιλανθανομαι forget τὴν ο the διαθήκην διαθηκη covenant κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ἣν ος who; what διέθετο διατιθεμαι put through; make πρὸς προς to; toward ὑμᾶς υμας you καὶ και and; even ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make ὑμῖν υμιν you ἑαυτοῖς εαυτου of himself; his own γλυπτὸν γλυπτος likeness πάντων πας all; every ὧν ος who; what συνέταξεν συντασσω coordinate; arrange κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your
4:23 הִשָּׁמְר֣וּ hiššāmᵊrˈû שׁמר keep לָכֶ֗ם lāḵˈem לְ to פֶּֽן־ pˈen- פֶּן lest תִּשְׁכְּחוּ֙ tiškᵊḥˌû שׁכח forget אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּרִ֤ית bᵊrˈîṯ בְּרִית covenant יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] כָּרַ֖ת kārˌaṯ כרת cut עִמָּכֶ֑ם ʕimmāḵˈem עִם with וַ wa וְ and עֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make לָכֶ֥ם lāḵˌem לְ to פֶּ֨סֶל֙ pˈesel פֶּסֶל idol תְּמ֣וּנַת tᵊmˈûnaṯ תְּמוּנָה form כֹּ֔ל kˈōl כֹּל whole אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] צִוְּךָ֖ ṣiwwᵊḵˌā צוה command יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
4:23. cave nequando obliviscaris pacti Domini Dei tui quod pepigit tecum et facias tibi sculptam similitudinem eorum quae fieri Dominus prohibuitBeware lest thou ever forget the covenant of the Lord thy God, which he hath made with thee: and make to thyself a graven likeness of those things which the Lord hath forbid to be made:
23. Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the LORD your God, which he made with you, and make you a graven image in the form of any thing which the LORD thy God hath forbidden thee.
4:23. Be careful, lest you at sometime forget the covenant of the Lord your God, which he has formed with you, and lest you make for yourselves a graven likeness of those things which the Lord has prohibited to be made.
4:23. Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the LORD your God, which he made with you, and make you a graven image, [or] the likeness of any [thing], which the LORD thy God hath forbidden thee.
Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the LORD your God, which he made with you, and make you a graven image, [or] the likeness of any [thing], which the LORD thy God hath forbidden thee:

23: Берегитесь, чтобы не забыть вам завета Господа, Бога вашего, который Он поставил с вами, и чтобы не делать себе кумиров, изображающих что-либо, как повелел тебе Господь, Бог твой;
4:23
προσέχετε προσεχω pay attention; beware
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
μὴ μη not
ἐπιλάθησθε επιλανθανομαι forget
τὴν ο the
διαθήκην διαθηκη covenant
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἣν ος who; what
διέθετο διατιθεμαι put through; make
πρὸς προς to; toward
ὑμᾶς υμας you
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἑαυτοῖς εαυτου of himself; his own
γλυπτὸν γλυπτος likeness
πάντων πας all; every
ὧν ος who; what
συνέταξεν συντασσω coordinate; arrange
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
4:23
הִשָּׁמְר֣וּ hiššāmᵊrˈû שׁמר keep
לָכֶ֗ם lāḵˈem לְ to
פֶּֽן־ pˈen- פֶּן lest
תִּשְׁכְּחוּ֙ tiškᵊḥˌû שׁכח forget
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּרִ֤ית bᵊrˈîṯ בְּרִית covenant
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
כָּרַ֖ת kārˌaṯ כרת cut
עִמָּכֶ֑ם ʕimmāḵˈem עִם with
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make
לָכֶ֥ם lāḵˌem לְ to
פֶּ֨סֶל֙ pˈesel פֶּסֶל idol
תְּמ֣וּנַת tᵊmˈûnaṯ תְּמוּנָה form
כֹּ֔ל kˈōl כֹּל whole
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
צִוְּךָ֖ ṣiwwᵊḵˌā צוה command
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
4:23. cave nequando obliviscaris pacti Domini Dei tui quod pepigit tecum et facias tibi sculptam similitudinem eorum quae fieri Dominus prohibuit
Beware lest thou ever forget the covenant of the Lord thy God, which he hath made with thee: and make to thyself a graven likeness of those things which the Lord hath forbid to be made:
4:23. Be careful, lest you at sometime forget the covenant of the Lord your God, which he has formed with you, and lest you make for yourselves a graven likeness of those things which the Lord has prohibited to be made.
4:23. Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the LORD your God, which he made with you, and make you a graven image, [or] the likeness of any [thing], which the LORD thy God hath forbidden thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:23: heed: Deu 4:9, Deu 4:15, Deu 4:16, Deu 27:9; Jos 23:11; Mat 24:4; Luk 12:15, Luk 21:8; Heb 3:12
lest ye forget: Deu 6:12, Deu 29:25, Deu 31:20; Jos 23:16; Ch1 16:15; Isa 24:5; Jer 31:22; Eze 16:59
make you: Deu 4:16; Exo 20:4, Exo 20:5
John Gill
4:23 Take heed unto yourselves,.... Since he should not be long with them, to advise, instruct, and caution them:
lest ye forget the covenant of the Lord your God, which he made with you; what that required of them, and what was promised unto them on the performance of it, and what they must expect should they break it, and particularly be so forgetful of it, and the first articles in it, as follows:
and make you a graven image, or the likeness of anything which the Lord thy God hath forbidden thee; a graven image in the likeness of men or women, of any beast on the earth, or fowl in heaven, or fish in the sea.
4:244:24: Զի Տէր Աստուած քո հո՛ւր ծախիչ է. Աստուած նախանձո՛տ։
24 որովհետեւ քո Տէր Աստուածը լափող կրակ է, նախանձոտ Աստուած:
24 Քանզի քու Տէր Աստուածդ մաշող կրակ է. անիկա նախանձոտ Աստուած է։
Զի Տէր Աստուած քո հուր ծախիչ է, Աստուած նախանձոտ:

4:24: Զի Տէր Աստուած քո հո՛ւր ծախիչ է. Աստուած նախանձո՛տ։
24 որովհետեւ քո Տէր Աստուածը լափող կրակ է, նախանձոտ Աստուած:
24 Քանզի քու Տէր Աստուածդ մաշող կրակ է. անիկա նախանձոտ Աստուած է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2424: ибо Господь, Бог твой, есть огнь поядающий, Бог ревнитель.
4:24 ὅτι οτι since; that κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your πῦρ πυρ fire καταναλίσκον καταναλισκω consume ἐστίν ειμι be θεὸς θεος God ζηλωτής ζηλωτης.1 zealot
4:24 כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֵ֥שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire אֹכְלָ֖ה ʔōḵᵊlˌā אכל eat ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he אֵ֖ל ʔˌēl אֵל god קַנָּֽא׃ פ qannˈā . f קַנָּא jealous
4:24. quia Dominus Deus tuus ignis consumens est Deus aemulatorBecause the Lord thy God is a consuming fire, a jealous God.
24. For the LORD thy God is a devouring fire, a jealous God.
4:24. For the Lord your God is a consuming fire, a jealous God.
4:24. For the LORD thy God [is] a consuming fire, [even] a jealous God.
For the LORD thy God [is] a consuming fire, [even] a jealous God:

24: ибо Господь, Бог твой, есть огнь поядающий, Бог ревнитель.
4:24
ὅτι οτι since; that
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
πῦρ πυρ fire
καταναλίσκον καταναλισκω consume
ἐστίν ειμι be
θεὸς θεος God
ζηλωτής ζηλωτης.1 zealot
4:24
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֵ֥שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire
אֹכְלָ֖ה ʔōḵᵊlˌā אכל eat
ה֑וּא hˈû הוּא he
אֵ֖ל ʔˌēl אֵל god
קַנָּֽא׃ פ qannˈā . f קַנָּא jealous
4:24. quia Dominus Deus tuus ignis consumens est Deus aemulator
Because the Lord thy God is a consuming fire, a jealous God.
4:24. For the Lord your God is a consuming fire, a jealous God.
4:24. For the LORD thy God [is] a consuming fire, [even] a jealous God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:24: Thy God is a consuming fire - They had seen him on the mount as an unconsuming fire, while appearing to Moses, and giving the law; and they had seen him as a consuming fire in the case of Korah, Dathan, Abiram, and their company. They had, therefore, every good to expect from his approbation, and every evil to dread from his displeasure.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:24: thy God: Deu 9:3, Deu 32:22; Exo 24:17; Psa 21:9; Isa 30:33, Isa 33:14; Jer 21:12-14; Nah 1:6; Zep 1:18; Heb 12:29
a jealous God: Deu 6:15, Deu 29:20, Deu 32:16, Deu 32:21; Exo 20:5, Exo 34:14; Psa 78:58; Isa 42:8; Nah 1:2; Zep 3:8; Co1 10:22
Geneva 1599
4:24 For the LORD thy God [is] a (p) consuming fire, [even] a jealous God.
(p) To those that come not to him with love and reverence, but rebel against him.
John Gill
4:24 For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire,.... To his enemies; his wrath is like fire to burn up and destroy all that oppose him and break his commands, and especially idolaters; whose sin of all others is the most provoking to him, since it strikes at his being, his honour and glory; wherefore it follows:
even a jealous God; who is jealous of his honour in matters of worship, and will not suffer his glory to be given to another, nor his praise to graven images, without resenting it or punishing for it.
John Wesley
4:24 A consuming fire - A just and terrible God, who, notwithstanding his special relation to thee, will severely punish thee, if thou provoke him. A jealous God - Who being espoused to thee, will be highly incensed against thee, (if thou follow after other lovers, or commit whoredom with idols) and will bear no rival or partner.
4:254:25: Եւ եթէ ծնանիցիս որդի՛ս, եւ զորդի՛ս որդւոց քոց, եւ յամիցէք յերկրին. եւ անօրինիցիք, եւ առնիցէք դրօշեալ նմանութիւն ամենայնի. եւ առնիցէք չա՛ր առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ բարկացուցանե՛լ զնա։
25 Եթէ որդիներ, որդիների որդիներ ծնես ու այդ երկրում երկար ժամանակ ապրես եւ անօրինութիւն անես՝ որեւէ արարածի կերպարանքով կուռք ստեղծես, ձեր Տէր Աստծուն բարկացնելու համար չար գործեր կատարես,
25 Երբ դուք որդիներ ու որդիներու որդիներ ծնանելու ըլլաք եւ այն երկրին մէջ շատ ատեն նստելու ըլլաք, այն ատեն եթէ անօրէնութիւն ընէք եւ կուռք մը կամ ոեւէ բանի մը նմանութիւնը շինէք ու ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն առջեւ չարութիւն ընէք ու զանիկա բարկացնէք՝
Եւ եթէ ծնանիցիս որդիս եւ [84]զորդիս որդւոց քոց``, եւ յամիցէք յերկրին, եւ անօրինիցիք եւ առնիցէք դրօշեալ նմանութիւն ամենայնի, եւ առնիցէք չար առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ բարկացուցանել զնա:

4:25: Եւ եթէ ծնանիցիս որդի՛ս, եւ զորդի՛ս որդւոց քոց, եւ յամիցէք յերկրին. եւ անօրինիցիք, եւ առնիցէք դրօշեալ նմանութիւն ամենայնի. եւ առնիցէք չա՛ր առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ բարկացուցանե՛լ զնա։
25 Եթէ որդիներ, որդիների որդիներ ծնես ու այդ երկրում երկար ժամանակ ապրես եւ անօրինութիւն անես՝ որեւէ արարածի կերպարանքով կուռք ստեղծես, ձեր Տէր Աստծուն բարկացնելու համար չար գործեր կատարես,
25 Երբ դուք որդիներ ու որդիներու որդիներ ծնանելու ըլլաք եւ այն երկրին մէջ շատ ատեն նստելու ըլլաք, այն ատեն եթէ անօրէնութիւն ընէք եւ կուռք մը կամ ոեւէ բանի մը նմանութիւնը շինէք ու ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն առջեւ չարութիւն ընէք ու զանիկա բարկացնէք՝
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2525: Если же родятся у тебя сыны и сыны у сынов [твоих], и, долго жив на земле, вы развратитесь и сделаете изваяние, изображающее что-либо, и сделаете зло сие пред очами Господа, Бога вашего, и раздражите Его,
4:25 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while γεννήσῃς γενναω father; born υἱοὺς υιος son καὶ και and; even υἱοὺς υιος son τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even χρονίσητε χρονιζω delay ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land καὶ και and; even ἀνομήσητε ανομεω and; even ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make γλυπτὸν γλυπτος likeness παντὸς πας all; every καὶ και and; even ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make τὰ ο the πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your παροργίσαι παροργιζω enrage; provoke αὐτόν αυτος he; him
4:25 כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that תֹולִ֤יד ṯôlˈîḏ ילד bear בָּנִים֙ bānîm בֵּן son וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son בָנִ֔ים vānˈîm בֵּן son וְ wᵊ וְ and נֹושַׁנְתֶּ֖ם nôšantˌem ישׁן be old בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁחַתֶּ֗ם hišḥattˈem שׁחת destroy וַ wa וְ and עֲשִׂ֤יתֶם ʕᵃśˈîṯem עשׂה make פֶּ֨סֶל֙ pˈesel פֶּסֶל idol תְּמ֣וּנַת tᵊmˈûnaṯ תְּמוּנָה form כֹּ֔ל kˈōl כֹּל whole וַ wa וְ and עֲשִׂיתֶ֥ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make הָ hā הַ the רַ֛ע rˈaʕ רַע evil בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵינֵ֥י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye יְהוָֽה־ [yᵊhwˈˌāh]- יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) לְ lᵊ לְ to הַכְעִיסֹֽו׃ haḵʕîsˈô כעס be discontent
4:25. si genueritis filios ac nepotes et morati fueritis in terra deceptique feceritis vobis aliquam similitudinem patrantes malum coram Domino Deo vestro ut eum ad iracundiam provocetisIf you shall beget sons and grandsons, and abide in the land, and being deceived, make to yourselves any similitude, committing evil before the Lord your God, to provoke him to wrath:
25. When thou shalt beget children, and children’s children, and ye shall have been long in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image in the form of any thing, and shall do that which is evil in the sight of the LORD thy God, to provoke him to anger:
4:25. When you will have conceived sons and grandsons while abiding in the land, and if, having been deceived, you make for yourselves any likeness, accomplishing evil in the sight of the Lord your God, so as to provoke him to wrath,
4:25. When thou shalt beget children, and children’s children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt [yourselves], and make a graven image, [or] the likeness of any [thing], and shall do evil in the sight of the LORD thy God, to provoke him to anger:
When thou shalt beget children, and children' s children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt [yourselves], and make a graven image, [or] the likeness of any [thing], and shall do evil in the sight of the LORD thy God, to provoke him to anger:

25: Если же родятся у тебя сыны и сыны у сынов [твоих], и, долго жив на земле, вы развратитесь и сделаете изваяние, изображающее что-либо, и сделаете зло сие пред очами Господа, Бога вашего, и раздражите Его,
4:25
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
γεννήσῃς γενναω father; born
υἱοὺς υιος son
καὶ και and; even
υἱοὺς υιος son
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
χρονίσητε χρονιζω delay
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
ἀνομήσητε ανομεω and; even
ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make
γλυπτὸν γλυπτος likeness
παντὸς πας all; every
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσητε ποιεω do; make
τὰ ο the
πονηρὰ πονηρος harmful; malignant
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
παροργίσαι παροργιζω enrage; provoke
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
4:25
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
תֹולִ֤יד ṯôlˈîḏ ילד bear
בָּנִים֙ bānîm בֵּן son
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
בָנִ֔ים vānˈîm בֵּן son
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נֹושַׁנְתֶּ֖ם nôšantˌem ישׁן be old
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁחַתֶּ֗ם hišḥattˈem שׁחת destroy
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשִׂ֤יתֶם ʕᵃśˈîṯem עשׂה make
פֶּ֨סֶל֙ pˈesel פֶּסֶל idol
תְּמ֣וּנַת tᵊmˈûnaṯ תְּמוּנָה form
כֹּ֔ל kˈōl כֹּל whole
וַ wa וְ and
עֲשִׂיתֶ֥ם ʕᵃśîṯˌem עשׂה make
הָ הַ the
רַ֛ע rˈaʕ רַע evil
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵינֵ֥י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
יְהוָֽה־ [yᵊhwˈˌāh]- יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הַכְעִיסֹֽו׃ haḵʕîsˈô כעס be discontent
4:25. si genueritis filios ac nepotes et morati fueritis in terra deceptique feceritis vobis aliquam similitudinem patrantes malum coram Domino Deo vestro ut eum ad iracundiam provocetis
If you shall beget sons and grandsons, and abide in the land, and being deceived, make to yourselves any similitude, committing evil before the Lord your God, to provoke him to wrath:
4:25. When you will have conceived sons and grandsons while abiding in the land, and if, having been deceived, you make for yourselves any likeness, accomplishing evil in the sight of the Lord your God, so as to provoke him to wrath,
4:25. When thou shalt beget children, and children’s children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt [yourselves], and make a graven image, [or] the likeness of any [thing], and shall do evil in the sight of the LORD thy God, to provoke him to anger:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:25: Compare with these verses Lev 26:33-40, and Deu 28:64 ff.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:25: beget: Deu 31:16-18; Jdg 2:8-15
corrupt: Deu 4:16, Deu 31:29; Exo 32:7; Hos 9:9
do evil: Kg2 17:17-19, Kg2 21:2, Kg2 21:14-16; Ch2 36:12-16; Co1 10:22
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:25
To give emphasis to this warning, Moses holds up the future dispersion of the nation among the heathen as the punishment of apostasy from the Lord.
Deut 4:25-26
If the Israelites should beget children and children's children, and grow old in the land, and then should make images of God, and do that which was displeasing to God to provoke Him; in that case Moses called upon heaven and earth as witnesses against them, that they should be quickly destroyed out of the land. "Growing old in the land" involved forgetfulness of the former manifestations of grace on the part of the Lord, but not necessarily becoming voluptuous through the enjoyment of the riches of the land, although this might also lead to forgetfulness of God and the manifestations of His grace (cf. Deut 6:10., Deut 32:15). The apodosis commences with Deut 4:26. העיד, with בּ and the accusative, to take or summon as a witness against a person. Heaven and earth do not stand here for the rational beings dwelling in them, but are personified, represented as living, and capable of sensation and speech, and mentioned as witnesses who would raise up against Israel, not to proclaim its guilt, but to bear witness that God, the Lord of heaven and earth, had warned the people, and, as it is described in the parallel passage in Deut 30:19, had set before them the choice of life and death, and therefore was just in punishing them for their unfaithfulness (cf. Ps 50:6; Ps 51:6). "Prolong days," as in Ex 20:12.
Deut 4:27
Jehovah would scatter them among the nations, where they would perish through want and suffering, and only a few (מספּר מתי, Gen 34:30) would be left. "Whither" refers to the nations whose land is thought of (cf. Deut 12:29; Deut 30:3). For the thing intended, see Lev 26:33, Lev 26:36, Lev 26:38-39, and Deut 28:64., from which it is evident that the author had not "the fate of the nation in the time of the Assyrians in his mind" (Knobel), but rather all the dispersions which would come upon the rebellious nation in future times, even down to the dispersion under the Romans, which continues still; so that Moses contemplated the punishment in its fullest extent.
Deut 4:28
There among the heathen they would be obliged to serve gods that were the work of men's hands, gods of wood and stone, that could neither hear, nor eat, nor smell, i.e., possessed no senses, showed no sign of life. What Moses threatens here, follows from the eternal laws of the divine government. The more refined idolatry of image-worship leads to coarser and coarser forms, in which the whole nature of idol-worship is manifested in all its pitiableness. "When once the God of revelation is forsaken, the God of reason and imagination must also soon be given up and make way for still lower powers, that perfectly accord with the I exalted upon the throne, and in the time of pretended 'illumination' to atheism and materialism also" (Schultz).
Deut 4:29
From thence Israel would come to itself again in the time of deepest misery, like the prodigal son in the gospel (Lk 15:17), would seek the Lord its God, and would also find Him if it sought with all its heart and soul (cf. Deut 6:5; Deut 10:12).
Deut 4:30-31
"In tribulation to thee (in thy trouble), all these things (the threatened punishments and sufferings) will befall thee; at the end of the days (see at Gen 49:1) thou wilt turn to Jehovah thy God, and hearken to His voice." With this comprehensive thought Moses brings his picture of the future to a close. (On the subject-matter, vid., Lev 26:39-40.) Returning to the Lord and hearkening to His voice presuppose that the Lord will be found by those who earnestly seek Him; "for (Deut 4:31) He is a merciful God, who does not let His people go, nor destroy them, and who does not forget the covenant with the fathers" (cf. Lev 26:42 and Lev 26:45). הרפּה, to let loose, to withdraw the hand from a person (Josh 10:6).
Geneva 1599
4:25 When thou shalt beget children, and children's children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall (q) corrupt [yourselves], and make a graven image, [or] the likeness of any [thing], and shall do evil in the sight of the LORD thy God, to provoke him to anger:
(q) Meaning by this all superstition and corruption of the true service of God.
John Gill
4:25 When thou shall beget children, and children's children,.... Children and grandchildren, and several ages and generations have passed:
and shalt have remained long in the land; many years and even ages, or have grown old (h) in it: now they were in their infancy, and as such they were about to enter into it; during the times of the judges, they were in their childhood, or youth; in the times of David and Solomon, they were in their manhood; after that, in their decline; and in the times of Jeconiah and his brethren in their old age, when for their sins they were carried captive:
and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image, or the likeness of anything; See Gill on Deut 25:16.
and shall do evil in the sight of the Lord thy God, to provoke him to anger; that sin of idolatry, that God provoking sin, is chiefly intended.
(h) "inveteraveritis", Montanus: "veteres facti fueritis", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator; "senueritis", Vatablus.
4:264:26: Ունիմ ձեզ վկա՛յս այսօր զերկինս եւ զերկիր, զի կորստեամբ կորնչիցի՛ք յերկրէն, յոր դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան ժառանգե՛լ զնա. եւ ո՛չ բազմացուցանիցէք զժամանակս աւուրց ՚ի վերայ նորա. այլ սատակելով սատակեսջի՛ք[1691]։ [1691] Ոմանք. Զոր դուքն անցանիցէք։
26 ապա այսօր երդւում եմ ձեզ երկինքն ու երկիրը վկայ, որ կը վերանաք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում գտնուող երկրից, ուր դուք գնում էք, որպէսզի ժառանգէք այն: Երկար կեանք չէք ունենայ այդտեղ, անպայման կը կոտորուէք:
26 Այսօր երկինքն ու երկիրը ձեզի վկայ կը բռնեմ՝ որ դուք անպատճառ ամբողջովին պիտի կորսուիք այն երկրէն, որ Յորդանանէն անցնելով պիտի ժառանգէք։ Այնտեղ կեանքերնիդ երկար պիտի չըլլայ, այլ բոլորովին բնաջինջ պիտի ըլլաք։
ունիմ ձեզ վկայս այսօր զերկինս եւ զերկիր, զի կորստեամբ կորնչիցիք յերկրէն յոր դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան ժառանգել զնա. եւ ոչ բազմացուցանիցէք զժամանակս աւուրց ի վերայ նորա, այլ սատակելով սատակեսջիք:

4:26: Ունիմ ձեզ վկա՛յս այսօր զերկինս եւ զերկիր, զի կորստեամբ կորնչիցի՛ք յերկրէն, յոր դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան ժառանգե՛լ զնա. եւ ո՛չ բազմացուցանիցէք զժամանակս աւուրց ՚ի վերայ նորա. այլ սատակելով սատակեսջի՛ք[1691]։
[1691] Ոմանք. Զոր դուքն անցանիցէք։
26 ապա այսօր երդւում եմ ձեզ երկինքն ու երկիրը վկայ, որ կը վերանաք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում գտնուող երկրից, ուր դուք գնում էք, որպէսզի ժառանգէք այն: Երկար կեանք չէք ունենայ այդտեղ, անպայման կը կոտորուէք:
26 Այսօր երկինքն ու երկիրը ձեզի վկայ կը բռնեմ՝ որ դուք անպատճառ ամբողջովին պիտի կորսուիք այն երկրէն, որ Յորդանանէն անցնելով պիտի ժառանգէք։ Այնտեղ կեանքերնիդ երկար պիտի չըլլայ, այլ բոլորովին բնաջինջ պիտի ըլլաք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2626: то свидетельствуюсь вам сегодня небом и землею, что скоро потеряете землю, для наследования которой вы переходите за Иордан; не пробудете много времени на ней, но погибнете;
4:26 διαμαρτύρομαι διαμαρτυρομαι protest ὑμῖν υμιν you σήμερον σημερον today; present τόν ο the τε τε both; and οὐρανὸν ουρανος sky; heaven καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ὅτι οτι since; that ἀπωλείᾳ απωλεια destruction; waste ἀπολεῖσθε απολλυμι destroy; lose ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what ὑμεῖς υμεις you διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἐκεῖ εκει there κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him οὐχὶ ουχι not; not actually πολυχρονιεῖτε πολυχρονιζω day ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but ἢ η or; than ἐκτριβῇ εκτριβη rub out; wipe out
4:26 הַעִידֹתִי֩ haʕîḏōṯˌî עוד warn, to witness בָכֶ֨ם vāḵˌem בְּ in הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֜ום yyˈôm יֹום day אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אָבֹ֣ד ʔāvˈōḏ אבד perish תֹּאבֵדוּן֮ tōvēḏûn אבד perish מַהֵר֒ mahˌēr מהר hasten מֵ mē מִן from עַ֣ל ʕˈal עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּ֜ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֧ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֛ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּ֑הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not תַאֲרִיכֻ֤ן ṯaʔᵃrîḵˈun ארך be long יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day עָלֶ֔יהָ ʕālˈeʸhā עַל upon כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that הִשָּׁמֵ֖ד hiššāmˌēḏ שׁמד destroy תִּשָּׁמֵדֽוּן׃ tiššāmēḏˈûn שׁמד destroy
4:26. testes invoco hodie caelum et terram cito perituros vos esse de terra quam transito Iordane possessuri estis non habitabitis in ea longo tempore sed delebit vos DominusI call this day heaven and earth to witness, that you shall quickly perish out of the land, which, when you have passed over the Jordan, you shall possess. You shall not dwell therein long, but the Lord will destroy you,
26. I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed.
4:26. I call heaven and earth as witnesses this day, that you shall quickly perish from the land, which, when you have crossed over the Jordan, you will possess. You will not live in it for a long time; instead, the Lord will destroy you.
4:26. I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong [your] days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed.
I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong [your] days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed:

26: то свидетельствуюсь вам сегодня небом и землею, что скоро потеряете землю, для наследования которой вы переходите за Иордан; не пробудете много времени на ней, но погибнете;
4:26
διαμαρτύρομαι διαμαρτυρομαι protest
ὑμῖν υμιν you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
τόν ο the
τε τε both; and
οὐρανὸν ουρανος sky; heaven
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἀπωλείᾳ απωλεια destruction; waste
ἀπολεῖσθε απολλυμι destroy; lose
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
οὐχὶ ουχι not; not actually
πολυχρονιεῖτε πολυχρονιζω day
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἀλλ᾿ αλλα but
η or; than
ἐκτριβῇ εκτριβη rub out; wipe out
4:26
הַעִידֹתִי֩ haʕîḏōṯˌî עוד warn, to witness
בָכֶ֨ם vāḵˌem בְּ in
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֜ום yyˈôm יֹום day
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אָבֹ֣ד ʔāvˈōḏ אבד perish
תֹּאבֵדוּן֮ tōvēḏûn אבד perish
מַהֵר֒ mahˌēr מהר hasten
מֵ מִן from
עַ֣ל ʕˈal עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּ֜ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֧ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֛ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּ֑הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
תַאֲרִיכֻ֤ן ṯaʔᵃrîḵˈun ארך be long
יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day
עָלֶ֔יהָ ʕālˈeʸhā עַל upon
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
הִשָּׁמֵ֖ד hiššāmˌēḏ שׁמד destroy
תִּשָּׁמֵדֽוּן׃ tiššāmēḏˈûn שׁמד destroy
4:26. testes invoco hodie caelum et terram cito perituros vos esse de terra quam transito Iordane possessuri estis non habitabitis in ea longo tempore sed delebit vos Dominus
I call this day heaven and earth to witness, that you shall quickly perish out of the land, which, when you have passed over the Jordan, you shall possess. You shall not dwell therein long, but the Lord will destroy you,
4:26. I call heaven and earth as witnesses this day, that you shall quickly perish from the land, which, when you have crossed over the Jordan, you will possess. You will not live in it for a long time; instead, the Lord will destroy you.
4:26. I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong [your] days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:26: I call heaven and earth to witness against you - A most solemn method of adjuration, in use among all nations in the world. So Virgil, Aen., lib. xii., ver. 176, etc.
Tum pius Aeneas stricto sic ense precatur:
Esto nunc Sol testis et haec mihi terra vocanti -
Fontesque fluviosque voco, quaeque aetheris alti
Relllgio, et quae caeruleo sunt numina ponto, etc.
"Then the great Trojan prince unsheathed his sword,
And thus, with lifted hands, the gods adored:
Thou land for which I wage this war, and thou
Great source of day, be witness to my vow! -
Almighty king of heaven and queen of air,
Propitious now and reconciled by prayer, -
Ye springs, ye floods, ye various powers who lie
Beneath the deep, or tread the golden sky, -
Hear and Attest!"
Pitt.
God and man being called upon to bear testimony to the truth of what was spoken, that if there was any flaw or insincerity, it might be detected; and if any crime, it might not go unpunished. Such appeals to God, for such purposes, show at once both the origin and use of oaths. See the note on Deu 6:13.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:26: I call heaven: A most solemn method of adjuration, in use among all the nations in the world; God and man being called upon to bear testimony to the truth of what was spoken, that if there was any flaw or insincerity it might be detected, and if any crime, it might not go unpunished. Such appeals to God shew at once the origin and use of oaths. Deu 30:18, Deu 30:19, Deu 31:28, Deu 32:1; Isa 1:2; Jer 2:12, Jer 6:19, Jer 22:29; Eze 36:4; Mic 1:2, Mic 6:2
ye shall: Deu 29:28; Lev 18:28, Lev 26:31-35; Jos 23:16; Isa 6:11, Isa 24:1-3; Jer 44:22; Eze 33:28; Luk 21:24
Geneva 1599
4:26 I (r) call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong [your] days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed.
(r) Though men would abuse you, yet the insensible creatures will be witnesses of your disobedience.
John Gill
4:26 I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day,.... Should they be guilty of such a sin, since they were so strongly and publicly cautioned against it; and even the heaven and the earth were called upon as witnesses of the law being set before them, which so expressly forbids it, Deut 30:19.
that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto you go over Jordan to possess it; though they were now about to go over Jordan and inherit the land of Canaan, yet they would not enjoy it long, but be taken and carried captive out of it; as the ten tribes were by Shalmaneser king of Assyria, and the two tribes by Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, and both for their idolatry and other crimes.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:26 I call heaven and earth to witness against you--This solemn form of adjuration has been common in special circumstances among all people. It is used here figuratively, or as in other parts of Scripture where inanimate objects are called up as witnesses (Deut 32:1; Is 1:2).
4:274:27: Եւ ցրուեսցէ՛ Տէր զձեզ ընդ ամենայն ազգս. եւ մնայցէք սակա՛ւք թուով ՚ի մէջ ազգացն՝ յորս տարցի զձեզ Տէր անդր։
27 Տէրը ձեզ կը ցրի բոլոր ազգերի մէջ, սակաւաթիւ կը լինէք այն ազգերի մէջ, ուր Տէրը կը տանի ձեզ:
27 Տէրը ձեզ ազգերու մէջ պիտի ցրուէ, նաեւ սակաւաթիւ պիտի մնաք այն ազգերուն մէջ, ուր Տէրը ձեզ պիտի քշէ։
Եւ ցրուեսցէ Տէր զձեզ ընդ ամենայն ազգս, եւ մնայցէք սակաւք թուով ի մէջ ազգացն յորս տարցի զձեզ Տէր անդր:

4:27: Եւ ցրուեսցէ՛ Տէր զձեզ ընդ ամենայն ազգս. եւ մնայցէք սակա՛ւք թուով ՚ի մէջ ազգացն՝ յորս տարցի զձեզ Տէր անդր։
27 Տէրը ձեզ կը ցրի բոլոր ազգերի մէջ, սակաւաթիւ կը լինէք այն ազգերի մէջ, ուր Տէրը կը տանի ձեզ:
27 Տէրը ձեզ ազգերու մէջ պիտի ցրուէ, նաեւ սակաւաթիւ պիտի մնաք այն ազգերուն մէջ, ուր Տէրը ձեզ պիտի քշէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2727: и рассеет вас Господь по [всем] народам, и останетесь в малом числе между народами, к которым отведет вас Господь;
4:27 καὶ και and; even διασπερεῖ διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around κύριος κυριος lord; master ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐν εν in πᾶσιν πας all; every τοῖς ο the ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste καὶ και and; even καταλειφθήσεσθε καταλειπω leave behind; remain ὀλίγοι ολιγος few; sparse ἀριθμῷ αριθμος number ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste εἰς εις into; for οὓς ος who; what εἰσάξει εισαγω lead in; bring in κύριος κυριος lord; master ὑμᾶς υμας you ἐκεῖ εκει there
4:27 וְ wᵊ וְ and הֵפִ֧יץ hēfˈîṣ פוץ disperse יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עַמִּ֑ים ʕammˈîm עַם people וְ wᵊ וְ and נִשְׁאַרְתֶּם֙ nišʔartˌem שׁאר remain מְתֵ֣י mᵊṯˈê מַת man מִסְפָּ֔ר mispˈār מִסְפָּר number בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גֹּויִ֕ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְנַהֵ֧ג yᵊnahˈēḡ נהג drive יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] שָֽׁמָּה׃ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
4:27. atque disperget in omnes gentes et remanebitis pauci in nationibus ad quas vos ducturus est DominusAnd scatter you among all nations, and you shall remain a few among the nations, to which the Lord shall lead you.
27. And the LORD shall scatter you among the peoples, and ye shall be left few in number among the nations, whither the LORD shall lead you away.
4:27. And he will scatter you among all the nations, and few of you will remain among those nations, to which the Lord will lead you.
4:27. And the LORD shall scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the LORD shall lead you.
And the LORD shall scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the LORD shall lead you:

27: и рассеет вас Господь по [всем] народам, и останетесь в малом числе между народами, к которым отведет вас Господь;
4:27
καὶ και and; even
διασπερεῖ διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐν εν in
πᾶσιν πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste
καὶ και and; even
καταλειφθήσεσθε καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ὀλίγοι ολιγος few; sparse
ἀριθμῷ αριθμος number
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste
εἰς εις into; for
οὓς ος who; what
εἰσάξει εισαγω lead in; bring in
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὑμᾶς υμας you
ἐκεῖ εκει there
4:27
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֵפִ֧יץ hēfˈîṣ פוץ disperse
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עַמִּ֑ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִשְׁאַרְתֶּם֙ nišʔartˌem שׁאר remain
מְתֵ֣י mᵊṯˈê מַת man
מִסְפָּ֔ר mispˈār מִסְפָּר number
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גֹּויִ֕ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְנַהֵ֧ג yᵊnahˈēḡ נהג drive
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
שָֽׁמָּה׃ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
4:27. atque disperget in omnes gentes et remanebitis pauci in nationibus ad quas vos ducturus est Dominus
And scatter you among all nations, and you shall remain a few among the nations, to which the Lord shall lead you.
4:27. And he will scatter you among all the nations, and few of you will remain among those nations, to which the Lord will lead you.
4:27. And the LORD shall scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the LORD shall lead you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:27: The Lord shall scatter you among the nations - This was amply verified in their different captivities and dispersions.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:27: Deu 28:62-64; Neh 1:3, Neh 1:8, Neh 1:9; Eze 12:15, Eze 32:26
Geneva 1599
4:27 And the LORD shall (s) scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the LORD shall lead you.
(s) So that his curse will make his former blessings ineffectual.
John Gill
4:27 And the Lord shall scatter you among the nations,.... As they were by both captivities; the ten tribes were dispersed among the cities of the Medes, and the two tribes throughout the empire of Babylon:
and ye shall be left few in number among the Heathen, whither the Lord shall lead you; or be "men of number" (i), so few that they might be easily numbered; which intimates that it should be other wise with them than when in Egypt; there they were multiplied and increased the more they were afflicted, but in these captivities they should be greatly diminished.
(i) "viri numeri", Montanus, Drusius.
4:284:28: Եւ պաշտիցէք անդ զաստուածս օտարս զձեռագործս մարդկան. զփայտեղէնս եւ զքարեղէնս. որք ո՛չ տեսանիցեն եւ ո՛չ լսիցեն, եւ ո՛չ ուտիցեն, եւ ո՛չ հոտոտիցեն։
28 Այնտեղ կը պաշտէք մարդու ձեռքով կերտուած ուրիշ աստուածներ՝ փայտից ու քարից պատրաստուած, որոնք ո՛չ տեսնում են, ո՛չ լսում, ո՛չ ուտում են եւ ո՛չ էլ հոտառութիւն ունեն:
28 Հոն մարդու ձեռքով շինուած քարէ ու փայտէ աստուածներ պիտի պաշտէք, որոնք ո՛չ կը տեսնեն, ո՛չ կը լսեն, ո՛չ կ’ուտեն եւ ո՛չ կը հոտուըտան։
Եւ պաշտիցէք անդ զաստուածս օտարս, զձեռագործս մարդկան, զփայտեղէնս եւ զքարեղէնս, որք ոչ տեսանիցեն եւ ոչ լսիցեն եւ ոչ ուտիցեն եւ ոչ հոտոտիցեն:

4:28: Եւ պաշտիցէք անդ զաստուածս օտարս զձեռագործս մարդկան. զփայտեղէնս եւ զքարեղէնս. որք ո՛չ տեսանիցեն եւ ո՛չ լսիցեն, եւ ո՛չ ուտիցեն, եւ ո՛չ հոտոտիցեն։
28 Այնտեղ կը պաշտէք մարդու ձեռքով կերտուած ուրիշ աստուածներ՝ փայտից ու քարից պատրաստուած, որոնք ո՛չ տեսնում են, ո՛չ լսում, ո՛չ ուտում են եւ ո՛չ էլ հոտառութիւն ունեն:
28 Հոն մարդու ձեռքով շինուած քարէ ու փայտէ աստուածներ պիտի պաշտէք, որոնք ո՛չ կը տեսնեն, ո՛չ կը լսեն, ո՛չ կ’ուտեն եւ ո՛չ կը հոտուըտան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2828: и будете там служить богам, сделанным руками человеческими из дерева и камня, которые не видят и не слышат, и не едят и не обоняют.
4:28 καὶ και and; even λατρεύσετε λατρευω employed by ἐκεῖ εκει there θεοῖς θεος God ἑτέροις ετερος different; alternate ἔργοις εργον work χειρῶν χειρ hand ἀνθρώπων ανθρωπος person; human ξύλοις ξυλον wood; timber καὶ και and; even λίθοις λιθος stone οἳ ος who; what οὐκ ου not ὄψονται οραω view; see οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither μὴ μη not ἀκούσωσιν ακουω hear οὔτε ουτε not; neither μὴ μη not φάγωσιν φαγω swallow; eat οὔτε ουτε not; neither μὴ μη not ὀσφρανθῶσιν οσφραινομαι smell
4:28 וַ wa וְ and עֲבַדְתֶּם־ ʕᵃvaḏtem- עבד work, serve שָׁ֣ם šˈām שָׁם there אֱלֹהִ֔ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה maʕᵃśˌē מַעֲשֶׂה deed יְדֵ֣י yᵊḏˈê יָד hand אָדָ֑ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind עֵ֣ץ ʕˈēṣ עֵץ tree וָ wā וְ and אֶ֔בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יִרְאוּן֙ yirʔûn ראה see וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not יִשְׁמְע֔וּן yišmᵊʕˈûn שׁמע hear וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יֹֽאכְל֖וּן yˈōḵᵊlˌûn אכל eat וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יְרִיחֻֽן׃ yᵊrîḥˈun רוח be spacious
4:28. ibique servietis diis qui hominum manu fabricati sunt ligno et lapidi qui non vident non audiunt non comedunt non odoranturAnd there you shall serve gods, that were framed with men's hands: wood and stone, that neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell.
28. And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men’s hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell.
4:28. And there, you will serve gods which were fabricated by the hands of men: gods of wood and of stone, who neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell.
4:28. And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men’s hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell.
And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men' s hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell:

28: и будете там служить богам, сделанным руками человеческими из дерева и камня, которые не видят и не слышат, и не едят и не обоняют.
4:28
καὶ και and; even
λατρεύσετε λατρευω employed by
ἐκεῖ εκει there
θεοῖς θεος God
ἑτέροις ετερος different; alternate
ἔργοις εργον work
χειρῶν χειρ hand
ἀνθρώπων ανθρωπος person; human
ξύλοις ξυλον wood; timber
καὶ και and; even
λίθοις λιθος stone
οἳ ος who; what
οὐκ ου not
ὄψονται οραω view; see
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
μὴ μη not
ἀκούσωσιν ακουω hear
οὔτε ουτε not; neither
μὴ μη not
φάγωσιν φαγω swallow; eat
οὔτε ουτε not; neither
μὴ μη not
ὀσφρανθῶσιν οσφραινομαι smell
4:28
וַ wa וְ and
עֲבַדְתֶּם־ ʕᵃvaḏtem- עבד work, serve
שָׁ֣ם šˈām שָׁם there
אֱלֹהִ֔ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה maʕᵃśˌē מַעֲשֶׂה deed
יְדֵ֣י yᵊḏˈê יָד hand
אָדָ֑ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind
עֵ֣ץ ʕˈēṣ עֵץ tree
וָ וְ and
אֶ֔בֶן ʔˈeven אֶבֶן stone
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יִרְאוּן֙ yirʔûn ראה see
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
יִשְׁמְע֔וּן yišmᵊʕˈûn שׁמע hear
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יֹֽאכְל֖וּן yˈōḵᵊlˌûn אכל eat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יְרִיחֻֽן׃ yᵊrîḥˈun רוח be spacious
4:28. ibique servietis diis qui hominum manu fabricati sunt ligno et lapidi qui non vident non audiunt non comedunt non odorantur
And there you shall serve gods, that were framed with men's hands: wood and stone, that neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell.
4:28. And there, you will serve gods which were fabricated by the hands of men: gods of wood and of stone, who neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell.
4:28. And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men’s hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:28: There ye shall serve gods - wood and stone - This was also true of the Israelites, not only in their captivities, but also in their own land. And it may now be literally the case with the ten tribes who were carried away captive by the Assyrians, and of whose residence no man at present knows any thing with certainty. That they still exist there can be no doubt; but they are now, most probably, so completely incorporated with the idolaters among whom they dwell, as to be no longer distinguish able: yet God can gather them.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:28: ye shall: Deu 28:36, Deu 28:64; Sa1 26:19; Jer 16:13; Eze 20:32, Eze 20:39; Act 7:42
neither see: Psa 115:4-7, Psa 135:15, Psa 135:16; Isa 44:9, Isa 45:20, Isa 46:7; Jer 10:3, Jer 10:9
John Gill
4:28 And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men's hands, wood and stone,.... Idols made by men, cut out of wood and stone; these they should be enticed into the service of, or compelled to serve; which was still more brutish and stupid than to worship the sun, moon, and stars, which were not the works of men's hand, but the glorious works of the eternal God. But since in their captivities they were not subject to idolatry, but were cured of it thereby, another sense of the words is given by some, as by Onkelos and Jonathan, who paraphrase the words of serving the people, that serve idols; but what follows confirms the first sense:
which neither see, nor hear, nor taste, nor smell; senseless things, which have none of the senses of seeing, hearing, and smelling, nor the faculty of eating, which they need not to support life, of which they are destitute; and therefore it must be monstrous stupidity to worship such lifeless, senseless, objects; see Ps 115:4.
John Wesley
4:28 Ye shall serve Gods - You shall be compelled by men, and given up by me to idolatry. So that very thing which was your choice, shall be your punishment: it being just and usual for God to punish one sin by giving men up to another.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:28 there ye shall serve gods, the work of men's hands--The compulsory measures of their tyrannical conquerors would force them into idolatry, so that their choice would become their punishment.
4:294:29: Եւ խնդրիցէք անդ զՏէր Աստուած ձեր. եւ գտանիցէք յորժամ խնդրիցէք զնա յամենայն սրտէ ձերմէ, եւ յամենայն անձնէ ձերմէ, ՚ի նեղութեան ձերում[1692]. [1692] Ոմանք. Եւ խնդրիցէք անդր... եւ գտանիցէք զնա յորժամ։
29 Եթէ այնտեղ նեղութեան մէջ գտնուելով ձեր ամբողջ հոգով ու էութեամբ ցանկանաք փնտռել ու գտնել ձեր Տէր Աստծուն, ապա նրան կը գտնէք:
29 Բայց եթէ հոն քու Տէր Աստուածդ փնտռես ու զանիկա բոլոր սրտովդ եւ բոլոր հոգիովդ փնտռելու ըլլաս՝ պիտի գտնես։
Եւ խնդրիցէք անդ զՏէր Աստուած ձեր, եւ գտանիցէք յորժամ խնդրիցէք զնա յամենայն սրտէ ձերմէ եւ յամենայն անձնէ ձերմէ:

4:29: Եւ խնդրիցէք անդ զՏէր Աստուած ձեր. եւ գտանիցէք յորժամ խնդրիցէք զնա յամենայն սրտէ ձերմէ, եւ յամենայն անձնէ ձերմէ, ՚ի նեղութեան ձերում[1692].
[1692] Ոմանք. Եւ խնդրիցէք անդր... եւ գտանիցէք զնա յորժամ։
29 Եթէ այնտեղ նեղութեան մէջ գտնուելով ձեր ամբողջ հոգով ու էութեամբ ցանկանաք փնտռել ու գտնել ձեր Տէր Աստծուն, ապա նրան կը գտնէք:
29 Բայց եթէ հոն քու Տէր Աստուածդ փնտռես ու զանիկա բոլոր սրտովդ եւ բոլոր հոգիովդ փնտռելու ըլլաս՝ պիտի գտնես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:2929: Но когда ты взыщешь там Господа, Бога твоего, то найдешь [Его], если будешь искать Его всем сердцем твоим и всею душею твоею.
4:29 καὶ και and; even ζητήσετε ζητεω seek; desire ἐκεῖ εκει there κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεὸν θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even εὑρήσετε ευρισκω find ὅταν οταν when; once ἐκζητήσητε εκζητεω seek out / thoroughly αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἐξ εκ from; out of ὅλης ολος whole; wholly τῆς ο the καρδίας καρδια heart σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἐξ εκ from; out of ὅλης ολος whole; wholly τῆς ο the ψυχῆς ψυχη soul σου σου of you; your ἐν εν in τῇ ο the θλίψει θλιψις pressure σου σου of you; your
4:29 וּ û וְ and בִקַּשְׁתֶּ֥ם viqqaštˌem בקשׁ seek מִ mi מִן from שָּׁ֛ם ššˈām שָׁם there אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) וּ û וְ and מָצָ֑אתָ māṣˈāṯā מצא find כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that תִדְרְשֶׁ֔נּוּ ṯiḏrᵊšˈennû דרשׁ inquire בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole לְבָבְךָ֖ lᵊvāvᵊḵˌā לֵבָב heart וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole נַפְשֶֽׁךָ׃ nafšˈeḵā נֶפֶשׁ soul
4:29. cumque quaesieris ibi Dominum Deum tuum invenies eum si tamen toto corde quaesieris et tota tribulatione animae tuaeAnd when thou shalt seek there the Lord thy God, thou shalt find him: yet so, if thou seek him with all thy heart, and all the affliction of thy soul.
29. But if from thence ye shall seek the LORD thy God, thou shalt find him, if thou search after him with all thy heart and with all thy soul.
4:29. And when you will seek the Lord your God in that place, you shall find him, if only you seek him with all your heart, and in all the tribulation of your soul.
4:29. But if from thence thou shalt seek the LORD thy God, thou shalt find [him], if thou seek him with all thy heart and with all thy soul.
But if from thence thou shalt seek the LORD thy God, thou shalt find [him], if thou seek him with all thy heart and with all thy soul:

29: Но когда ты взыщешь там Господа, Бога твоего, то найдешь [Его], если будешь искать Его всем сердцем твоим и всею душею твоею.
4:29
καὶ και and; even
ζητήσετε ζητεω seek; desire
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεὸν θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
εὑρήσετε ευρισκω find
ὅταν οταν when; once
ἐκζητήσητε εκζητεω seek out / thoroughly
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ὅλης ολος whole; wholly
τῆς ο the
καρδίας καρδια heart
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ὅλης ολος whole; wholly
τῆς ο the
ψυχῆς ψυχη soul
σου σου of you; your
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
θλίψει θλιψις pressure
σου σου of you; your
4:29
וּ û וְ and
בִקַּשְׁתֶּ֥ם viqqaštˌem בקשׁ seek
מִ mi מִן from
שָּׁ֛ם ššˈām שָׁם there
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
וּ û וְ and
מָצָ֑אתָ māṣˈāṯā מצא find
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
תִדְרְשֶׁ֔נּוּ ṯiḏrᵊšˈennû דרשׁ inquire
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
לְבָבְךָ֖ lᵊvāvᵊḵˌā לֵבָב heart
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
נַפְשֶֽׁךָ׃ nafšˈeḵā נֶפֶשׁ soul
4:29. cumque quaesieris ibi Dominum Deum tuum invenies eum si tamen toto corde quaesieris et tota tribulatione animae tuae
And when thou shalt seek there the Lord thy God, thou shalt find him: yet so, if thou seek him with all thy heart, and all the affliction of thy soul.
4:29. And when you will seek the Lord your God in that place, you shall find him, if only you seek him with all your heart, and in all the tribulation of your soul.
4:29. But if from thence thou shalt seek the LORD thy God, thou shalt find [him], if thou seek him with all thy heart and with all thy soul.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:29: But if from thence thou shalt seek the Lord - God is longsuffering, and of tender mercy; and waits, ever ready, to receive a backsliding soul when it returns to him. Is not this promise left on record for the encouragement and salvation of lost Israel?
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:29: Unwilling, as it might seem, to close his discourse with words of terror, Moses makes a last appeal to them in these verses in a different strain.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:29: But if: Deu 30:10; Lev 26:39-42; Ch2 15:4, Ch2 15:15; Neh 1:9; Isa 55:6, Isa 55:7; Jer 3:12-14; Jer 29:12-14
with all: Deu 30:1-3; Kg1 8:47, Kg1 8:48; Kg2 10:31, Kg2 23:3; Ch2 15:12, Ch2 31:21; Psa 119:2, Psa 119:10; Psa 119:58, Psa 119:145; Jer 3:10; Joe 2:12
Geneva 1599
4:29 But if from thence thou shalt seek the LORD thy God, thou shalt find [him], if thou seek him with all thy (t) heart and with all thy soul.
(t) Not with outward show or ceremony, but with a true confession of your faults.
John Gill
4:29 But if from thence thou shalt seek the Lord thy God,.... By prayer and supplication, acknowledging and confessing sin, and desiring that God would be gracious and forgive it, and bring them out of their miserable condition; even if out of those depths of affliction and distress, and though scattered about in the world, and in the uttermost parts of it:
thou shalt find him; to be a God hearing and answering prayer, gracious and merciful, ready to help and deliver:
if they seek him with all their heart and with all their soul; sincerely and affectionately.
John Wesley
4:29 If from thence thou seek the Lord - Whatever place we are in, we may from thence seek him. There is no part of the earth which has a gulf fixt between it and heaven.
4:304:30: եւ գտանիցե՛ն զքեզ ամենայն բանքս այսոքիկ ՚ի վախճանի աւուրց։ Եւ դարձցի՛ս դու առ Տէր Աստուած քո, եւ լուիցե՛ս ձայնի նորա.
30 Այս բոլորը իրականութիւն կը դառնայ վերջին օրերին, եւ դու կը դիմես քո Տէր Աստծուն, կը լսես նրա ձայնը,
30 Երբ քու վրադ նեղութիւն գայ ու այս բոլոր բաները վերջին օրերը քեզի պատահին, եթէ քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ դառնաս ու անոր խօսքը մտիկ ընես,
Ի նեղութեան ձերում, [85]եւ գտանիցեն զքեզ ամենայն բանքս այսոքիկ ի վախճանի աւուրց, [86]եւ դարձցիս դու առ Տէր Աստուած քո, եւ լուիցես ձայնի նորա:

4:30: եւ գտանիցե՛ն զքեզ ամենայն բանքս այսոքիկ ՚ի վախճանի աւուրց։ Եւ դարձցի՛ս դու առ Տէր Աստուած քո, եւ լուիցե՛ս ձայնի նորա.
30 Այս բոլորը իրականութիւն կը դառնայ վերջին օրերին, եւ դու կը դիմես քո Տէր Աստծուն, կը լսես նրա ձայնը,
30 Երբ քու վրադ նեղութիւն գայ ու այս բոլոր բաները վերջին օրերը քեզի պատահին, եթէ քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ դառնաս ու անոր խօսքը մտիկ ընես,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3030: Когда ты будешь в скорби, и когда все это постигнет тебя в последствие времени, то обратишься к Господу, Богу твоему, и послушаешь гласа Его.
4:30 καὶ και and; even εὑρήσουσίν ευρισκω find σε σε.1 you πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the λόγοι λογος word; log οὗτοι ουτος this; he ἐπ᾿ επι in; on ἐσχάτῳ εσχατος last; farthest part τῶν ο the ἡμερῶν ημερα day καὶ και and; even ἐπιστραφήσῃ επιστρεφω turn around; return πρὸς προς to; toward κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεόν θεος God σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even εἰσακούσῃ εισακουω heed; listen to τῆς ο the φωνῆς φωνη voice; sound αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
4:30 בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the צַּ֣ר ṣṣˈar צַר narrow לְךָ֔ lᵊḵˈā לְ to וּ û וְ and מְצָא֕וּךָ mᵊṣāʔˈûḵā מצא find כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the דְּבָרִ֣ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word הָ hā הַ the אֵ֑לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַחֲרִית֙ ʔaḥᵃrîṯ אַחֲרִית end הַ ha הַ the יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day וְ wᵊ וְ and שַׁבְתָּ֙ šavtˌā שׁוב return עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁמַעְתָּ֖ šāmaʕtˌā שׁמע hear בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֹלֹֽו׃ qōlˈô קֹול sound
4:30. postquam te invenerint omnia quae praedicta sunt novissimo tempore reverteris ad Dominum Deum tuum et audies vocem eiusAfter all the things aforesaid shall find thee, in the latter time thou shalt return to the Lord thy God, and shalt hear his voice.
30. When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, in the latter days thou shalt return to the LORD thy God, and hearken unto his voice:
4:30. After all these things which have been foretold have found you, in the end time, you shall return to the Lord your God, and you will hear his voice.
4:30. When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, [even] in the latter days, if thou turn to the LORD thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice;
When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, [even] in the latter days, if thou turn to the LORD thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice:

30: Когда ты будешь в скорби, и когда все это постигнет тебя в последствие времени, то обратишься к Господу, Богу твоему, и послушаешь гласа Его.
4:30
καὶ και and; even
εὑρήσουσίν ευρισκω find
σε σε.1 you
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
λόγοι λογος word; log
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
ἐσχάτῳ εσχατος last; farthest part
τῶν ο the
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
καὶ και and; even
ἐπιστραφήσῃ επιστρεφω turn around; return
πρὸς προς to; toward
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεόν θεος God
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
εἰσακούσῃ εισακουω heed; listen to
τῆς ο the
φωνῆς φωνη voice; sound
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
4:30
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
צַּ֣ר ṣṣˈar צַר narrow
לְךָ֔ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
וּ û וְ and
מְצָא֕וּךָ mᵊṣāʔˈûḵā מצא find
כֹּ֖ל kˌōl כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
דְּבָרִ֣ים ddᵊvārˈîm דָּבָר word
הָ הַ the
אֵ֑לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַחֲרִית֙ ʔaḥᵃrîṯ אַחֲרִית end
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִ֔ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שַׁבְתָּ֙ šavtˌā שׁוב return
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁמַעְתָּ֖ šāmaʕtˌā שׁמע hear
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֹלֹֽו׃ qōlˈô קֹול sound
4:30. postquam te invenerint omnia quae praedicta sunt novissimo tempore reverteris ad Dominum Deum tuum et audies vocem eius
After all the things aforesaid shall find thee, in the latter time thou shalt return to the Lord thy God, and shalt hear his voice.
4:30. After all these things which have been foretold have found you, in the end time, you shall return to the Lord your God, and you will hear his voice.
4:30. When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, [even] in the latter days, if thou turn to the LORD thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:30: When thou art in tribulation in the latter days - Are not these the times spoken of? And is there not still hope for Israel? Could we see them become zealous for their own law and religious observances - could we see them humble themselves before the God of Jacob - could we see them conduct their public worship with any tolerable decency and decorum - could we see them zealous to avoid every moral evil, inquiring the road to Zion, with their faces thitherward; then might we hope that the redemption of Israel was at hand: but alas! there is not the most distant evidence of any thing of the kind, except in a very few solitary instances. They are, perhaps, in the present day, more lost to every sacred principle of their own institutions than they have ever been since their return from the Babylonish captivity. By whom shall Jacob arise? for in this sense he is small - deeply fallen, and greatly degraded.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:30: all these: Kg1 8:46-53; Ch2 6:36-39; Dan 9:11-19
are come upon thee: Heb. have found thee, Deu 31:17; Exo 18:8 *marg.
in the latter: Deu 31:29; Gen 49:1; Num 24:20; Jer 23:20; Dan 10:14; Hos 3:5; Heb 1:2
if thou: Deu 30:10; Lam 3:40; Hos 14:2, Hos 14:3; Joe 2:12, Joe 2:13; Act 3:19, Act 26:20
obedient: Isa 1:19; Jer 7:23; Zac 6:15; Heb 5:9
John Gill
4:30 When thou art in tribulation,.... In a strange land, in the power of a foreign enemy, and used ill:
and all these things are come upon thee; captivity, thraldom, hard labour, and want of the necessaries of life:
even in the latter days: in their present captivity for the rejection of the Messiah:
if thou turn to the Lord thy God; as the Jews will when they are converted and brought to a sense of their sin, and of their need of Christ, and seek to him as their Saviour, as they will do in the latter day, Hos 3:5.
and shall be obedient unto his voice; not of the law only, but of the Gospel also, proclaiming peace, pardon, righteousness, and salvation by him whom they have pierced.
John Wesley
4:30 In the latter days - In succeeding ages.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:30 in the latter days, if thou turn to the Lord thy God--either towards the destined close of their captivities, when they evinced a returning spirit of repentance and faith, or in the age of Messiah, which is commonly called "the latter days," and when the scattered tribes of Israel shall be converted to the Gospel of Christ. The occurrence of this auspicious event will be the most illustrious proof of the truth of the promise made in Deut 4:31.
4:314:31: զի Աստուած ողորմա՛ծ է, ո՛չ թողցէ զքեզ եւ ո՛չ սատակեսցէ զքեզ. եւ ո՛չ մոռասցի զուխտ հարցն քոց, զոր երդուաւ նոցա[1693]։[1693] Ոմանք. Եւ ո՛չ թողցէ... զոր խոստացաւ նոցա։
31 որովհետեւ Աստուած ողորմած է. նա քեզ չի լքի ու քեզ չի կործանի, չի մոռանայ քո հայրերին տուած եւ երդումով հաստատած ուխտը:
31 Քու Տէր Աստուածդ, ողորմած Աստուած ըլլալուն, քեզ պիտի չթողու ու քեզ պիտի չկորսնցնէ ու քու հայրերուդ ըրած ուխտը պիտի չմոռնայ, որուն համար երդում ըրած էր։
զի Աստուած ողորմած է[87], ոչ թողցէ զքեզ եւ ոչ սատակեսցէ զքեզ. եւ ոչ մոռասցի զուխտ հարցն քոց զոր երդուաւ նոցա:

4:31: զի Աստուած ողորմա՛ծ է, ո՛չ թողցէ զքեզ եւ ո՛չ սատակեսցէ զքեզ. եւ ո՛չ մոռասցի զուխտ հարցն քոց, զոր երդուաւ նոցա[1693]։
[1693] Ոմանք. Եւ ո՛չ թողցէ... զոր խոստացաւ նոցա։
31 որովհետեւ Աստուած ողորմած է. նա քեզ չի լքի ու քեզ չի կործանի, չի մոռանայ քո հայրերին տուած եւ երդումով հաստատած ուխտը:
31 Քու Տէր Աստուածդ, ողորմած Աստուած ըլլալուն, քեզ պիտի չթողու ու քեզ պիտի չկորսնցնէ ու քու հայրերուդ ըրած ուխտը պիտի չմոռնայ, որուն համար երդում ըրած էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3131: Господь, Бог твой, есть Бог милосердый; Он не оставит тебя и не погубит тебя, и не забудет завета с отцами твоими, который Он клятвою утвердил им.
4:31 ὅτι οτι since; that θεὸς θεος God οἰκτίρμων οικτιρμων compassionate κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your οὐκ ου not ἐγκαταλείψει εγκαταλειπω abandon; leave behind σε σε.1 you οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither μὴ μη not ἐκτρίψει εκτριβω you οὐκ ου not ἐπιλήσεται επιλανθανομαι forget τὴν ο the διαθήκην διαθηκη covenant τῶν ο the πατέρων πατηρ father σου σου of you; your ἣν ος who; what ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
4:31 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that אֵ֤ל ʔˈēl אֵל god רַחוּם֙ raḥûm רַחוּם compassionate יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not יַרְפְּךָ֖ yarpᵊḵˌā רפה be slack וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not יַשְׁחִיתֶ֑ךָ yašḥîṯˈeḵā שׁחת destroy וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not יִשְׁכַּח֙ yiškˌaḥ שׁכח forget אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּרִ֣ית bᵊrˈîṯ בְּרִית covenant אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ ʔᵃvōṯˈeʸḵā אָב father אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִשְׁבַּ֖ע nišbˌaʕ שׁבע swear לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
4:31. quia Deus misericors Dominus Deus tuus est non dimittet te nec omnino delebit neque obliviscetur pacti in quo iuravit patribus tuisBecause the Lord thy God is a merciful God: he will not leave thee, nor altogether destroy thee, nor forget the covenant, by which he swore to thy fathers.
31. for the LORD thy God is a merciful God; he will not fail thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them.
4:31. For the Lord your God is a merciful God. He will not abandon you, nor will he entirely destroy you, nor will he forget the covenant, which he swore to your fathers.
4:31. (For the LORD thy God [is] a merciful God;) he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them.
For the LORD thy God [is] a merciful God; he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them:

31: Господь, Бог твой, есть Бог милосердый; Он не оставит тебя и не погубит тебя, и не забудет завета с отцами твоими, который Он клятвою утвердил им.
4:31
ὅτι οτι since; that
θεὸς θεος God
οἰκτίρμων οικτιρμων compassionate
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
οὐκ ου not
ἐγκαταλείψει εγκαταλειπω abandon; leave behind
σε σε.1 you
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
μὴ μη not
ἐκτρίψει εκτριβω you
οὐκ ου not
ἐπιλήσεται επιλανθανομαι forget
τὴν ο the
διαθήκην διαθηκη covenant
τῶν ο the
πατέρων πατηρ father
σου σου of you; your
ἣν ος who; what
ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
4:31
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
אֵ֤ל ʔˈēl אֵל god
רַחוּם֙ raḥûm רַחוּם compassionate
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
יַרְפְּךָ֖ yarpᵊḵˌā רפה be slack
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
יַשְׁחִיתֶ֑ךָ yašḥîṯˈeḵā שׁחת destroy
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
יִשְׁכַּח֙ yiškˌaḥ שׁכח forget
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּרִ֣ית bᵊrˈîṯ בְּרִית covenant
אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ ʔᵃvōṯˈeʸḵā אָב father
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִשְׁבַּ֖ע nišbˌaʕ שׁבע swear
לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
4:31. quia Deus misericors Dominus Deus tuus est non dimittet te nec omnino delebit neque obliviscetur pacti in quo iuravit patribus tuis
Because the Lord thy God is a merciful God: he will not leave thee, nor altogether destroy thee, nor forget the covenant, by which he swore to thy fathers.
4:31. For the Lord your God is a merciful God. He will not abandon you, nor will he entirely destroy you, nor will he forget the covenant, which he swore to your fathers.
4:31. (For the LORD thy God [is] a merciful God;) he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:31: the Lord: Exo 34:6, Exo 34:7; Num 14:18; Ch2 30:9; Neh 1:5, Neh 9:31; Psa 86:5, Psa 86:15, Psa 116:5; Psa 145:8, Psa 145:9; Jon 4:2; Mic 7:18
forget: Lev 26:42, Lev 26:45; Psa 105:8, Psa 111:5, Psa 111:9; Jer 14:21; Luk 1:72
Geneva 1599
4:31 (For the LORD thy God [is] a merciful God;) he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he (u) sware unto them.
(u) To certify to them even more the assurance of their salvation.
John Gill
4:31 For the Lord thy God is a merciful God,.... In Christ, in whom he has proclaimed his name as such, of which Moses had a comfortable view, Ex 34:6 and therefore could attest it from his own knowledge and experience:
he will not forsake thee; though in a strange country, but bring them from thence into their own land again, and favour them with his gracious presence in his house and ordinances:
neither destroy thee; from being a people; and in a very wonderful manner are they preserved among the nations of the earth to this day:
nor forget the covenant of thy fathers, which he sware unto them; that a Saviour should come and turn away ungodliness from them, and take away their sins; see Rom 11:26.
4:324:32: Հարցէ՛ք զաւուրսն զառաջինս զեղեալս յառաջագոյն քան զձեզ. յօրէ յորմէ հաստատեաց Աստուած զմարդ ՚ի վերայ երկրի. ՚ի ծագաց երկրի մինչեւ ՚ի ծագս երկնից, եթէ եղեա՞լ իցէ ըստ բանիս մեծի այսորիկ. եթէ ազդեա՞լ իցէ լուր այսպիսի[1694]. [1694] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Աստուած զմարդ յերկրի. համաձայն բազմաց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ ՚ի ծագաց երկրէ. կամ՝ երկնից մինչեւ ՚ի ծագս երկրի։
32 Երկնքի մի ծայրից սկսած մինչեւ երկնքի միւս ծայրը հարցրէ՛ք ձեզանից առաջ եղած այս օրերի մասին (երբ Աստուած մարդ էր ստեղծել երկրի վրայ), թէ՝ “Այսպիսի մեծ բան կատարուե՞լ է”, թէ՝ “Այսպիսի բան լսուե՞լ է”,
32 Արդ՝ քեզմէ առաջ եղած օրերէն ի վեր, այսինքն Աստուծոյ մարդը երկրի վրայ ստեղծած օրէն ի վեր, երկնքի մէկ ծայրէն մինչեւ միւս ծայրը հարցուր, թէ արդեօք ասոր պէս մեծ բան մը եղա՞ծ է ու ասոր պէս բան մը լսուա՞ծ է։
Հարցէք զաւուրսն զառաջինս զեղեալս յառաջագոյն քան զձեզ, յօրէ յորմէ հաստատեաց Աստուած մարդ ի վերայ երկրի, ի ծագաց երկնից մինչեւ ի ծագս երկնից, եթէ եղեա՞լ իցէ ըստ բանիս մեծի այսորիկ, եթէ ազդեա՞լ իցէ լուր այսպիսի:

4:32: Հարցէ՛ք զաւուրսն զառաջինս զեղեալս յառաջագոյն քան զձեզ. յօրէ յորմէ հաստատեաց Աստուած զմարդ ՚ի վերայ երկրի. ՚ի ծագաց երկրի մինչեւ ՚ի ծագս երկնից, եթէ եղեա՞լ իցէ ըստ բանիս մեծի այսորիկ. եթէ ազդեա՞լ իցէ լուր այսպիսի[1694].
[1694] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Աստուած զմարդ յերկրի. համաձայն բազմաց ՚ի բնաբ՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ ՚ի ծագաց երկրէ. կամ՝ երկնից մինչեւ ՚ի ծագս երկրի։
32 Երկնքի մի ծայրից սկսած մինչեւ երկնքի միւս ծայրը հարցրէ՛ք ձեզանից առաջ եղած այս օրերի մասին (երբ Աստուած մարդ էր ստեղծել երկրի վրայ), թէ՝ “Այսպիսի մեծ բան կատարուե՞լ է”, թէ՝ “Այսպիսի բան լսուե՞լ է”,
32 Արդ՝ քեզմէ առաջ եղած օրերէն ի վեր, այսինքն Աստուծոյ մարդը երկրի վրայ ստեղծած օրէն ի վեր, երկնքի մէկ ծայրէն մինչեւ միւս ծայրը հարցուր, թէ արդեօք ասոր պէս մեծ բան մը եղա՞ծ է ու ասոր պէս բան մը լսուա՞ծ է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3232: Ибо спроси у времен прежних, бывших прежде тебя, с того дня, в который сотворил Бог человека на земле, и от края неба до края неба: бывало ли что-нибудь такое, как сие великое дело, или слыхано ли подобное сему?
4:32 ἐπερωτήσατε επερωταω interrogate; inquire of ἡμέρας ημερα day προτέρας προτερος earlier τὰς ο the γενομένας γινομαι happen; become προτέρας προτερος earlier σου σου of you; your ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day ἧς ος who; what ἔκτισεν κτιζω create; set up ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἄνθρωπον ανθρωπος person; human ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸ ο the ἄκρον ακρον top; tip τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven ἕως εως till; until ἄκρου ακρον top; tip τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven εἰ ει if; whether γέγονεν γινομαι happen; become κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase τὸ ο the μέγα μεγας great; loud τοῦτο ουτος this; he εἰ ει if; whether ἤκουσται ακουω hear τοιοῦτο τοιουτος such; such as these
4:32 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that שְׁאַל־ šᵊʔal- שׁאל ask נָא֩ nˌā נָא yeah לְ lᵊ לְ to יָמִ֨ים yāmˌîm יֹום day רִֽאשֹׁנִ֜ים rˈišōnˈîm רִאשֹׁון first אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הָי֣וּ hāyˈû היה be לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנֶ֗יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face לְ lᵊ לְ to מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the יֹּום֙ yyôm יֹום day אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בָּרָ֨א bārˌā ברא create אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to מִ mi מִן from קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֖יִם ššāmˌayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto קְצֵ֣ה qᵊṣˈē קָצֶה end הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמָ֑יִם ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] נִֽהְיָ֗ה nˈihyˈā היה be כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the דָּבָ֤ר ddāvˈār דָּבָר word הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹול֙ ggāḏôl גָּדֹול great הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this אֹ֖ו ʔˌô אֹו or הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] נִשְׁמַ֥ע nišmˌaʕ שׁמע hear כָּמֹֽהוּ׃ kāmˈōhû כְּמֹו like
4:32. interroga de diebus antiquis qui fuerunt ante te ex die quo creavit Deus hominem super terram a summo caeli usque ad summum eius si facta est aliquando huiuscemodi res aut umquam cognitum estAsk of the days of old, that have been before thy time from the day that God created man upon the earth, from one end of heaven to the other end thereof, if ever there was done the like thing, or it hath been known at any time,
32. For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and from the one end of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it?
4:32. Inquire concerning the days of antiquity, which were before you, from the day when God created man upon the earth, from one end of heaven to another, if anything similar has ever occurred, or whether any such thing has ever been known,
4:32. For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and [ask] from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been [any such thing] as this great thing [is], or hath been heard like it?
For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and [ask] from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been [any such thing] as this great thing [is], or hath been heard like it:

32: Ибо спроси у времен прежних, бывших прежде тебя, с того дня, в который сотворил Бог человека на земле, и от края неба до края неба: бывало ли что-нибудь такое, как сие великое дело, или слыхано ли подобное сему?
4:32
ἐπερωτήσατε επερωταω interrogate; inquire of
ἡμέρας ημερα day
προτέρας προτερος earlier
τὰς ο the
γενομένας γινομαι happen; become
προτέρας προτερος earlier
σου σου of you; your
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ἧς ος who; what
ἔκτισεν κτιζω create; set up
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἄνθρωπον ανθρωπος person; human
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸ ο the
ἄκρον ακρον top; tip
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
ἕως εως till; until
ἄκρου ακρον top; tip
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
εἰ ει if; whether
γέγονεν γινομαι happen; become
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase
τὸ ο the
μέγα μεγας great; loud
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
εἰ ει if; whether
ἤκουσται ακουω hear
τοιοῦτο τοιουτος such; such as these
4:32
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
שְׁאַל־ šᵊʔal- שׁאל ask
נָא֩ nˌā נָא yeah
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יָמִ֨ים yāmˌîm יֹום day
רִֽאשֹׁנִ֜ים rˈišōnˈîm רִאשֹׁון first
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הָי֣וּ hāyˈû היה be
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנֶ֗יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּום֙ yyôm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בָּרָ֨א bārˌā ברא create
אֱלֹהִ֤ים׀ ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִ mi מִן from
קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֖יִם ššāmˌayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
קְצֵ֣ה qᵊṣˈē קָצֶה end
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמָ֑יִם ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
נִֽהְיָ֗ה nˈihyˈā היה be
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
דָּבָ֤ר ddāvˈār דָּבָר word
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹול֙ ggāḏôl גָּדֹול great
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this
אֹ֖ו ʔˌô אֹו or
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
נִשְׁמַ֥ע nišmˌaʕ שׁמע hear
כָּמֹֽהוּ׃ kāmˈōhû כְּמֹו like
4:32. interroga de diebus antiquis qui fuerunt ante te ex die quo creavit Deus hominem super terram a summo caeli usque ad summum eius si facta est aliquando huiuscemodi res aut umquam cognitum est
Ask of the days of old, that have been before thy time from the day that God created man upon the earth, from one end of heaven to the other end thereof, if ever there was done the like thing, or it hath been known at any time,
4:32. Inquire concerning the days of antiquity, which were before you, from the day when God created man upon the earth, from one end of heaven to another, if anything similar has ever occurred, or whether any such thing has ever been known,
4:32. For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and [ask] from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been [any such thing] as this great thing [is], or hath been heard like it?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:32: ask now: Job 8:8; Psa 44:1; Joe 1:2
from the one: Deu 30:4; Mat 24:31; Mar 13:27
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:32
But in order to accomplish something more than merely preserving the people from apostasy by the threat of punishment, namely, to secure a more faithful attachment and continued obedience to His commands by awakening the feeling of cordial love, Moses reminds them again of the glorious miracles of divine grace performed in connection with the election and deliverance of Israel, such as had never been heard of from the beginning of the world; and with this strong practical proof of the love of the true God, he brings his first address to a close. This closing thought in Deut 4:32 is connected by כּי (for) with the leading idea in Deut 4:31. "Jehovah thy God is a merciful God," to show that the sole ground for the election and redemption of Israel was the compassion of God towards the human race. "For ask now of the days that are past, from the day that God created man upon the earth, and from one end of the heaven unto the other, whether so great a thing has ever happened, or anything of the kind has been heard of:" i.e., the history of all times since the creation of man, and of all places under the whole heaven, can relate no such events as those which have happened to Israel, viz., at Sinai (Deut 4:33; cf. Deut 4:12). From this awfully glorious manifestation of God, Moses goes back in Deut 4:34 to the miracles with which God effected the deliverance of Israel out of Egypt. "Or has a god attempted (made the attempt) to come and take to himself people from people (i.e., to fetch the people of Israel out of the midst of the Egyptian nation), with temptations (the events in Egypt by which Pharaoh's relation to the Lord was put to the test; cf. Deut 6:22 and Deut 7:18-19), with signs and wonders (the Egyptian plagues, see Ex 7:3), and with conflict (at the Red Sea: Ex 14:14; Ex 15:3), and with a strong hand and outstretched arm (see Ex 6:6), and with great terrors?" In the three points mentioned last, all the acts of God in Egypt are comprehended, according to both cause and effect. They were revelations of the omnipotence of the Lord, and produced great terrors (cf. Ex 12:30-36).
Geneva 1599
4:32 For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and (x) [ask] from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been [any such thing] as this great thing [is], or hath been heard like it?
(x) Man's negligence is partially the cause for his ignorance of God.
John Gill
4:32 For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee,.... Inquire into and consult the annals of former times, of ages past:
since the day that God created man upon the earth; trace them quite up to the creation of the world, and men in it:
and ask from the one side of heaven to the other; traverse the whole globe, and examine the records of every nation in it in both hemispheres:
whether there hath been any such thing as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it? whether they can give any account of anything seen, heard, or done like what follows; suggesting that they cannot furnish out an instance to be mentioned with it.
John Wesley
4:32 The one side of heaven - That is, of the earth under heaven. Ask all the inhabitants of the world.
4:334:33: եթէ լուեա՞լ իցէ ազգի զձայն Աստուծոյ կենդանւոյ բարբառելոյ ՚ի միջոյ հրոյ. որպէս լուա՛ր դու՝ եւ կեցեր.
33 թէ՝ “Մի որեւէ ազգ կրակի միջից խօսող կենդանի Աստծու ձայնը լսե՞լ է”, ինչպէս դու լսեցիր ու կենդանի մնացիր,
33 Արդեօք ազգ մը կրակին մէջէն խօսող Աստուծոյ ձայնը քու լսածիդ պէս լսեր ու ողջ մնացե՞ր է։
եթէ լուեա՞լ իցէ ազգի զձայն Աստուծոյ [88]կենդանւոյ բարբառելոյ ի միջոյ հրոյ, որպէս լուար դու եւ կեցեր:

4:33: եթէ լուեա՞լ իցէ ազգի զձայն Աստուծոյ կենդանւոյ բարբառելոյ ՚ի միջոյ հրոյ. որպէս լուա՛ր դու՝ եւ կեցեր.
33 թէ՝ “Մի որեւէ ազգ կրակի միջից խօսող կենդանի Աստծու ձայնը լսե՞լ է”, ինչպէս դու լսեցիր ու կենդանի մնացիր,
33 Արդեօք ազգ մը կրակին մէջէն խօսող Աստուծոյ ձայնը քու լսածիդ պէս լսեր ու ողջ մնացե՞ր է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3333: слышал ли [какой] народ глас Бога, говорящего из среды огня, и остался жив, как слышал ты?
4:33 εἰ ει if; whether ἀκήκοεν ακουω hear ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste φωνὴν φωνη voice; sound θεοῦ θεος God ζῶντος ζαω live; alive λαλοῦντος λαλεω talk; speak ἐκ εκ from; out of μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the πυρός πυρ fire ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means ἀκήκοας ακουω hear σὺ συ you καὶ και and; even ἔζησας ζαω live; alive
4:33 הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] שָׁ֣מַֽע šˈāmˈaʕ שׁמע hear עָם֩ ʕˌām עַם people קֹ֨ול qˌôl קֹול sound אֱלֹהִ֜ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) מְדַבֵּ֧ר mᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak מִ mi מִן from תֹּוךְ־ ttôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst הָ hā הַ the אֵ֛שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ šāmˌaʕtā שׁמע hear אַתָּ֖ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you וַ wa וְ and יֶּֽחִי׃ yyˈeḥî חיה be alive
4:33. ut audiret populus vocem Dei loquentis de medio ignis sicut tu audisti et vixistiThat a people should hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of fire, as thou hast heard, and lived:
33. Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live?
4:33. that a people would hear the voice of God, speaking from the midst of fire, just as you have heard it, and live,
4:33. Did [ever] people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live?
Did [ever] people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live:

33: слышал ли [какой] народ глас Бога, говорящего из среды огня, и остался жив, как слышал ты?
4:33
εἰ ει if; whether
ἀκήκοεν ακουω hear
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
φωνὴν φωνη voice; sound
θεοῦ θεος God
ζῶντος ζαω live; alive
λαλοῦντος λαλεω talk; speak
ἐκ εκ from; out of
μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
πυρός πυρ fire
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
ἀκήκοας ακουω hear
σὺ συ you
καὶ και and; even
ἔζησας ζαω live; alive
4:33
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
שָׁ֣מַֽע šˈāmˈaʕ שׁמע hear
עָם֩ ʕˌām עַם people
קֹ֨ול qˌôl קֹול sound
אֱלֹהִ֜ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
מְדַבֵּ֧ר mᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
מִ mi מִן from
תֹּוךְ־ ttôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst
הָ הַ the
אֵ֛שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ šāmˌaʕtā שׁמע hear
אַתָּ֖ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
וַ wa וְ and
יֶּֽחִי׃ yyˈeḥî חיה be alive
4:33. ut audiret populus vocem Dei loquentis de medio ignis sicut tu audisti et vixisti
That a people should hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of fire, as thou hast heard, and lived:
4:33. that a people would hear the voice of God, speaking from the midst of fire, just as you have heard it, and live,
4:33. Did [ever] people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:33: Did ever people hear the voice of God - It seems to have been a general belief that if God appeared to men, it was for the purpose of destroying them; and indeed most of the extraordinary manifestations of God were in the way of judgment; but here it was different; God did appear in a sovereign and extraordinary manner; but it was for the deliverance and support of the people.
1. They heard his voice speaking with them in a distinct, articulate manner.
2. They saw the fire, the symbol of his presence, the appearances of which demonstrated it to be supernatural.
3. Notwithstanding God appeared so terrible, yet no person was destroyed, for he came, not to destroy, but to save.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:33: Deu 4:24-26, Deu 9:10; Exo 19:18, Exo 19:19, Exo 20:18, Exo 20:19, Exo 24:11, Exo 33:20; Jdg 6:22
John Gill
4:33 Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of fire,.... None ever heard the voice of God as they did, much less speaking such words as they heard, and still less out of the midst of fire, which was their case, Deut 4:12.
as thou hast heard, and live? which was stranger still, when they might have expected they should, and doubtless feared they would be, as it was wonderful they were not, consumed by it.
John Wesley
4:33 And live - And was not overwhelmed and consumed by such a glorious appearance.
4:344:34: եթէ յօժարեա՞լ իցէ Աստուծոյ մտանե՛լ առնուլ իւր ա՛զգ ՚ի միջոյ ազգի, փորձութեամբ եւ նշանօք եւ արուեստիւք եւ պատերազմաւ, հզօ՛ր ձեռամբ եւ բա՛րձր բազկաւ, եւ մեծամե՛ծ տեսլեամբք. ըստ ամենայնի զոր արա՛ր Տէր Աստուած մեր յԵգիպտոս՝ յանդիման քո՛ իսկ տեսանելով[1695]։ [1695] Ոսկան. Եթէ յօժարեալ լիցի Աստուծոյ։
34 թէ՝ “Աստուած յօժա՞ր էր մտնել ու ազգերի միջից իր համար ազգ ընտրել փորձութեամբ, նշաններով, հնարքներով, պատերազմով, ամուր ձեռքով ու հզօր բազկով, մեծամեծ տեսիլներով՝ այն բոլոր միջոցներով, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը գործադրեց Եգիպտոսում քո իսկ առջեւ, որպէսզի տեսնես:
34 Կամ թէ Աստուած մէկ ազգը միւս ազգերուն մէջէն իրեն առա՞ծ է՝ փորձերով, հրաշքներով, զարմանալի գործերով, պատերազմով, զօրաւոր ձեռքով ու բարձր բազուկով եւ մեծ արհաւիրքներով, ինչպէս ձեր Տէր Աստուածը Եգիպտոսի մէջ ձեզի համար այս բոլոր բաները ըրաւ ձեր աչքերուն առջեւ։
եթէ յօժարեա՞լ իցէ Աստուծոյ մտանել առնուլ իւր ազգ ի միջոյ ազգի, փորձութեամբ եւ նշանօք եւ արուեստիւք եւ պատերազմաւ, հզօր ձեռամբ եւ բարձր բազկաւ եւ մեծամեծ տեսլեամբք, ըստ ամենայնի զոր արար Տէր Աստուած [89]մեր յԵգիպտոս յանդիման քո իսկ տեսանելով:

4:34: եթէ յօժարեա՞լ իցէ Աստուծոյ մտանե՛լ առնուլ իւր ա՛զգ ՚ի միջոյ ազգի, փորձութեամբ եւ նշանօք եւ արուեստիւք եւ պատերազմաւ, հզօ՛ր ձեռամբ եւ բա՛րձր բազկաւ, եւ մեծամե՛ծ տեսլեամբք. ըստ ամենայնի զոր արա՛ր Տէր Աստուած մեր յԵգիպտոս՝ յանդիման քո՛ իսկ տեսանելով[1695]։
[1695] Ոսկան. Եթէ յօժարեալ լիցի Աստուծոյ։
34 թէ՝ “Աստուած յօժա՞ր էր մտնել ու ազգերի միջից իր համար ազգ ընտրել փորձութեամբ, նշաններով, հնարքներով, պատերազմով, ամուր ձեռքով ու հզօր բազկով, մեծամեծ տեսիլներով՝ այն բոլոր միջոցներով, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը գործադրեց Եգիպտոսում քո իսկ առջեւ, որպէսզի տեսնես:
34 Կամ թէ Աստուած մէկ ազգը միւս ազգերուն մէջէն իրեն առա՞ծ է՝ փորձերով, հրաշքներով, զարմանալի գործերով, պատերազմով, զօրաւոր ձեռքով ու բարձր բազուկով եւ մեծ արհաւիրքներով, ինչպէս ձեր Տէր Աստուածը Եգիպտոսի մէջ ձեզի համար այս բոլոր բաները ըրաւ ձեր աչքերուն առջեւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3434: или покушался ли [какой] бог пойти, взять себе народ из среды [другого] народа казнями, знамениями и чудесами, и войною, и рукою крепкою, и мышцею высокою, и великими ужасами, как сделал для вас Господь, Бог ваш, в Египте пред глазами твоими?
4:34 εἰ ει if; whether ἐπείρασεν πειραζω try; test ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God εἰσελθὼν εισερχομαι enter; go in λαβεῖν λαμβανω take; get ἑαυτῷ εαυτου of himself; his own ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste ἐκ εκ from; out of μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle ἔθνους εθνος nation; caste ἐν εν in πειρασμῷ πειρασμος trial καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in σημείοις σημειον sign καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τέρασιν τερας omen καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in πολέμῳ πολεμος battle καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in χειρὶ χειρ hand κραταιᾷ κραταιος dominant καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in βραχίονι βραχιων arm ὑψηλῷ υψηλος high; lofty καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in ὁράμασιν οραμα vision μεγάλοις μεγας great; loud κατὰ κατα down; by πάντα πας all; every ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our ἐν εν in Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἐνώπιόν ενωπιος in the face; facing σου σου of you; your βλέποντος βλεπω look; see
4:34 אֹ֣ו׀ ʔˈô אֹו or הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] נִסָּ֣ה nissˈā נסה try אֱלֹהִ֗ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) לָ֠ lā לְ to בֹוא vô בוא come לָ lā לְ to קַ֨חַת qˌaḥaṯ לקח take לֹ֣ו lˈô לְ to גֹוי֮ ḡôy גֹּוי people מִ mi מִן from קֶּ֣רֶב qqˈerev קֶרֶב interior גֹּוי֒ gôy גֹּוי people בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מַסֹּת֩ massˌōṯ מַסָּה proving בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֹתֹ֨ת ʔōṯˌōṯ אֹות sign וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in מֹופְתִ֜ים môfᵊṯˈîm מֹופֵת sign וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in מִלְחָמָ֗ה milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in יָ֤ד yˈāḏ יָד hand חֲזָקָה֙ ḥᵃzāqˌā חָזָק strong וּ û וְ and בִ vi בְּ in זְרֹ֣ועַ zᵊrˈôₐʕ זְרֹועַ arm נְטוּיָ֔ה nᵊṭûyˈā נטה extend וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in מֹורָאִ֖ים môrāʔˌîm מֹורָא fear גְּדֹלִ֑ים gᵊḏōlˈîm גָּדֹול great כְּ֠ kᵊ כְּ as כֹל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֨ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make לָכֶ֜ם lāḵˈem לְ to יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵינֶֽיךָ׃ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
4:34. si fecit Deus ut ingrederetur et tolleret sibi gentem de medio nationum per temptationes signa atque portenta per pugnam et robustam manum extentumque brachium et horribiles visiones iuxta omnia quae fecit pro vobis Dominus Deus vester in Aegypto videntibus oculis tuisIf God ever did so as to go, and take to himself a nation out of the midst of nations by temptations, signs, and wonders, by fight, and a strong hand, and stretched out arm, and horrible visions according to all the things that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt, before thy eyes.
34. Or hath God assayed to go and take him a nation from the midst of nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes?
4:34. whether God has acted so as to enter and take for himself a nation from the midst of the nations, by means of tests, signs, and wonders, by means of fighting, and a strong hand, and an outstretched arm, and terrible visions, in accord with all the things which the Lord your God has accomplished for you in Egypt, in the sight of your eyes.
4:34. Or hath God assayed to go [and] take him a nation from the midst of [another] nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes?
Or hath God assayed to go [and] take him a nation from the midst of [another] nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes:

34: или покушался ли [какой] бог пойти, взять себе народ из среды [другого] народа казнями, знамениями и чудесами, и войною, и рукою крепкою, и мышцею высокою, и великими ужасами, как сделал для вас Господь, Бог ваш, в Египте пред глазами твоими?
4:34
εἰ ει if; whether
ἐπείρασεν πειραζω try; test
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
εἰσελθὼν εισερχομαι enter; go in
λαβεῖν λαμβανω take; get
ἑαυτῷ εαυτου of himself; his own
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
ἐκ εκ from; out of
μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle
ἔθνους εθνος nation; caste
ἐν εν in
πειρασμῷ πειρασμος trial
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
σημείοις σημειον sign
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τέρασιν τερας omen
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
πολέμῳ πολεμος battle
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
χειρὶ χειρ hand
κραταιᾷ κραταιος dominant
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
βραχίονι βραχιων arm
ὑψηλῷ υψηλος high; lofty
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
ὁράμασιν οραμα vision
μεγάλοις μεγας great; loud
κατὰ κατα down; by
πάντα πας all; every
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
ἐν εν in
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ἐνώπιόν ενωπιος in the face; facing
σου σου of you; your
βλέποντος βλεπω look; see
4:34
אֹ֣ו׀ ʔˈô אֹו or
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
נִסָּ֣ה nissˈā נסה try
אֱלֹהִ֗ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לָ֠ לְ to
בֹוא בוא come
לָ לְ to
קַ֨חַת qˌaḥaṯ לקח take
לֹ֣ו lˈô לְ to
גֹוי֮ ḡôy גֹּוי people
מִ mi מִן from
קֶּ֣רֶב qqˈerev קֶרֶב interior
גֹּוי֒ gôy גֹּוי people
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מַסֹּת֩ massˌōṯ מַסָּה proving
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֹתֹ֨ת ʔōṯˌōṯ אֹות sign
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מֹופְתִ֜ים môfᵊṯˈîm מֹופֵת sign
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מִלְחָמָ֗ה milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
יָ֤ד yˈāḏ יָד hand
חֲזָקָה֙ ḥᵃzāqˌā חָזָק strong
וּ û וְ and
בִ vi בְּ in
זְרֹ֣ועַ zᵊrˈôₐʕ זְרֹועַ arm
נְטוּיָ֔ה nᵊṭûyˈā נטה extend
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מֹורָאִ֖ים môrāʔˌîm מֹורָא fear
גְּדֹלִ֑ים gᵊḏōlˈîm גָּדֹול great
כְּ֠ kᵊ כְּ as
כֹל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֨ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make
לָכֶ֜ם lāḵˈem לְ to
יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵינֶֽיךָ׃ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
4:34. si fecit Deus ut ingrederetur et tolleret sibi gentem de medio nationum per temptationes signa atque portenta per pugnam et robustam manum extentumque brachium et horribiles visiones iuxta omnia quae fecit pro vobis Dominus Deus vester in Aegypto videntibus oculis tuis
If God ever did so as to go, and take to himself a nation out of the midst of nations by temptations, signs, and wonders, by fight, and a strong hand, and stretched out arm, and horrible visions according to all the things that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt, before thy eyes.
4:34. whether God has acted so as to enter and take for himself a nation from the midst of the nations, by means of tests, signs, and wonders, by means of fighting, and a strong hand, and an outstretched arm, and terrible visions, in accord with all the things which the Lord your God has accomplished for you in Egypt, in the sight of your eyes.
4:34. Or hath God assayed to go [and] take him a nation from the midst of [another] nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:34: From the midst of another nation - This was a most extraordinary thing, that a whole people, consisting of upwards of 600,000 effective men, besides women and children, should, without striking a blow, be brought out of the midst of a very powerful nation, to the political welfare of which their services were so essential; that they should be brought out in so open and public a manner; that the sea itself should be supernaturally divided to afford this mighty host a passage; and that, in a desert utterly unfriendly to human life, they should be sustained for forty years. These were such instances of the almighty power and goodness of God as never could be forgotten.
In this verse Moses enumerates seven different means used by the Almighty in effecting Israel's deliverance.
1. Temptations, מסת massoth, from נשה nasah, to try or prove; the miracles which God wrought to try the faith and prove the obedience of the children of Israel.
2. Signs, אתת othoth, from אתה athah, to come near; such signs as God gave them of his continual presence and especial providence, particularly the pillar of cloud and pillar of fire, keeping near to them night and day, and always directing their journeys, showing them when and where to pitch their tents, etc., etc.
3. Wonders, מופתים mophethim, from יפת yaphath, to persuade; persuasive facts and events, says Parkhurst, whether strictly miraculous, and exceeding the powers of nature, as Exo 7:9; Exo 11:9, Exo 11:10; or not, as Isa 20:3; Eze 12:6, Eze 12:11. It probably means typical representations: in this signification the word is used, Zac 3:8. Joshua, the high priest, and his companions were אנשי מופת anshey mopheth, typical men, raised up by God as types of Christ, and proofs that God would bring his servant The Branch. All the dealings of God with this people, and even the people themselves, were types - present significators of distant facts and future occurrences.
4. War, מלחמה milchamah, hostile engagements; such as those with the Amalekites, the Amorites, and the Bashanites, in which the hand of God was seen rather than the hand of man.
5. A Mighty Hand, יד חזקה yad chazakah; one that is strong to deal its blows, irresistible in its operations, and grasps its enemies hard, so that they cannot escape, and protects its friends so powerfully that they cannot be injured. Neither stratagem nor policy was used in this business, but the openly displayed power of God.
6. A Stretched-Out Arm, זרוע נטויה ,mrA zeroa netuyah; a series of almighty operations, following each other in quick astonishing succession. Let it be noted that in the Scriptures,
1. The finger of God denotes any manifestation of the Divine power, where effects are produced beyond the power of art or nature.
2. The hand of God signifies the same power, but put forth in a more signal manner.
3. The arm of God, the Divine omnipotence manifested in the most stupendous miracles.
4. The arm of God stretched out, this same omnipotence exerted in a continuation of stupendous miracles, both in the way of judgment and mercy. In this latter sense it appears to be taken in the text: the judgments were poured out on the Egyptians; the mercies wrought in favor of the Israelites.
7. Great Terrors, מוראים גדלים moraim gedolim; such terror, dismay, and consternation as were produced by the ten plagues, to which probably the inspired penman here alludes: or, as the Septuagint has it, εν ὁραμασιν μεγαλοις, with great or portentous sights; such as that when God looked out of the cloud upon the Egyptians, and their chariot wheels were taken off, Exo 14:24, Exo 14:25. More awful displays of God's judgments, power, and might, were never witnessed by man.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:34
Temptations - Compare Deu 7:18-19; Deu 29:2-3; not, "i. e." the tribulations and persecutions undergone by the Israelites, out the plagues miraculously inflicted on the Egyptians.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:34: take him: Exo 1:9, Exo 3:10, Exo 3:17-20
temptations: Deu 7:19, Deu 29:3; Exo 9:20, Exo 9:21, Exo 10:7
by signs: Exo 7:3; Psa 78:12, Psa 78:48-53
by a mighty: Deu 5:15, Deu 6:21, Deu 7:8, Deu 7:9; Exo 6:6, Exo 13:3; Pe1 5:6
and by great: Deu 26:8, Deu 34:12; Exo 12:30-33
Geneva 1599
4:34 Or hath God assayed to go [and] take him a nation from the midst of [another] nation, by (y) temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes?
(y) By so manifest proofs that none could doubt of it.
John Gill
4:34 Or hath God assayed to go and take him a nation from the midst of another nation,.... As he now had done, namely, the nation of Israel out of the nation of the Egyptians; this he not only had assayed to do, but had actually done it; whereas no such instance like it could be produced, and especially as done in the manner this was:
by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war; the word "temptations" may be considered as a general word, as Aben Ezra thinks, and may signify the temptations by signs, &c. or the various essays and trials, ways, means, and methods taken by the Lord to bring about the event; by "signs" may be meant those which were required of Moses, and done by him before the people of Israel, and before Pharaoh, as proofs of his mission from the Lord, Ex 4:1 and by "wonders", the ten plagues of Egypt, which were done by a supernatural and miraculous operation, and were amazing things; see Ps 78:11; and by "war", either the slaying of the firstborn, with the destruction of the judges and gods of Egypt, as Aben Ezra; or the Lord's fighting for Israel at the Red sea, as Jarchi; he saved them and destroyed the Egyptians, and showed himself to be a man of war, Ex 14:14.
and by a mighty hand and stretched out arm; phrases frequently used when this affair is spoken of, and are expressive of the mighty power of God in the above instances, and in the issue of them, bringing Israel out of Egypt; though Aben Ezra interprets it of the pillar of fire and cloud in which the Lord went before them:
and by great terrors; which the same writer interprets of the drowning of Pharaoh and his host in the sea, and dividing it for Israel; but may be understood not only of the terrors which possessed him and his people then, but at other times, especially at the time of the thunder and lightning, and when they sat in thick darkness, and particularly when all their firstborn were slain; see Deut 26:8,
according to all that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes; among the men of Egypt, as the above writer, Pharaoh and his courtiers: the above things were done as before them for their terror, so before Israel for their encouragement.
John Wesley
4:34 By temptations - Temptations is the general title, which is explained by the following particulars, signs, and wonders, &c. which are called temptations, because they were trials both to the Egyptians and Israelites, whether they would be induced to believe and obey God or no. By terrors - Raised in the minds of the Egyptians, or, by terrible things done among them.
4:354:35: Զի գիտասցես թէ Տէր նա՛ է Աստուած, եւ չի՛ք այլ ոք բա՛ց ՚ի նմանէ[1696]։ [1696] Ոմանք. Թէ նա է Տէր Աստուած, եւ։
35 Ուստի պէտք է իմանաս, որ նա է Տէր Աստուածը, եւ նրանից բացի այլ Աստուած չկայ:
35 Ասիկա քեզի ցուցուեցաւ, որպէս զի գիտնաս թէ Եհովան՝ ինք միայն Աստուած է. անկէ ուրիշ Աստուած չկայ։
Զի գիտասցես թէ Տէր նա է Աստուած, եւ չիք այլ ոք բաց ի նմանէ:

4:35: Զի գիտասցես թէ Տէր նա՛ է Աստուած, եւ չի՛ք այլ ոք բա՛ց ՚ի նմանէ[1696]։
[1696] Ոմանք. Թէ նա է Տէր Աստուած, եւ։
35 Ուստի պէտք է իմանաս, որ նա է Տէր Աստուածը, եւ նրանից բացի այլ Աստուած չկայ:
35 Ասիկա քեզի ցուցուեցաւ, որպէս զի գիտնաս թէ Եհովան՝ ինք միայն Աստուած է. անկէ ուրիշ Աստուած չկայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3535: Тебе дано видеть [это], чтобы ты знал, что [только] Господь есть Бог, [и] нет еще кроме Его;
4:35 ὥστε ωστε as such; that εἰδῆσαί οιδα aware σε σε.1 you ὅτι οτι since; that κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your οὗτος ουτος this; he θεός θεος God ἐστιν ειμι be καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἔστιν ειμι be ἔτι ετι yet; still πλὴν πλην besides; only αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
4:35 אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you הָרְאֵ֣תָ hārᵊʔˈēṯā ראה see לָ lā לְ to דַ֔עַת ḏˈaʕaṯ ידע know כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he הָ hā הַ the אֱלֹהִ֑ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG] עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration מִ mi מִן from לְ lᵊ לְ to בַדֹּֽו׃ vaddˈô בַּד linen, part, stave
4:35. ut scires quoniam Dominus ipse est Deus et non est alius praeter unumThat thou mightest know that the Lord he is God, and there is no other besides him.
35. Unto thee it was shewed, that thou mightest know that the LORD he is God; there is none else beside him.
4:35. So may you know that the Lord himself is God, and there is no other beside him.
4:35. Unto thee it was shewed, that thou mightest know that the LORD he [is] God; [there is] none else beside him.
Unto thee it was shewed, that thou mightest know that the LORD he [is] God; [there is] none else beside him:

35: Тебе дано видеть [это], чтобы ты знал, что [только] Господь есть Бог, [и] нет еще кроме Его;
4:35
ὥστε ωστε as such; that
εἰδῆσαί οιδα aware
σε σε.1 you
ὅτι οτι since; that
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
οὗτος ουτος this; he
θεός θεος God
ἐστιν ειμι be
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἔστιν ειμι be
ἔτι ετι yet; still
πλὴν πλην besides; only
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
4:35
אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
הָרְאֵ֣תָ hārᵊʔˈēṯā ראה see
לָ לְ to
דַ֔עַת ḏˈaʕaṯ ידע know
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he
הָ הַ the
אֱלֹהִ֑ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG]
עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration
מִ mi מִן from
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בַדֹּֽו׃ vaddˈô בַּד linen, part, stave
4:35. ut scires quoniam Dominus ipse est Deus et non est alius praeter unum
That thou mightest know that the Lord he is God, and there is no other besides him.
4:35. So may you know that the Lord himself is God, and there is no other beside him.
4:35. Unto thee it was shewed, that thou mightest know that the LORD he [is] God; [there is] none else beside him.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:35: know: Sa1 17:45-47; Kg1 18:36, Kg1 18:37; Kg2 19:19; Psa 58:11, Psa 83:18
none else: Deu 32:23; Exo 15:11; Sa1 2:2; Isa 44:6, Isa 44:8, Isa 45:5, Isa 45:18, Isa 45:22; Mar 12:29, Mar 12:32; Jo1 5:20, Jo1 5:21
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:35
Israel was made to see all this, that it might know that Jehovah was God (האלהים, the God, to whom the name of elohim rightfully belonged), and there was none else beside Him (cf. Deut 4:39, Deut 32:39; Is 45:5-6).
Geneva 1599
4:35 Unto thee it was shewed, that thou mightest (z) know that the LORD he [is] God; [there is] none else beside him.
(z) He shows the reason why God did these miracles.
John Gill
4:35 Unto thee it was showed,.... What the Lord did in Egypt:
that thou mightest know that the Lord he is God, there is none else besides him; that he is the one only living and true God, and there is no other: this phrase is often used by the Prophet Isaiah, to express the same great article of faith.
4:364:36: Յերկնի՛ց լսելի եղեւ բարբառ նորա խրատել զքեզ. եւ յերկրի եցո՛յց քեզ զհուր իւր զմեծ, եւ զպատգամս նորա լուար ՚ի միջոյ հրոյ,
36 Երկնքից լսելի եղաւ նրա խօսքը, որպէսզի խրատի քեզ, երկրի վրայ ցոյց տուեց քեզ իր մեծ կրակը, եւ դու կրակի միջից լսեցիր նրա պատգամները,
36 Քեզ խրատելու համար իր ձայնը երկնքէն լսել տուաւ քեզի ու երկրի վրայ իր մեծ կրակը քեզի ցուցուց ու անոր խօսքերը կրակին մէջէն լսեցիր։
Յերկնից լսելի եղեւ բարբառ նորա խրատել զքեզ, եւ յերկրի եցոյց քեզ զհուր իւր զմեծ, եւ զպատգամս նորա լուար ի միջոյ հրոյ:

4:36: Յերկնի՛ց լսելի եղեւ բարբառ նորա խրատել զքեզ. եւ յերկրի եցո՛յց քեզ զհուր իւր զմեծ, եւ զպատգամս նորա լուար ՚ի միջոյ հրոյ,
36 Երկնքից լսելի եղաւ նրա խօսքը, որպէսզի խրատի քեզ, երկրի վրայ ցոյց տուեց քեզ իր մեծ կրակը, եւ դու կրակի միջից լսեցիր նրա պատգամները,
36 Քեզ խրատելու համար իր ձայնը երկնքէն լսել տուաւ քեզի ու երկրի վրայ իր մեծ կրակը քեզի ցուցուց ու անոր խօսքերը կրակին մէջէն լսեցիր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3636: с неба дал Он слышать тебе глас Свой, дабы научить тебя, и на земле показал тебе великий огнь Свой, и ты слышал слова Его из среды огня;
4:36 ἐκ εκ from; out of τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven ἀκουστὴ ακουστος happen; become ἡ ο the φωνὴ φωνη voice; sound αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him παιδεῦσαί παιδευω discipline σε σε.1 you καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἔδειξέν δεικνυω show σοι σοι you τὸ ο the πῦρ πυρ fire αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him τὸ ο the μέγα μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἤκουσας ακουω hear ἐκ εκ from; out of μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the πυρός πυρ fire
4:36 מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֛יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens הִשְׁמִֽיעֲךָ֥ hišmˈîʕᵃḵˌā שׁמע hear אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] קֹלֹ֖ו qōlˌô קֹול sound לְ lᵊ לְ to יַסְּרֶ֑ךָּ yassᵊrˈekkā יסר admonish וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הֶרְאֲךָ֙ herʔᵃḵˌā ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אִשֹּׁ֣ו ʔiššˈô אֵשׁ fire הַ ha הַ the גְּדֹולָ֔ה ggᵊḏôlˈā גָּדֹול great וּ û וְ and דְבָרָ֥יו ḏᵊvārˌāʸw דָּבָר word שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ šāmˌaʕtā שׁמע hear מִ mi מִן from תֹּ֥וךְ ttˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הָ hā הַ the אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
4:36. de caelo te fecit audire vocem suam ut doceret te et in terra ostendit tibi ignem suum maximum et audisti verba illius de medio ignisFrom heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might teach thee. And upon earth he shewed thee his exceeding great fire, and thou didst hear his words out of the midst of the fire,
36. Out of heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might instruct thee: and upon earth he made thee to see his great fire; and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire.
4:36. He has caused you to hear his voice from heaven, so that he might teach you. And he showed you his exceedingly great fire on earth, and you heard his words from the midst of the fire.
4:36. Out of heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might instruct thee: and upon earth he shewed thee his great fire; and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire.
Out of heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might instruct thee: and upon earth he shewed thee his great fire; and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire:

36: с неба дал Он слышать тебе глас Свой, дабы научить тебя, и на земле показал тебе великий огнь Свой, и ты слышал слова Его из среды огня;
4:36
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
ἀκουστὴ ακουστος happen; become
ο the
φωνὴ φωνη voice; sound
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
παιδεῦσαί παιδευω discipline
σε σε.1 you
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἔδειξέν δεικνυω show
σοι σοι you
τὸ ο the
πῦρ πυρ fire
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
τὸ ο the
μέγα μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἤκουσας ακουω hear
ἐκ εκ from; out of
μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
πυρός πυρ fire
4:36
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֛יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
הִשְׁמִֽיעֲךָ֥ hišmˈîʕᵃḵˌā שׁמע hear
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
קֹלֹ֖ו qōlˌô קֹול sound
לְ lᵊ לְ to
יַסְּרֶ֑ךָּ yassᵊrˈekkā יסר admonish
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הֶרְאֲךָ֙ herʔᵃḵˌā ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אִשֹּׁ֣ו ʔiššˈô אֵשׁ fire
הַ ha הַ the
גְּדֹולָ֔ה ggᵊḏôlˈā גָּדֹול great
וּ û וְ and
דְבָרָ֥יו ḏᵊvārˌāʸw דָּבָר word
שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ šāmˌaʕtā שׁמע hear
מִ mi מִן from
תֹּ֥וךְ ttˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הָ הַ the
אֵֽשׁ׃ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
4:36. de caelo te fecit audire vocem suam ut doceret te et in terra ostendit tibi ignem suum maximum et audisti verba illius de medio ignis
From heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might teach thee. And upon earth he shewed thee his exceeding great fire, and thou didst hear his words out of the midst of the fire,
4:36. He has caused you to hear his voice from heaven, so that he might teach you. And he showed you his exceedingly great fire on earth, and you heard his words from the midst of the fire.
4:36. Out of heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might instruct thee: and upon earth he shewed thee his great fire; and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:36: Deu 4:33; Exo 19:9, Exo 19:19, Exo 20:18-22, Exo 24:16; Neh 9:13; Heb 12:18, Heb 12:25
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:36
But the Lord had spoken to Israel chiefly down from heaven (cf. Ex 20:19 [22]), and that out of the great fire, in which He had come down upon Sinai, to chastise it. יסּר does not mean "to instruct the people with regard to His truth and sovereignty," as Schultz thinks, but "to take them under holy discipline" (Knobel), to inspire them with a salutary fear of the holiness of His ways and of His judgments by the awful phenomena which accompanied His descent, and shadowed forth the sublime and holy majesty of His nature.
John Gill
4:36 Out of heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might instruct thee,.... Thunder is the voice of God, and by which he instructs men in the greatness of his power, Job 26:14, &c. unless his voice in giving the law, which was for the instruction of Israel, is meant; for that was heard on earth, on Mount Sinai, to which the following refers:
and upon earth he showed thee his great fire; on Mount Sinai, which burned with it:
and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire; the ten commands, and therefore may well be called, a fiery law; see Deut 4:12.
4:374:37: վասն սիրելոյ նորա զհարսն քո։ Եւ ընտրեաց զզաւակ նոցա յետ նոցա զձեզ քան զամենայն ազգս. եւ եհան զձեզ ինքնի՛ն զօրութեամբ իւրով մեծաւ յԵգիպտոսէ[1697]. [1697] Այլք. Եւ եհան զքեզ ինքնին զօ՛՛։
37 որովհետեւ նա սիրում է քո հայրերին: Նա բոլոր ազգերի միջից նախընտրեց նրանց յետնորդներին՝ ձեզ, եւ ինքն իր մեծ զօրութեամբ քեզ հանեց Եգիպտոսից,
37 Քու հայրերդ սիրելուն համար անոնցմէ ետքը անոնց սերունդը ընտրեց ու իր ներկայութեամբ մեծ զօրութիւնով քեզ Եգիպտոսէն հանեց.
Վասն սիրելոյ նորա զհարսն քո, եւ ընտրեաց զզաւակ նոցա յետ նոցա, [90]զձեզ քան զամենայն ազգս,`` եւ եհան զքեզ ինքնին զօրութեամբ իւրով մեծաւ յԵգիպտոսէ:

4:37: վասն սիրելոյ նորա զհարսն քո։ Եւ ընտրեաց զզաւակ նոցա յետ նոցա զձեզ քան զամենայն ազգս. եւ եհան զձեզ ինքնի՛ն զօրութեամբ իւրով մեծաւ յԵգիպտոսէ[1697].
[1697] Այլք. Եւ եհան զքեզ ինքնին զօ՛՛։
37 որովհետեւ նա սիրում է քո հայրերին: Նա բոլոր ազգերի միջից նախընտրեց նրանց յետնորդներին՝ ձեզ, եւ ինքն իր մեծ զօրութեամբ քեզ հանեց Եգիպտոսից,
37 Քու հայրերդ սիրելուն համար անոնցմէ ետքը անոնց սերունդը ընտրեց ու իր ներկայութեամբ մեծ զօրութիւնով քեզ Եգիպտոսէն հանեց.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3737: и так как Он возлюбил отцов твоих и избрал [вас], потомство их после них, то и вывел тебя Сам великою силою Своею из Египта,
4:37 διὰ δια through; because of τὸ ο the ἀγαπῆσαι αγαπαω love αὐτὸν αυτος he; him τοὺς ο the πατέρας πατηρ father σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἐξελέξατο εκλεγω select; choose τὸ ο the σπέρμα σπερμα seed αὐτῶν αυτος he; him μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ὑμᾶς υμας you καὶ και and; even ἐξήγαγέν εξαγω lead out; bring out σε σε.1 you αὐτὸς αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἰσχύι ισχυς force αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him τῇ ο the μεγάλῃ μεγας great; loud ἐξ εκ from; out of Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
4:37 וְ wᵊ וְ and תַ֗חַת ṯˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that אָהַב֙ ʔāhˌav אהב love אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ ʔᵃvōṯˈeʸḵā אָב father וַ wa וְ and יִּבְחַ֥ר yyivḥˌar בחר examine בְּ bᵊ בְּ in זַרְעֹ֖ו zarʕˌô זֶרַע seed אַחֲרָ֑יו ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and יֹּוצִֽאֲךָ֧ yyôṣˈiʔᵃḵˈā יצא go out בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פָנָ֛יו fānˈāʸw פָּנֶה face בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כֹחֹ֥ו ḵōḥˌô כֹּחַ strength הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֖ל ggāḏˌōl גָּדֹול great מִ mi מִן from מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:37. quia dilexit patres tuos et elegit semen eorum post eos eduxitque te praecedens in virtute sua magna ex AegyptoBecause he loved thy fathers, and chose their seed after them. And he brought thee out of Egypt, going before thee with his great power,
37. And because he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out with his presence, with his great power, out of Egypt;
4:37. For he loved your fathers, and he chose their offspring after them. And he led you away from Egypt, advancing before you with his great power,
4:37. And because he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt;
And because he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt:

37: и так как Он возлюбил отцов твоих и избрал [вас], потомство их после них, то и вывел тебя Сам великою силою Своею из Египта,
4:37
διὰ δια through; because of
τὸ ο the
ἀγαπῆσαι αγαπαω love
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
τοὺς ο the
πατέρας πατηρ father
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἐξελέξατο εκλεγω select; choose
τὸ ο the
σπέρμα σπερμα seed
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ὑμᾶς υμας you
καὶ και and; even
ἐξήγαγέν εξαγω lead out; bring out
σε σε.1 you
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἰσχύι ισχυς force
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
τῇ ο the
μεγάλῃ μεγας great; loud
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
4:37
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תַ֗חַת ṯˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
אָהַב֙ ʔāhˌav אהב love
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ ʔᵃvōṯˈeʸḵā אָב father
וַ wa וְ and
יִּבְחַ֥ר yyivḥˌar בחר examine
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
זַרְעֹ֖ו zarʕˌô זֶרַע seed
אַחֲרָ֑יו ʔaḥᵃrˈāʸw אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּוצִֽאֲךָ֧ yyôṣˈiʔᵃḵˈā יצא go out
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פָנָ֛יו fānˈāʸw פָּנֶה face
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כֹחֹ֥ו ḵōḥˌô כֹּחַ strength
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֖ל ggāḏˌōl גָּדֹול great
מִ mi מִן from
מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:37. quia dilexit patres tuos et elegit semen eorum post eos eduxitque te praecedens in virtute sua magna ex Aegypto
Because he loved thy fathers, and chose their seed after them. And he brought thee out of Egypt, going before thee with his great power,
4:37. For he loved your fathers, and he chose their offspring after them. And he led you away from Egypt, advancing before you with his great power,
4:37. And because he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:37
He chose their seed after them - literally, "his seed after him." Speaking of the love of God to their fathers in general, Moses has more especially in mind that one of them who was called "the Friend of God" Jam 2:23.
Brought thee out in his sight - literally, "by His face:" "i. e." by the might of His personal presence. Compare Exo 33:14; where God promises "My presence (literally 'My face') shall go with thee."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:37: because: Deu 7:7-9, Deu 9:5, Deu 10:15; Psa 105:6-10; Isa 41:8, Isa 41:9; Jer 31:1; Mal 1:2; Luk 1:72, Luk 1:73; Rom 9:5
and brought: Exo 13:3, Exo 13:9, Exo 13:14
in his sight: Ch2 16:9; Psa 32:8, Psa 34:15
with his: Deu 4:34; Psa 114:1-6, Psa 136:10-15; Isa 51:9-11, Isa 63:11, Isa 63:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:37
All this He did from love to the fathers of Israel (the patriarchs): "and indeed because He loved thy fathers, He chose his seed (the seed of Abraham, the first of the patriarchs) after him, and brought thee (Israel) out of Egypt by His face with great power, to drive out...and to bring thee, to give thee their land...so that thou mightest know and take to heart...and keep His laws," etc. With regard to the construction of these verses, the clause כּי ותחת (and because) in Deut 4:37 is not to be regarded as dependent upon what precedes, as Schultz supposes; nor are Deut 4:37 and Deut 4:38 to be taken as the protasis, and Deut 4:39, Deut 4:40 as the apodosis (as Knobel maintains). Both forms of construction are forced and unnatural. The verses form an independent thought; and the most important point, which was to bind Israel to faithfulness towards Jehovah, is given as the sum and substance of the whole address, and placed as a protasis at the head of the period. The only thing that admits of dispute, is whether the apodosis commences with ויּבחר ("He chose," Deut 4:37), or only with ויּוצאך ("brought thee out"). Either is possible; and it makes no difference, so far as the main thought is concerned, whether we regard the choice of Israel, or simply the deliverance from Egypt, in which that choice was carried into practical effect, as the consequence of the love of Jehovah to the patriarchs. - The copula ו before תהת is specially emphatic, "and truly," and indicates that the sum and substance of the whole discourse is about to follow, or the one thought in which the whole appeal culminates. It was the love of God to the fathers, not the righteousness of Israel (Deut 9:5), which lay at the foundation of the election of their posterity to be the nation of Jehovah's possession, and also of all the miracles of grace which were performed in connection with their deliverance out of Egypt. Moses returns to this thought again at Deut 10:15, for the purpose of impressing it upon the minds of the people as the one motive which laid them under the strongest obligation to circumcise the foreskin of their heart, and walk in the fear and love of the Lord their God (Deut 10:12.). - The singular suffixes in זרעו (his seed) and אחריו after him) refer to Abraham, whom Moses had especially in his mind when speaking of "thy fathers," because he was pre-eminently the lover of God (Is 41:8; 2Chron 20:7), and also the beloved or friend of God (Jas 2:23; cf. Gen 18:17.). "By His face" points back to Ex 33:14. The face of Jehovah was Jehovah in His personal presence, in His won person, who brought Israel out of Egypt, to root out great and mighty nations before it, and give it their land for an inheritance. "As this day" (clearly shows), viz., by the destruction of Sihon and Og, which gave to the Israelites a practical pledge that the Canaanites in like manner would be rooted out before them. The expression "as this day" does not imply, therefore, that the Canaanites were already rooted out from their land.
Geneva 1599
4:37 And because (a) he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt;
(a) Freely, and not because they deserved it.
John Gill
4:37 And because he loved thy fathers,.... Not their immediate fathers, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness, and entered not into the good land because of their unbelief, but their more remote fathers or ancestors, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, who had some singular testimonies of the love of God to them, Abraham is called their friend of God, and Isaac was the son of promise in whom the seed was called; and Jacob is particularly said to be loved by God, when Esau was hated:
therefore he chose their seed after them; not to eternal life and salvation, but to the enjoyment of external blessings and privileges, to be called by his name, and to set up his name and worship among them, and to be a special people to him above all people on the earth, as to outward favours, both civil and ecclesiastical:
and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt; which was done not only in the sight of the Egyptians openly, they not daring to hinder them, as the wonders wrought to oblige them to let them go out, done in the sight of the Israelites as before observed, but in the sight of God, he going before them in the pillar of cloud and fire, smiling upon them the Israelites, and looking with a frown upon the host of the Egyptians, and conducting the people by the angel of his presence.
John Wesley
4:37 In his sight - Keeping his eye fixed upon him, as the father doth on his beloved child.
4:384:38: սատակել քեզ զազգս մեծամեծս եւ հզօրագո՛յնս քան զքեզ յերեսաց քոց. տանե՛լ զքեզ եւ տա՛լ քեզ զերկիր նոցա ՚ի ժառանգութիւն. որպէս ունի՛ս իսկ այսօր։
38 որպէսզի դու հալածես մեծամեծ ու քեզանից հզօր ազգեր, որպէսզի նա քեզ տանի ու իբրեւ սեփականութիւն քեզ տայ նրանց երկիրը, մի բան, որ դու ունես այսօր:
38 Որպէս զի՝ քեզմէ մեծ ու զօրաւոր ազգեր՝ քու առջեւէդ վռնտէ ու քեզ տանի անոնց երկիրը, որ քեզի իբր ժառանգ պիտի տայ եւ որ այդպէս այսօր ժառանգած ես։
սատակել [91]քեզ զազգս մեծամեծս եւ հզօրագոյնս քան զքեզ յերեսաց քոց, տանել զքեզ եւ տալ քեզ զերկիր նոցա ի ժառանգութիւն, որպէս ունիս իսկ այսօր:

4:38: սատակել քեզ զազգս մեծամեծս եւ հզօրագո՛յնս քան զքեզ յերեսաց քոց. տանե՛լ զքեզ եւ տա՛լ քեզ զերկիր նոցա ՚ի ժառանգութիւն. որպէս ունի՛ս իսկ այսօր։
38 որպէսզի դու հալածես մեծամեծ ու քեզանից հզօր ազգեր, որպէսզի նա քեզ տանի ու իբրեւ սեփականութիւն քեզ տայ նրանց երկիրը, մի բան, որ դու ունես այսօր:
38 Որպէս զի՝ քեզմէ մեծ ու զօրաւոր ազգեր՝ քու առջեւէդ վռնտէ ու քեզ տանի անոնց երկիրը, որ քեզի իբր ժառանգ պիտի տայ եւ որ այդպէս այսօր ժառանգած ես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3838: чтобы прогнать от лица твоего народы, которые больше и сильнее тебя, [и] ввести тебя [и] дать тебе землю их в удел, как это ныне [видно].
4:38 ἐξολεθρεῦσαι εξολοθρευω utterly ruin ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste μεγάλα μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even ἰσχυρότερά ισχυρος forceful; severe σου σου of you; your πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of σου σου of you; your εἰσαγαγεῖν εισαγω lead in; bring in σε σε.1 you δοῦναί διδωμι give; deposit σοι σοι you τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτῶν αυτος he; him κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir καθὼς καθως just as / like ἔχεις εχω have; hold σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:38 לְ lᵊ לְ to הֹורִ֗ישׁ hôrˈîš ירשׁ trample down גֹּויִ֛ם gôyˈim גֹּוי people גְּדֹלִ֧ים gᵊḏōlˈîm גָּדֹול great וַ wa וְ and עֲצֻמִ֛ים ʕᵃṣumˈîm עָצוּם mighty מִמְּךָ֖ mimmᵊḵˌā מִן from מִ mi מִן from פָּנֶ֑יךָ ppānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face לַ la לְ to הֲבִֽיאֲךָ֗ hᵃvˈîʔᵃḵˈā בוא come לָֽ lˈā לְ to תֶת־ ṯeṯ- נתן give לְךָ֧ lᵊḵˈā לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אַרְצָ֛ם ʔarṣˈām אֶרֶץ earth נַחֲלָ֖ה naḥᵃlˌā נַחֲלָה heritage כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
4:38. ut deleret nationes maximas et fortiores te in introitu tuo et introduceret te daretque tibi terram earum in possessionem sicut cernis in praesenti dieTo destroy at thy coming very great nations, and stronger than thou art, and to bring thee in, and give thee their land for a possession, as thou seest at this present day.
38. to drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou, to bring thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as at this day.
4:38. so as to wipe away, upon your arrival, nations, very great and stronger than you, and so as to lead you in, and to present to you their land as a possession, just as you discern in the present day.
4:38. To drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou [art], to bring thee in, to give thee their land [for] an inheritance, as [it is] this day.
To drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou [art], to bring thee in, to give thee their land [for] an inheritance, as [it is] this day:

38: чтобы прогнать от лица твоего народы, которые больше и сильнее тебя, [и] ввести тебя [и] дать тебе землю их в удел, как это ныне [видно].
4:38
ἐξολεθρεῦσαι εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
μεγάλα μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
ἰσχυρότερά ισχυρος forceful; severe
σου σου of you; your
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
σου σου of you; your
εἰσαγαγεῖν εισαγω lead in; bring in
σε σε.1 you
δοῦναί διδωμι give; deposit
σοι σοι you
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
καθὼς καθως just as / like
ἔχεις εχω have; hold
σήμερον σημερον today; present
4:38
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הֹורִ֗ישׁ hôrˈîš ירשׁ trample down
גֹּויִ֛ם gôyˈim גֹּוי people
גְּדֹלִ֧ים gᵊḏōlˈîm גָּדֹול great
וַ wa וְ and
עֲצֻמִ֛ים ʕᵃṣumˈîm עָצוּם mighty
מִמְּךָ֖ mimmᵊḵˌā מִן from
מִ mi מִן from
פָּנֶ֑יךָ ppānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face
לַ la לְ to
הֲבִֽיאֲךָ֗ hᵃvˈîʔᵃḵˈā בוא come
לָֽ lˈā לְ to
תֶת־ ṯeṯ- נתן give
לְךָ֧ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אַרְצָ֛ם ʔarṣˈām אֶרֶץ earth
נַחֲלָ֖ה naḥᵃlˌā נַחֲלָה heritage
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
4:38. ut deleret nationes maximas et fortiores te in introitu tuo et introduceret te daretque tibi terram earum in possessionem sicut cernis in praesenti die
To destroy at thy coming very great nations, and stronger than thou art, and to bring thee in, and give thee their land for a possession, as thou seest at this present day.
4:38. so as to wipe away, upon your arrival, nations, very great and stronger than you, and so as to lead you in, and to present to you their land as a possession, just as you discern in the present day.
4:38. To drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou [art], to bring thee in, to give thee their land [for] an inheritance, as [it is] this day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:38: drive: Deu 7:1, Deu 9:1-5, Deu 11:23; Exo 23:27, Exo 23:28; Jos 3:10; Psa 44:2, Psa 44:3
as: Deu 2:31-37, Deu 3:1-16, Deu 8:18
John Gill
4:38 To drive out nations from before thee, greater and mightier than thou art,.... The seven nations of the land of Canaan, which were more in number and mightier in power and strength than they, and particularly the Amorites, who were already driven out and dispossessed of their country, even the kingdoms and nations of Sihon and Og:
to bring thee in to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is this day; referring, as Aben Ezra observes, to the inheritance of the land of the two kings of the Amorites, which the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh, were put into the possession of already.
4:394:39: Եւ ծանիցե՛ս այսօր եւ դարձցիս մտօք. զի Տէր Աստուած քո՝ նա՛ է Աստուած յերկինս ՚ի վեր եւ յերկիր ՚ի խոնարհ. եւ չի՛ք ա՛յլ ոք բաց ՚ի նմանէ։
39 Արդ, իմացի՛ր այսօր եւ ի մտի ունեցիր, որ քո Տէր Աստուածը Աստուած է վերեւում՝ երկնքում, եւ ներքեւում՝ երկրի վրայ, եւ նրանից բացի այլ Աստուած չկայ:
39 Այսօր գիտցիր ու սրտիդ մէջ դիր, թէ վերը երկնքի մէջ ու վարը երկրի վրայ Եհովան՝ ինք միայն Աստուած է, ուրիշ մը չկայ։
Եւ ծանիցես այսօր եւ դարձցիս մտօք, զի Տէր [92]Աստուած քո``, նա է Աստուած յերկինս ի վեր եւ յերկիր ի խոնարհ եւ չիք այլ ոք բաց ի նմանէ:

4:39: Եւ ծանիցե՛ս այսօր եւ դարձցիս մտօք. զի Տէր Աստուած քո՝ նա՛ է Աստուած յերկինս ՚ի վեր եւ յերկիր ՚ի խոնարհ. եւ չի՛ք ա՛յլ ոք բաց ՚ի նմանէ։
39 Արդ, իմացի՛ր այսօր եւ ի մտի ունեցիր, որ քո Տէր Աստուածը Աստուած է վերեւում՝ երկնքում, եւ ներքեւում՝ երկրի վրայ, եւ նրանից բացի այլ Աստուած չկայ:
39 Այսօր գիտցիր ու սրտիդ մէջ դիր, թէ վերը երկնքի մէջ ու վարը երկրի վրայ Եհովան՝ ինք միայն Աստուած է, ուրիշ մը չկայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:3939: Итак знай ныне и положи на сердце твое, что Господь есть Бог на небе вверху и на земле внизу, [и] нет еще [кроме Его];
4:39 καὶ και and; even γνώσῃ γινωσκω know σήμερον σημερον today; present καὶ και and; even ἐπιστραφήσῃ επιστρεφω turn around; return τῇ ο the διανοίᾳ διανοια mind; intention ὅτι οτι since; that κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your οὗτος ουτος this; he θεὸς θεος God ἐν εν in τῷ ο the οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven ἄνω ανω.1 upward; above καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land κάτω κατω down; below καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἔστιν ειμι be ἔτι ετι yet; still πλὴν πλην besides; only αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
4:39 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדַעְתָּ֣ yāḏaʕtˈā ידע know הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֗ום yyˈôm יֹום day וַ wa וְ and הֲשֵׁבֹתָ֮ hᵃšēvōṯˈā שׁוב return אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to לְבָבֶךָ֒ lᵊvāveḵˌā לֵבָב heart כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱלֹהִ֔ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens מִ mi מִן from מַּ֔עַל mmˈaʕal מַעַל top וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִ mi מִן from תָּ֑חַת ttˈāḥaṯ תַּחַת under part אֵ֖ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG] עֹֽוד׃ ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
4:39. scito ergo hodie et cogitato in corde tuo quod Dominus ipse sit Deus in caelo sursum et in terra deorsum et non sit aliusKnow therefore this day, and think in thy heart that the Lord he is God in heaven above, and in the earth beneath, and there is no other.
39. Know therefore this day, and lay it to thine heart, that the LORD he is God in heaven above and upon the earth beneath: there is none else.
4:39. Therefore, know on this day and consider in your heart, that the Lord himself is God in heaven above, and on earth below, and there is no other.
4:39. Know therefore this day, and consider [it] in thine heart, that the LORD he [is] God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath: [there is] none else.
Know therefore this day, and consider [it] in thine heart, that the LORD he [is] God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath: [there is] none else:

39: Итак знай ныне и положи на сердце твое, что Господь есть Бог на небе вверху и на земле внизу, [и] нет еще [кроме Его];
4:39
καὶ και and; even
γνώσῃ γινωσκω know
σήμερον σημερον today; present
καὶ και and; even
ἐπιστραφήσῃ επιστρεφω turn around; return
τῇ ο the
διανοίᾳ διανοια mind; intention
ὅτι οτι since; that
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
οὗτος ουτος this; he
θεὸς θεος God
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven
ἄνω ανω.1 upward; above
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
κάτω κατω down; below
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἔστιν ειμι be
ἔτι ετι yet; still
πλὴν πλην besides; only
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
4:39
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדַעְתָּ֣ yāḏaʕtˈā ידע know
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֗ום yyˈôm יֹום day
וַ wa וְ and
הֲשֵׁבֹתָ֮ hᵃšēvōṯˈā שׁוב return
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
לְבָבֶךָ֒ lᵊvāveḵˌā לֵבָב heart
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱלֹהִ֔ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
מִ mi מִן from
מַּ֔עַל mmˈaʕal מַעַל top
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִ mi מִן from
תָּ֑חַת ttˈāḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
אֵ֖ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG]
עֹֽוד׃ ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
4:39. scito ergo hodie et cogitato in corde tuo quod Dominus ipse sit Deus in caelo sursum et in terra deorsum et non sit alius
Know therefore this day, and think in thy heart that the Lord he is God in heaven above, and in the earth beneath, and there is no other.
4:39. Therefore, know on this day and consider in your heart, that the Lord himself is God in heaven above, and on earth below, and there is no other.
4:39. Know therefore this day, and consider [it] in thine heart, that the LORD he [is] God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath: [there is] none else.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:39: and consider: Deu 32:29; Ch1 28:9; Isa 1:3, Isa 5:12; Hos 7:2
the Lord: Deu 4:35; Jos 2:11; Ch1 29:11; Ch2 20:6; Psa 115:3, Psa 135:6; Dan 4:35
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:39
By this the Israelites were to know and lay it to heart, that Jehovah alone was God in heaven and on earth, and were to keep His commandments, in order that (אשׁר) it might be well with them and their descendants, and they might have long life in Canaan. כּל־היּמים, "all time," for all the future (cf. Ex 20:12).
John Gill
4:39 Know therefore this day, and consider it in thine heart,.... Own and acknowledge it now with thy mouth, and lay it up and consider it in thine heart hereafter, as a truth of the greatest importance to be professed and held fast, and to be thought of and meditated upon continually, and never to be forgotten:
that the Lord he is God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath; that he has made both, and is the possessor and Lord of them, and does what he pleases with them; that the one is his throne, his dwelling place, and the other his footstool; and that the inhabitants of both are his creatures, and under his authority and command, and he can dispose of them as he pleases:
there is none else; no God in heaven or in earth beside him.
4:404:40: Եւ պահեսցե՛ս զիրաւունս նորա, եւ զպատուիրանս նորա զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ քեզ այսօր, զի բարի լինիցի քեզ եւ որդւոց քոց յետ քո. եւ երկայնակեա՛ց լինիցիս յերկրին՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած տացէ քեզ զամենայն աւուրս[1698]։[1698] Ոմանք. Զի երկայնակեաց լինիցիս յերկրին... Տէր Աստուած քո։
40 Պահպանի՛ր նրա օրէնքներն ու պատուիրանները, որոնք ես պատգամում եմ քեզ այսօր, որպէսզի լաւ լինի քեզ ու քեզանից յետոյ գալիք քո որդիների համար, որպէսզի երկար ժամանակ մնաս այն երկրում, որ Տէր Աստուածը առ միշտ քեզ է տալու»:
40 Ուստի անոր կանոններն ու պատուիրանքները պահէ, որոնք ես այսօր քեզի կը պատուիրեմ, որպէս զի քեզի ու քեզմէ ետքը քու որդիներուդ աղէկ ըլլայ ու նաեւ քու օրերդ երկար ըլլան այն երկրին մէջ, որ քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզի պիտի տայ մշտնջենապէս»։
Եւ պահեսցես զիրաւունս նորա եւ զպատուիրանս նորա զոր ես պատուիրեմ քեզ այսօր, զի բարի լինիցի քեզ եւ որդւոց քոց յետ քո, եւ երկայնակեաց լինիցիս յերկրին զոր Տէր [93]Աստուած տացէ քեզ զամենայն աւուրս:

4:40: Եւ պահեսցե՛ս զիրաւունս նորա, եւ զպատուիրանս նորա զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ քեզ այսօր, զի բարի լինիցի քեզ եւ որդւոց քոց յետ քո. եւ երկայնակեա՛ց լինիցիս յերկրին՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած տացէ քեզ զամենայն աւուրս[1698]։
[1698] Ոմանք. Զի երկայնակեաց լինիցիս յերկրին... Տէր Աստուած քո։
40 Պահպանի՛ր նրա օրէնքներն ու պատուիրանները, որոնք ես պատգամում եմ քեզ այսօր, որպէսզի լաւ լինի քեզ ու քեզանից յետոյ գալիք քո որդիների համար, որպէսզի երկար ժամանակ մնաս այն երկրում, որ Տէր Աստուածը առ միշտ քեզ է տալու»:
40 Ուստի անոր կանոններն ու պատուիրանքները պահէ, որոնք ես այսօր քեզի կը պատուիրեմ, որպէս զի քեզի ու քեզմէ ետքը քու որդիներուդ աղէկ ըլլայ ու նաեւ քու օրերդ երկար ըլլան այն երկրին մէջ, որ քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզի պիտի տայ մշտնջենապէս»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4040: и храни постановления Его и заповеди Его, которые я заповедую тебе ныне, чтобы хорошо было тебе и сынам твоим после тебя, и чтобы ты много времени пробыл на той земле, которую Господь, Бог твой, дает тебе навсегда.
4:40 καὶ και and; even φυλάξῃ φυλασσω guard; keep τὰ ο the δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin σοι σοι you σήμερον σημερον today; present ἵνα ινα so; that εὖ ευ well σοι σοι you γένηται γινομαι happen; become καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son σου σου of you; your μετὰ μετα with; amid σέ σε.1 you ὅπως οπως that way; how μακροήμεροι μακροημερος happen; become ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἧς ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your δίδωσίν διδωμι give; deposit σοι σοι you πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day
4:40 וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁמַרְתָּ֞ šāmartˈā שׁמר keep אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חֻקָּ֣יו ḥuqqˈāʸw חֹק portion וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְוֹתָ֗יו miṣwōṯˈāʸw מִצְוָה commandment אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֤י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוְּךָ֙ mᵊṣawwᵊḵˌā צוה command הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֔ום yyˈôm יֹום day אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִיטַ֣ב yîṭˈav יטב be good לְךָ֔ lᵊḵˈā לְ to וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to בָנֶ֖יךָ vānˌeʸḵā בֵּן son אַחֲרֶ֑יךָ ʔaḥᵃrˈeʸḵā אַחַר after וּ û וְ and לְמַ֨עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of תַּאֲרִ֤יךְ taʔᵃrˈîḵ ארך be long יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ֣ hˈā הַ the אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the יָּמִֽים׃ פ yyāmˈîm . f יֹום day
4:40. custodi praecepta eius atque mandata quae ego praecipio tibi ut bene sit tibi et filiis tuis post te et permaneas multo tempore super terram quam Dominus Deus tuus daturus est tibiKeep his precepts and commandments, which I command thee: that it may be well with thee, and thy children after thee, and thou mayst remain a long time upon the land, which the Lord thy God will give thee.
40. And thou shalt keep his statutes, and his commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong thy days upon the land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, for ever.
4:40. Keep his precepts and commandments, which I am teaching to you, so that it may be well with you, and with your sons after you, and so that you may remain for a long time upon the land, which the Lord your God will give to you.”
4:40. Thou shalt keep therefore his statutes, and his commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong [thy] days upon the earth, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, for ever.
Thou shalt keep therefore his statutes, and his commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong [thy] days upon the earth, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, for ever:

40: и храни постановления Его и заповеди Его, которые я заповедую тебе ныне, чтобы хорошо было тебе и сынам твоим после тебя, и чтобы ты много времени пробыл на той земле, которую Господь, Бог твой, дает тебе навсегда.
4:40
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξῃ φυλασσω guard; keep
τὰ ο the
δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
σοι σοι you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ἵνα ινα so; that
εὖ ευ well
σοι σοι you
γένηται γινομαι happen; become
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
σου σου of you; your
μετὰ μετα with; amid
σέ σε.1 you
ὅπως οπως that way; how
μακροήμεροι μακροημερος happen; become
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἧς ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
δίδωσίν διδωμι give; deposit
σοι σοι you
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
4:40
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁמַרְתָּ֞ šāmartˈā שׁמר keep
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חֻקָּ֣יו ḥuqqˈāʸw חֹק portion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְוֹתָ֗יו miṣwōṯˈāʸw מִצְוָה commandment
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֤י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוְּךָ֙ mᵊṣawwᵊḵˌā צוה command
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֔ום yyˈôm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִיטַ֣ב yîṭˈav יטב be good
לְךָ֔ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בָנֶ֖יךָ vānˌeʸḵā בֵּן son
אַחֲרֶ֑יךָ ʔaḥᵃrˈeʸḵā אַחַר after
וּ û וְ and
לְמַ֨עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of
תַּאֲרִ֤יךְ taʔᵃrˈîḵ ארך be long
יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לְךָ֖ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִֽים׃ פ yyāmˈîm . f יֹום day
4:40. custodi praecepta eius atque mandata quae ego praecipio tibi ut bene sit tibi et filiis tuis post te et permaneas multo tempore super terram quam Dominus Deus tuus daturus est tibi
Keep his precepts and commandments, which I command thee: that it may be well with thee, and thy children after thee, and thou mayst remain a long time upon the land, which the Lord thy God will give thee.
4:40. Keep his precepts and commandments, which I am teaching to you, so that it may be well with you, and with your sons after you, and so that you may remain for a long time upon the land, which the Lord your God will give to you.”
4:40. Thou shalt keep therefore his statutes, and his commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong [thy] days upon the earth, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, for ever.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:40: keep: Deu 4:1, Deu 4:6, Deu 28:1-14; Lev 22:31, Lev 26:1-13; Jer 11:4; Joh 14:15, Joh 14:21-24
it may go: Deu 5:16, Deu 6:3, Deu 6:18, Deu 12:25, Deu 12:28, Deu 22:7; Eph 6:3; Ti1 4:8
Geneva 1599
4:40 Thou shalt keep therefore his statutes, and his commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may (b) go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong [thy] days upon the earth, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, for ever.
(b) God promises reward not for our merits, but to encourage us, and to assure us that our labour will not be lost.
John Gill
4:40 Thou shall keep therefore his statutes, and his commandments,.... All his laws, moral, ceremonial, and judicial, partly being under obligation to him for all the great and good things done by him for them before enumerated, and partly and chiefly because he is the Lord God in heaven and in earth, and has a right to command and ought to be obeyed:
which I command thee this day; in the name of the Lord, and which he repeated, opened, and explained, and charged them afresh to observe; otherwise they were such that had been given long ago:
that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee; that they and theirs might enjoy temporal mercies, and continue in the land of Canaan, and partake of all the blessings in it, as follows, and of the sanctuary of the Lord, and the privileges of it:
and that thou mayest prolong thy days upon the earth, which the Lord thy God giveth thee for ever; that is, that they and theirs might live long in the land of Canaan, which the Lord gave for an inheritance for ever, provided they kept his law, and were obedient to his commands; see Deut 6:25, and though they have had several interruptions by their captivities, and especially by their present very long one, yet when they shall return and seek the Lord their God, and David their king, they shall have their land restored to them again, and shall never more be dispossessed of it.
4:414:41: Յայնժամ զատոյց Մովսէս երիս քաղաքս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից կողմանէ,
41 Այն ժամանակ Մովսէսը Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, արեւելեան մասում առանձնացրեց երեք քաղաքներ,
41 Այն ատեն Մովսէս Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք երեք քաղաք զատեց.
Յայնժամ զատոյց Մովսէս երիս քաղաքս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից կողմանէ:

4:41: Յայնժամ զատոյց Մովսէս երիս քաղաքս յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելից կողմանէ,
41 Այն ժամանակ Մովսէսը Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում, արեւելեան մասում առանձնացրեց երեք քաղաքներ,
41 Այն ատեն Մովսէս Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք երեք քաղաք զատեց.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4141: Тогда отделил Моисей три города по эту сторону Иордана на восток солнца,
4:41 τότε τοτε at that ἀφώρισεν αφοριζω separate Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τρεῖς τρεις three πόλεις πολις city πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἀπὸ απο from; away ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east ἡλίου ηλιος sun
4:41 אָ֣ז ʔˈāz אָז then יַבְדִּ֤יל yavdˈîl בדל separate מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses שָׁלֹ֣שׁ šālˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֖בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִזְרְחָ֖ה mizrᵊḥˌā מִזְרָח sunrise שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃ šˈāmeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
4:41. tunc separavit Moses tres civitates trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagamThen Moses set aside three cities beyond the Jordan at the east side,
41. Then Moses separated three cities beyond Jordan toward the sunrising;
4:41. Then Moses set aside three cities, across the Jordan toward the eastern region,
4:41. Then Moses severed three cities on this side Jordan toward the sunrising;
Then Moses severed three cities on this side Jordan toward the sunrising:

41: Тогда отделил Моисей три города по эту сторону Иордана на восток солнца,
4:41
τότε τοτε at that
ἀφώρισεν αφοριζω separate
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τρεῖς τρεις three
πόλεις πολις city
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἀπὸ απο from; away
ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
4:41
אָ֣ז ʔˈāz אָז then
יַבְדִּ֤יל yavdˈîl בדל separate
מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
שָׁלֹ֣שׁ šālˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three
עָרִ֔ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֖בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִזְרְחָ֖ה mizrᵊḥˌā מִזְרָח sunrise
שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃ šˈāmeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
4:41. tunc separavit Moses tres civitates trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagam
Then Moses set aside three cities beyond the Jordan at the east side,
4:41. Then Moses set aside three cities, across the Jordan toward the eastern region,
4:41. Then Moses severed three cities on this side Jordan toward the sunrising;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
41 Then Moses severed three cities on this side Jordan toward the sunrising; 42 That the slayer might flee thither, which should kill his neighbour unawares, and hated him not in times past; and that fleeing unto one of these cities he might live: 43 Namely, Bezer in the wilderness, in the plain country, of the Reubenites; and Ramoth in Gilead, of the Gadites; and Golan in Bashan, of the Manassites. 44 And this is the law which Moses set before the children of Israel: 45 These are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt, 46 On this side Jordan, in the valley over against Beth-peor, in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt at Heshbon, whom Moses and the children of Israel smote, after they were come forth out of Egypt: 47 And they possessed his land, and the land of Og king of Bashan, two kings of the Amorites, which were on this side Jordan toward the sunrising; 48 From Aroer, which is by the bank of the river Arnon, even unto mount Sion, which is Hermon, 49 And all the plain on this side Jordan eastward, even unto the sea of the plain, under the springs of Pisgah.
Here is, 1. The nomination of the cities of refuge on that side Jordan where Israel now lay encamped. Three cities were appointed for that purpose, one in the lot of Reuben, another in that of Gad, and another in that of the half tribe of Manasseh, v. 41-43. What Moses could do for that people while he was yet with them he did, to give example to the rulers who were settled that they might observe them the better when he was gone. 2. The introduction to another sermon that Moses preached to Israel, which we have in the following chapters. Probably it was preached the next sabbath day after, when the congregation attended to receive instruction. He had in general exhorted them to obedience in the former chapter; here he comes to repeat the law which they were to observe, for he demands a universal but not an implicit obedience. How can we do our duty if we do not know it? Here therefore he sets the law before them as the rule they were to work by, the way they were to walk in, sets it before them as the glass in which they were to see their natural face, that, looking into this perfect law of liberty, they might continue therein. These are the testimonies, the statutes, and the judgments, the moral, ceremonial, and judicial laws, which had been enacted before, when Israel had newly come out of Egypt, and were now repeated, on this side Jordan, v. 44-46. The place where Moses gave them these laws in charge is here particularly described. (1.) It was over-against Beth-peor, an idol-temple of the Moabites, which perhaps Moses sometimes looked towards, with a particular caution to them against the infection of that and other such like dangerous places. (2.) It was upon their new conquests, in the very land which they had got out of the hands of Sihon and Og, and were now actually in possession of, v. 47. Their present triumphs herein were a powerful argument for obedience.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:41: Then Moses severed three cities - See the law relative to the cities of refuge explained, Num 35:11 (note), etc.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:41: These verses are inserted between two distinct and complete discourses for the reason to which they themselves call attention ("Then Moses severed three cities," etc.); i. e., the fact narrated took place historically after Moses spoke the one discourse and before he delivered the other. In thus severing the three cities of refuge Moses carried out a pRev_ious command of God (see the marginal references); and so followed up his exhortations to obedience by setting a punctual example of it, as far as opportunity was given him.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:41: Num 35:6, Num 35:14, Num 35:15; Jos 20:2-9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:41
Selection of Three Cities of Refuge for Unintentional Manslayers on the East of the Jordan. - The account of this appointment of the cities of refuge in the conquered land on the east of the Jordan is inserted between the first and second addresses of Moses, in all probability for no other reason than because Moses set apart the cities at that time according to the command of God in Num 35:6, Num 35:14, not only to give the land on that side its full consecration, and thoroughly confirm the possession of the two Amoritish kingdoms on the other side of the Jordan, but also to give the people in this punctual observance of the duty devolving upon it an example for their imitation in the conscientious observance of the commandments of the Lord, which he was now about to lay before the nation. The assertion that this section neither stood after Num, nor really belongs there, has a little foundation as the statement that its contents are at variance with the precepts in Deut 19. "Toward the sunrising" is introduced as a more precise definition; היּרדּן עבר, like מזרחה in Num 32:19 and Num 34:15. On the contents of Deut 4:42, comp. Num 35:15. The three towns that were set apart were Bezer, Ramoth, and Golan. "Bezer in the steppe, (namely) in the land of the level" (The Amoritish table-land: Deut 3:10). The situation of this Levitical town and city of refuge, which is only mentioned again in Josh 20:8; Josh 21:36, and 1Chron 6:63, has not yet been discovered. Bezer was probably the same as Bosor (1 Macc. 5:36), and is possibly to be seen in the Berza mentioned by Robinson (Pal. App. p. 170). Ramoth in Gilead, i.e., Ramoth-Mizpeh (comp. Josh 20:8 with Josh 13:26), was situated, according to the Onom., fifteen Roman miles, or six hours, to the west of Philadelphia (Rabbath-Ammon); probably, therefore, on the site of the modern Salt, which is six hours' journey from Ammn (cf. v. Raumer, Pal. pp. 265, 266). - Golan, in Bashan, according to Eusebius (s. v. Gaulon or Golan), was still a very large village in Batanaea even in his day, from which the district generally received the name of Gaulonitis or Joan; but it has not yet been discovered again.
John Gill
4:41 Then Moses severed three cities,.... To be cities of refuge, according to the command of God, Num 35:14 this he did when he had conquered the two kingdoms of the Amorites, that God had given them for an inheritance to the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh, Deut 4:38 though Jarchi says, and so other Jewish writers, that persons were not received into them until the three cities appointed in the land of Canaan were separated for the like use; See Gill on Num 35:14 and these were:
on this side Jordan, toward the rising sun; on that side of the river on which the plains of Moab lay, and the kingdoms of the Amorites, and to the east of Jordan: so Jarchi remarks,"on that side which is on the east of Jordan;''see Josh 20:8.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:41 Then Moses severed three cities on this side Jordan--(See on Josh 20:7).
4:424:42: փախչե՛լ անդր սպանողին, որ ոք սպանանիցէ զընկեր իւր եւ ո՛չ գիտութեամբ. եւ ինքն ո՛չ ատեայր զնա յերէկն եւ յեռանդ, անկցի՛ ՚ի մի ՚ի քաղաքացն այնոցիկ՝ եւ կեցցէ։
42 որպէսզի այնտեղ փախչի այն մարդասպանը, որ իր մերձաւորին սպանում է անգիտութեամբ, եւ որին չէր ատում նախապէս, որպէսզի նա ընկնելով այդ քաղաքներից մէկնումէկը՝ կարողանայ իր կեանքը փրկել:
42 Որպէս զի երէկուընէ ու նախորդ օրուընէ ատելութիւն չունեցող ու անգիտութեամբ իր դրացին մեռցնող մարդասպանը հոն փախչի ու այդ քաղաքներէն մէկուն մէջ փախչելով՝ ողջ մնայ։
փախչել անդր սպանողին որ ոք սպանանիցէ զընկեր իւր եւ ոչ գիտութեամբ, եւ ինքն ոչ ատեայր զնա յերէկն եւ յեռանդն, անկցի ի մի ի քաղաքացն այնոցիկ եւ կեցցէ:

4:42: փախչե՛լ անդր սպանողին, որ ոք սպանանիցէ զընկեր իւր եւ ո՛չ գիտութեամբ. եւ ինքն ո՛չ ատեայր զնա յերէկն եւ յեռանդ, անկցի՛ ՚ի մի ՚ի քաղաքացն այնոցիկ՝ եւ կեցցէ։
42 որպէսզի այնտեղ փախչի այն մարդասպանը, որ իր մերձաւորին սպանում է անգիտութեամբ, եւ որին չէր ատում նախապէս, որպէսզի նա ընկնելով այդ քաղաքներից մէկնումէկը՝ կարողանայ իր կեանքը փրկել:
42 Որպէս զի երէկուընէ ու նախորդ օրուընէ ատելութիւն չունեցող ու անգիտութեամբ իր դրացին մեռցնող մարդասպանը հոն փախչի ու այդ քաղաքներէն մէկուն մէջ փախչելով՝ ողջ մնայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4242: чтоб убегал туда убийца, который убьет ближнего своего без намерения, не быв врагом ему ни вчера, ни третьего дня, [и] чтоб, убежав в один из этих городов, остался жив:
4:42 φυγεῖν φευγω flee ἐκεῖ εκει there τὸν ο the φονευτήν φονευτης who; what ἂν αν perhaps; ever φονεύσῃ φονευω murder τὸν ο the πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor οὐκ ου not εἰδὼς οιδα aware καὶ και and; even οὗτος ουτος this; he οὐ ου not μισῶν μισεω hate αὐτὸν αυτος he; him πρὸ προ before; ahead of τῆς ο the ἐχθὲς χθες yesterday καὶ και and; even τρίτης τριτος third καὶ και and; even καταφεύξεται καταφευγω flee for refuge εἰς εις into; for μίαν εις.1 one; unit τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city τούτων ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even ζήσεται ζαω live; alive
4:42 לָ lā לְ to נֻ֨ס nˌus נוס flee שָׁ֜מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there רֹוצֵ֗חַ rôṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִרְצַ֤ח yirṣˈaḥ רצח kill אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רֵעֵ֨הוּ֙ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow בִּ bi בְּ in בְלִי־ vᵊlî- בְּלִי destruction דַ֔עַת ḏˈaʕaṯ דַּעַת knowledge וְ wᵊ וְ and ה֛וּא hˈû הוּא he לֹא־ lō- לֹא not שֹׂנֵ֥א śōnˌē שׂנא hate לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to מִ mi מִן from תְּמֹ֣ול ttᵊmˈôl תְּמֹול yesterday שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ום šilšˈôm שִׁלְשֹׁום day before yesterday וְ wᵊ וְ and נָ֗ס nˈās נוס flee אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אַחַ֛ת ʔaḥˈaṯ אֶחָד one מִן־ min- מִן from הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town הָ hā הַ the אֵ֖ל ʔˌēl אֵל these וָ wā וְ and חָֽי׃ ḥˈāy חיה be alive
4:42. ut confugiat ad eas qui occiderit nolens proximum suum nec fuerit inimicus ante unum et alterum diem et ad harum aliquam urbium possit evadereThat any one might flee to them who should kill his neighbour unwillingly, and was not his enemy a day or two before, and that he might escape to some one of these cities:
42. that the manslayer might flee thither, which slayeth his neighbour unawares, and hated him not in time past; and that fleeing unto one of these cities he might live:
4:42. so that anyone might flee to these if he has killed his neighbor unwillingly, who was not his enemy a day or two earlier, and so that he would be able to escape to one of these cities:
4:42. That the slayer might flee thither, which should kill his neighbour unawares, and hated him not in times past; and that fleeing unto one of these cities he might live:
That the slayer might flee thither, which should kill his neighbour unawares, and hated him not in times past; and that fleeing unto one of these cities he might live:

42: чтоб убегал туда убийца, который убьет ближнего своего без намерения, не быв врагом ему ни вчера, ни третьего дня, [и] чтоб, убежав в один из этих городов, остался жив:
4:42
φυγεῖν φευγω flee
ἐκεῖ εκει there
τὸν ο the
φονευτήν φονευτης who; what
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
φονεύσῃ φονευω murder
τὸν ο the
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
οὐκ ου not
εἰδὼς οιδα aware
καὶ και and; even
οὗτος ουτος this; he
οὐ ου not
μισῶν μισεω hate
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
τῆς ο the
ἐχθὲς χθες yesterday
καὶ και and; even
τρίτης τριτος third
καὶ και and; even
καταφεύξεται καταφευγω flee for refuge
εἰς εις into; for
μίαν εις.1 one; unit
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
τούτων ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
ζήσεται ζαω live; alive
4:42
לָ לְ to
נֻ֨ס nˌus נוס flee
שָׁ֜מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there
רֹוצֵ֗חַ rôṣˈēₐḥ רצח kill
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִרְצַ֤ח yirṣˈaḥ רצח kill
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רֵעֵ֨הוּ֙ rēʕˈēhû רֵעַ fellow
בִּ bi בְּ in
בְלִי־ vᵊlî- בְּלִי destruction
דַ֔עַת ḏˈaʕaṯ דַּעַת knowledge
וְ wᵊ וְ and
ה֛וּא hˈû הוּא he
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
שֹׂנֵ֥א śōnˌē שׂנא hate
לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to
מִ mi מִן from
תְּמֹ֣ול ttᵊmˈôl תְּמֹול yesterday
שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ום šilšˈôm שִׁלְשֹׁום day before yesterday
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָ֗ס nˈās נוס flee
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אַחַ֛ת ʔaḥˈaṯ אֶחָד one
מִן־ min- מִן from
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
הָ הַ the
אֵ֖ל ʔˌēl אֵל these
וָ וְ and
חָֽי׃ ḥˈāy חיה be alive
4:42. ut confugiat ad eas qui occiderit nolens proximum suum nec fuerit inimicus ante unum et alterum diem et ad harum aliquam urbium possit evadere
That any one might flee to them who should kill his neighbour unwillingly, and was not his enemy a day or two before, and that he might escape to some one of these cities:
4:42. so that anyone might flee to these if he has killed his neighbor unwillingly, who was not his enemy a day or two earlier, and so that he would be able to escape to one of these cities:
4:42. That the slayer might flee thither, which should kill his neighbour unawares, and hated him not in times past; and that fleeing unto one of these cities he might live:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:42: Deu 19:1-10; Num 35:6, Num 35:11, Num 35:12, Num 35:15-28; Heb 6:18
John Gill
4:42 That the slayer might flee thither,.... For refuge; the slayer of a man, but not any slayer, but
which should kill his neighbour unawares; by accident to him, without any design and intention to kill him; ignorantly, as the Septuagint version; and so Onkelos:
and hated him not in times past; it having never appeared that there had been a quarrel between them, and that the slayer had shown any enmity to the man slain any time before the fact, or bore a grudge against him, or spite unto him:
and that, fleeing unto one of these cities, he might live; in peace and safety unto his own death, or unto the death of the high priest, when he was released from his confinement to the city of his refuge, and might return to his tribe, house, family, and possessions.
4:434:43: ԶԲոսոր յանապատին, ՚ի դաշտին յերկրին Ռուբինի. եւ զՌամովթ ՚ի Գաղաադ զԳադայ. եւ զԳաւղովն ՚ի Բասա՛ն զՄանասէի[1699]։[1699] Ոմանք. ՚Ի դաշտային երկրին Ռու՛՛։
43 Դրանք են՝ Ռուբէնի երկրի դաշտում գտնուող անապատային Բոսոր քաղաքը, Գադի երկրի Գաղաադում գտնուող Ռամոթ քաղաքը եւ Մանասէի երկրի Բասանում գտնուող Գաղոն քաղաքը:
43 Ռուբէնեաններուն համար դաշտային երկրին եւ անապատին մէջ Բոսորը եւ Գադեաններուն համար Գաղաադի մէջ Ռամովթը ու Մանասեաններուն համար Բասանի մէջ Գովղանը զատեց։
ԶԲոսոր յանապատին, ի դաշտին յերկրին Ռուբենի, եւ զՌամովթ ի Գաղաադ` զԳադայ, եւ զԳաղովն ի Բասան` զՄանասէի:

4:43: ԶԲոսոր յանապատին, ՚ի դաշտին յերկրին Ռուբինի. եւ զՌամովթ ՚ի Գաղաադ զԳադայ. եւ զԳաւղովն ՚ի Բասա՛ն զՄանասէի[1699]։
[1699] Ոմանք. ՚Ի դաշտային երկրին Ռու՛՛։
43 Դրանք են՝ Ռուբէնի երկրի դաշտում գտնուող անապատային Բոսոր քաղաքը, Գադի երկրի Գաղաադում գտնուող Ռամոթ քաղաքը եւ Մանասէի երկրի Բասանում գտնուող Գաղոն քաղաքը:
43 Ռուբէնեաններուն համար դաշտային երկրին եւ անապատին մէջ Բոսորը եւ Գադեաններուն համար Գաղաադի մէջ Ռամովթը ու Մանասեաններուն համար Բասանի մէջ Գովղանը զատեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4343: Бецер в пустыне, на равнине в [колене] Рувимовом, и Рамоф в Галааде в [колене] Гадовом, и Голан в Васане в [колене] Манассиином.
4:43 τὴν ο the Βοσορ βοσορ Bosor; Vosor ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land τῇ ο the πεδινῇ πεδινος flat τῷ ο the Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the Ραμωθ ραμωθ in Γαλααδ γαλααδ the Γαδδι γαδδι and; even τὴν ο the Γαυλων γαυλων in Βασαν βασαν the Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
4:43 אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בֶּ֧צֶר bˈeṣer בֶּצֶר [place of refuge] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֛ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the מִּישֹׁ֖ר mmîšˌōr מִישֹׁור fairness לָ lā לְ to † הַ the רֻֽאוּבֵנִ֑י rˈuʔûvēnˈî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רָאמֹ֤ת rāmˈōṯ רָמֹת Ramoth בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead לַ la לְ to † הַ the גָּדִ֔י ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גֹּולָ֥ן gôlˌān גֹּולָן Golan בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan לַֽ lˈa לְ to † הַ the מְנַשִּֽׁי׃ mᵊnaššˈî מְנַשִּׁי Manassite
4:43. Bosor in solitudine quae sita est in terra campestri de tribu Ruben et Ramoth in Galaad quae est in tribu Gad et Golam in Basan quae est in tribu ManasseBosor in the wilderness, which is situate in the plains of the tribe of Ruben: and Ramoth in Galaad, which is in the tribe of Gad: and Golan in Basan, which is in the tribe of Manasses.
43. , Bezer in the wilderness, in the plain country, for the Reubenites; and Ramoth in Gilead, for the Gadites; and Golan in Bashan, for the Manassites.
4:43. Bezer in the wilderness, which is situated in the plains of the tribe of Ruben; and Ramoth in Gilead, which is in the tribe of Gad; and Golan in Bashan, which is in the tribe of Manasseh.
4:43. [Namely], Bezer in the wilderness, in the plain country, of the Reubenites; and Ramoth in Gilead, of the Gadites; and Golan in Bashan, of the Manassites.
Namely, Bezer in the wilderness, in the plain country, of the Reubenites; and Ramoth in Gilead, of the Gadites; and Golan in Bashan, of the Manassites:

43: Бецер в пустыне, на равнине в [колене] Рувимовом, и Рамоф в Галааде в [колене] Гадовом, и Голан в Васане в [колене] Манассиином.
4:43
τὴν ο the
Βοσορ βοσορ Bosor; Vosor
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
τῇ ο the
πεδινῇ πεδινος flat
τῷ ο the
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
Ραμωθ ραμωθ in
Γαλααδ γαλααδ the
Γαδδι γαδδι and; even
τὴν ο the
Γαυλων γαυλων in
Βασαν βασαν the
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
4:43
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בֶּ֧צֶר bˈeṣer בֶּצֶר [place of refuge]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֛ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
מִּישֹׁ֖ר mmîšˌōr מִישֹׁור fairness
לָ לְ to
הַ the
רֻֽאוּבֵנִ֑י rˈuʔûvēnˈî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רָאמֹ֤ת rāmˈōṯ רָמֹת Ramoth
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
גָּדִ֔י ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גֹּולָ֥ן gôlˌān גֹּולָן Golan
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
הַ the
מְנַשִּֽׁי׃ mᵊnaššˈî מְנַשִּׁי Manassite
4:43. Bosor in solitudine quae sita est in terra campestri de tribu Ruben et Ramoth in Galaad quae est in tribu Gad et Golam in Basan quae est in tribu Manasse
Bosor in the wilderness, which is situate in the plains of the tribe of Ruben: and Ramoth in Galaad, which is in the tribe of Gad: and Golan in Basan, which is in the tribe of Manasses.
4:43. Bezer in the wilderness, which is situated in the plains of the tribe of Ruben; and Ramoth in Gilead, which is in the tribe of Gad; and Golan in Bashan, which is in the tribe of Manasseh.
4:43. [Namely], Bezer in the wilderness, in the plain country, of the Reubenites; and Ramoth in Gilead, of the Gadites; and Golan in Bashan, of the Manassites.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
4:43: Bezer in the wilderness - As the cities of refuge are generally understood to be types of the salvation provided by Christ for sinners; so their names have been thought to express some attribute of the Redeemer of mankind. See them explained Jos 20:7-8 (note).
I Suppose the last nine verses of this chapter to have been added by either Joshua or Ezra.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:43
In the plain country - literally, "in the land of the Mishor." The word means a level tract of land; but when used (Deu 3:10; Jos 13:9, etc.) with the article, seems to be the proper name for the smooth downs of Moab, which reach from the Jordan eastward of Jericho far into the Desert of Arabia, and which form a striking contrast alike to the rugged country west of the river, and to the higher and remarkable districts belonging to Bashan northward.
Bezer is, with little certainty, identified with Bostra, or (1 Macc. 5:36) Bosor. Golan gave the name of Gaulonitis to a district of some extent east of the sea of Galilee and north of the Hieromax; but the exact site of the city if uncertain.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:43: Bezer: Bezer is the same as Bozra, formerly a royal city of Edom. See note on Gen 36:33. Jos 20:8
Ramoth: Ramoth was a celebrated city in the mountains of Gilead, placed by Eusebius fifteen miles east from Philadelphia or Ammon, and by Jerome in the neighbourhood of Jabbok, and consequently north of Philadelphia. Jos 21:38; Kg1 4:13, Kg1 22:3, Kg1 22:4; Ch1 6:80
Golan: This city gave name to the district of Gaulonitis, now called Djolan, which comprises the plain to south of Djedour or Iturea, and to the west of Haouran. its southern frontier is the Nahar Aweired, by which it is separated from the district of Erbad, and the Sheriat el Mandhour, which separates it from the district of El Kefarat. on the west it is limited by the territory of Feik, and on the north-west by Djebel Heish, or mount Hermon. Jos 21:27; Ch1 6:71
John Gill
4:43 Namely, Bezer in the wilderness,.... In Josh 20:8, it is added "upon the plain"; this perhaps was the wilderness of Moab, in the plains of it, the same with Bozrah, see Jer 48:24 and in the Apocrypha:"Hereupon Judas and his host turned suddenly by the way of the wilderness unto Bosora; and when he had won the city, he slew all the males with the edge of the sword, and took all their spoils, and burned the city with fire,'' (1 Maccabees 5:28)it was in the
plain country of the Reubenites, or lay in that part of the country which was allotted to them, and which they gave to the Levites, 1Chron 6:78,
and Ramoth in Gilead of the Gadites; it lay in that part of Mount Gilead, and among the cities of it, which fell to the share of the tribe of Gad, and was by them given to the Levites, 1Chron 6:80, this city is frequently in Scripture called Ramothgilead; see 3Kings 4:13.
and Golan in Bashan, of the Manassites, or "Gaulon", as the Septuagint, and from hence the country round about was called Gaulanitis; all Bashan, the kingdom of Og, was given to the half tribe of Manasseh, and out of it this city was given by them to the Levites, 1Chron 6:71, and appointed a city of refuge: now as these cities were typical of Christ, there may be something observed in the names of them as agreeing with him. "Bezer" signifies "a fortified place"; Christ is the fortress, mountain, and place of defence for his people, and strong hold to which the prisoners of hope turn, the strong tower whither the righteous run and are safe. "Ramoth" signifies "exaltations"; which may point both at the exaltation of Christ in human nature at the right hand of God, and the exaltation of his people by him, who are raised by him from a low estate to sit among princes, and to inherit the throne of glory, and by whom he is exalted in his person, office, and grace. "Golan" signifies "revealed" or" manifested": so Christ has been manifest in the flesh, and is revealed to sinners, when they are called by his grace; to whom they flee for refuge, and lay hold on him, the hope set before them.
4:444:44: Եւ ա՛յս օրէն է՝ զոր ե՛դ Մովսէս առաջի որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
44 Սա է այն օրէնքը, որ Մովսէսը հաղորդեց իսրայէլացիներին:
44 Ասիկա է այն օրէնքը որ Մովսէս Իսրայէլի որդիներուն յայտնեց։
Եւ այս օրէն է զոր ետ Մովսէս առաջի որդւոցն Իսրայելի:

4:44: Եւ ա՛յս օրէն է՝ զոր ե՛դ Մովսէս առաջի որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
44 Սա է այն օրէնքը, որ Մովսէսը հաղորդեց իսրայէլացիներին:
44 Ասիկա է այն օրէնքը որ Մովսէս Իսրայէլի որդիներուն յայտնեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4444: Вот закон, который предложил Моисей сынам Израилевым;
4:44 οὗτος ουτος this; he ὁ ο the νόμος νομος.1 law ὃν ος who; what παρέθετο παρατιθημι pose; serve Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
4:44 וְ wᵊ וְ and זֹ֖את zˌōṯ זֹאת this הַ ha הַ the תֹּורָ֑ה ttôrˈā תֹּורָה instruction אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׂ֣ם śˈām שׂים put מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
4:44. ista est lex quam proposuit Moses coram filiis IsrahelThis is the law, that Moses set before the children of Israel,
44. And this is the law which Moses set before the children of Israel:
4:44. This is the law, which Moses set forth before the sons of Israel.
4:44. And this [is] the law which Moses set before the children of Israel:
And this [is] the law which Moses set before the children of Israel:

44: Вот закон, который предложил Моисей сынам Израилевым;
4:44
οὗτος ουτος this; he
ο the
νόμος νομος.1 law
ὃν ος who; what
παρέθετο παρατιθημι pose; serve
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
4:44
וְ wᵊ וְ and
זֹ֖את zˌōṯ זֹאת this
הַ ha הַ the
תֹּורָ֑ה ttôrˈā תֹּורָה instruction
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׂ֣ם śˈām שׂים put
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
4:44. ista est lex quam proposuit Moses coram filiis Israhel
This is the law, that Moses set before the children of Israel,
4:44. This is the law, which Moses set forth before the sons of Israel.
4:44. And this [is] the law which Moses set before the children of Israel:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:44: These verses would be more properly assigned to the next chapter. They are intended to serve as the announcement and introduction of the address now to be commenced. Deu 4:44 gives a kind of general title to the whole of the weighty address, including in fact the central part and substance of the book, which now follows in 22 chapters, divided into two groups:
(a) Deut. 5-11,
(b) Deut. 12-26.
The address was delivered when they had already received the first-fruits of those promises Deu 4:46, the full fruition of which was to be consequent on their fulfillment of that covenant now again about to be rehearsed to them in its leading features.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:44: This is evidently an introduction to the discourse of the subsequent chapters. Moses having practically improved some particulars in the history of Israel, proceeded to repeat and enforce the laws which he had delivered before, with additions and explanations, beginning with the ten commandments.
Deu 1:5, Deu 17:18, Deu 17:19, Deu 27:3, Deu 27:8, Deu 27:26, Deu 33:4; Lev 27:34; Num 36:13; Mal 4:4; Joh 1:17
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
4:44
Announcement of the Discourse upon the Law. - First of all, in Deut 4:44, we have the general notice in the form of a heading: "This is the Thorah which Moses set before the children of Israel;" and then, in Deut 4:45, Deut 4:46, a fuller description of the Thorah according to its leading features, "testimonies, statutes, and rights" (see at Deut 4:1), together with a notice of the place and time at which Moses delivered this address. "On their coming out of Egypt," i.e., not "after they had come out," but during the march, before they had reached the goal of their journeyings, viz., (Deut 4:46) when they were still on the other side of the Jordan. "In the valley," as in Deut 3:29. "In the land of Sihon," and therefore already upon ground which the Lord had given them for a possession. The importance of this possession as the first-fruit and pledge of the fulfilment of the further promises of God, led Moses to mention again, though briefly, the defeat of the two kings of the Amorites, together with the conquest of their land, just as he had done before in Deut 2:32-36 and 3:1-17. On Deut 4:48, cf. Deut 3:9, Deut 3:12-17. Sion, for Hermon (see at Deut 3:9).
John Gill
4:44 And this is the law which Moses set before the children of Israel. Not the law concerning the cities of refuge, but the law of the ten commands repeated in the following chapter; so Jarchi remarks,"this which he should set in order after this section;''as he does in the next chapter, where he repeats in order the ten precepts, and makes observations on the manner of the delivery of them, and urges obedience to them.
John Wesley
4:44 This is the law - More punctually expressed in the following chapter, to which these words are a preface.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:44 this is the law which Moses set before the children of Israel--This is a preface to the rehearsal of the law, which, with the addition of various explanatory circumstances, the following chapters contain.
4:454:45: Եւ ա՛յս են վկայութիւնք եւ իրաւունք եւ դատաստանք, զոր խօսեցաւ Մովսէս ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի յելանե՛լ նոցա յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց.
45 Սրանք են այն պատուիրանները, օրէնքներն ու կանոնները, որ Մովսէսը յայտնեց իսրայէլացիներին, երբ սրանք դուրս էին գալիս Եգիպտացիների երկրից,
45 Ասոնք են այն վկայութիւնները, կանոնները եւ դատաստանները, որոնք Մովսէս Իսրայէլի որդիներուն իմացուց, անոնց Եգիպտոսէն ելած ատենը,
Եւ այս են վկայութիւնք եւ իրաւունք եւ դատաստանք, զոր խօսեցաւ Մովսէս ընդ որդիսն Իսրայելի յելանել նոցա յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց:

4:45: Եւ ա՛յս են վկայութիւնք եւ իրաւունք եւ դատաստանք, զոր խօսեցաւ Մովսէս ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի յելանե՛լ նոցա յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց.
45 Սրանք են այն պատուիրանները, օրէնքներն ու կանոնները, որ Մովսէսը յայտնեց իսրայէլացիներին, երբ սրանք դուրս էին գալիս Եգիպտացիների երկրից,
45 Ասոնք են այն վկայութիւնները, կանոնները եւ դատաստանները, որոնք Մովսէս Իսրայէլի որդիներուն իմացուց, անոնց Եգիպտոսէն ելած ատենը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4545: вот повеления, постановления и уставы, которые изрек Моисей сынам Израилевым, по исшествии их из Египта,
4:45 ταῦτα ουτος this; he τὰ ο the μαρτύρια μαρτυριον evidence; testimony καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the κρίματα κριμα judgment ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ἐξελθόντων εξερχομαι come out; go out αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
4:45 אֵ֚לֶּה ˈʔēlleh אֵלֶּה these הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֵדֹ֔ת ʕēḏˈōṯ עֵדוּת reminder וְ wᵊ וְ and הַֽ hˈa הַ the חֻקִּ֖ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מִּשְׁפָּטִ֑ים mmišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבֶּ֤ר dibbˈer דבר speak מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בְּ bᵊ בְּ in צֵאתָ֖ם ṣēṯˌām יצא go out מִ mi מִן from מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:45. et haec testimonia et caerimoniae atque iudicia quae locutus est ad filios Israhel quando egressi sunt de AegyptoAnd these are the testimonies and ceremonies and judgments, which he spoke to the children of Israel, when they came out of Egypt,
45. these are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, when they came forth out of Egypt;
4:45. And these are the testimonies and ceremonies as well as judgments, which he spoke to the sons of Israel, when they departed from Egypt,
4:45. These [are] the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt,
These [are] the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt:

45: вот повеления, постановления и уставы, которые изрек Моисей сынам Израилевым, по исшествии их из Египта,
4:45
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
τὰ ο the
μαρτύρια μαρτυριον evidence; testimony
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
κρίματα κριμα judgment
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ἐξελθόντων εξερχομαι come out; go out
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
4:45
אֵ֚לֶּה ˈʔēlleh אֵלֶּה these
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֵדֹ֔ת ʕēḏˈōṯ עֵדוּת reminder
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
חֻקִּ֖ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מִּשְׁפָּטִ֑ים mmišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבֶּ֤ר dibbˈer דבר speak
מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
צֵאתָ֖ם ṣēṯˌām יצא go out
מִ mi מִן from
מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:45. et haec testimonia et caerimoniae atque iudicia quae locutus est ad filios Israhel quando egressi sunt de Aegypto
And these are the testimonies and ceremonies and judgments, which he spoke to the children of Israel, when they came out of Egypt,
4:45. And these are the testimonies and ceremonies as well as judgments, which he spoke to the sons of Israel, when they departed from Egypt,
4:45. These [are] the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:45: These: Deu 6:17, Deu 6:20; Kg1 2:3; Psa 119:2, Psa 119:14, Psa 119:22, Psa 119:24, Psa 119:111
statutes: Deu 4:1; Psa 119:5
judgments: Psa 119:7
Geneva 1599
4:45 These [are] the (c) testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt,
(c) The articles and points of the covenant.
John Gill
4:45 These are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments,.... The laws, moral, ceremonial, and judicial, delivered in the following chapters; which are renewed, repeated, and explained: which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt; in the third month after they came from thence these laws were delivered to him at Mount Sinai, and he declared them to them; and now afresh, near forty years after, repeated them to them in the plains of Moab.
4:464:46: յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանու. ՚ի ձորն որ է մերձ ՚ի տունն Փեգովրայ. յերկրին Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց՝ որ բնակեա՛լ էր յԵսեբոն. զորս եհա՛ր Մովսէս եւ որդիքն Իսրայէլի յելանել իւրեանց յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց[1700]։ [1700] Ոմանք. Որ էր մերձ ՚ի տունն Փոգովրայ։
46 Յորդանանի գետի այն կողմում, Փոգորի տան մօտ գտնուող ձորում, Եսեբոնում ապրող ամորհացիների արքայ Սեհոնի երկրում, եւ որի բնակիչներին սպանել էին Մովսէսն ու իսրայէլացիները, երբ սրանք դուրս էին գալիս Եգիպտացիների երկրից:
46 Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը Բեթփեգովրի դէմ գտնուող հովիտին մէջ, Եսեբոնի մէջ բնակող Ամօրհացիներու Սեհոն թագաւորին երկրին մէջ, որ Մովսէս ու Իսրայէլի որդիները զարկին իրենց Եգիպտոսէն ելած ատենը
յայնկոյս Յորդանանու, ի ձորն որ է [94]մերձ ի տունն Փոգովրա``, յերկրին Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց որ բնակեալ էր յԵսեբոն, զորս եհար Մովսէս եւ որդիքն Իսրայելի յելանել իւրեանց յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց:

4:46: յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանու. ՚ի ձորն որ է մերձ ՚ի տունն Փեգովրայ. յերկրին Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց՝ որ բնակեա՛լ էր յԵսեբոն. զորս եհա՛ր Մովսէս եւ որդիքն Իսրայէլի յելանել իւրեանց յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց[1700]։
[1700] Ոմանք. Որ էր մերձ ՚ի տունն Փոգովրայ։
46 Յորդանանի գետի այն կողմում, Փոգորի տան մօտ գտնուող ձորում, Եսեբոնում ապրող ամորհացիների արքայ Սեհոնի երկրում, եւ որի բնակիչներին սպանել էին Մովսէսն ու իսրայէլացիները, երբ սրանք դուրս էին գալիս Եգիպտացիների երկրից:
46 Յորդանանի ասդիի կողմը Բեթփեգովրի դէմ գտնուող հովիտին մէջ, Եսեբոնի մէջ բնակող Ամօրհացիներու Սեհոն թագաւորին երկրին մէջ, որ Մովսէս ու Իսրայէլի որդիները զարկին իրենց Եգիպտոսէն ելած ատենը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4646: за Иорданом, на долине против Беф-Фегора, в земле Сигона, царя Аморрейского, жившего в Есевоне, которого поразил Моисей с сынами Израилевыми, по исшествии их из Египта.
4:46 ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἐν εν in φάραγγι φαραγξ gorge ἐγγὺς εγγυς close οἴκου οικος home; household Φογωρ φογωρ in γῇ γη earth; land Σηων σηων monarch; king τῶν ο the Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what κατῴκει κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in Εσεβων εσεβων who; what ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐξελθόντων εξερχομαι come out; go out αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
4:46 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֨בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֜ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גַּ֗יְא ggˈay גַּיְא valley מ֚וּל ˈmûl מוּל front בֵּ֣ית פְּעֹ֔ור bˈêṯ pᵊʕˈôr בֵּית פְּעֹור Beth Peor בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֗רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יֹושֵׁ֖ב yôšˌēv ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִכָּ֤ה hikkˈā נכה strike מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וּ û וְ and בְנֵֽי vᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בְּ bᵊ בְּ in צֵאתָ֖ם ṣēṯˌām יצא go out מִ mi מִן from מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:46. trans Iordanem in valle contra fanum Phogor in terra Seon regis Amorrei qui habitavit in Esebon quem percussit Moses filii quoque Israhel egressi ex AegyptoBeyond the Jordan in the valley over against the temple of Phogor, in the land of Sehon king of the Amorrhites, that dwelt in Hesebon, whom Moses slew. And the children of Israel coming out of Egypt,
46. beyond Jordan, in the valley over against Beth-peor, in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt at Heshbon, whom Moses and the children of Israel smote, when they came forth out of Egypt:
4:46. across the Jordan, in the valley opposite the shrine of Peor, in the land of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who lived at Heshbon, whom Moses struck down. Accordingly, the sons of Israel, having departed from Egypt,
4:46. On this side Jordan, in the valley over against Bethpeor, in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt at Heshbon, whom Moses and the children of Israel smote, after they were come forth out of Egypt:
On this side Jordan, in the valley over against Beth- peor, in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt at Heshbon, whom Moses and the children of Israel smote, after they were come forth out of Egypt:

46: за Иорданом, на долине против Беф-Фегора, в земле Сигона, царя Аморрейского, жившего в Есевоне, которого поразил Моисей с сынами Израилевыми, по исшествии их из Египта.
4:46
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἐν εν in
φάραγγι φαραγξ gorge
ἐγγὺς εγγυς close
οἴκου οικος home; household
Φογωρ φογωρ in
γῇ γη earth; land
Σηων σηων monarch; king
τῶν ο the
Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what
κατῴκει κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
Εσεβων εσεβων who; what
ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐξελθόντων εξερχομαι come out; go out
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
4:46
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֨בֶר ʕˌēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֜ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גַּ֗יְא ggˈay גַּיְא valley
מ֚וּל ˈmûl מוּל front
בֵּ֣ית פְּעֹ֔ור bˈêṯ pᵊʕˈôr בֵּית פְּעֹור Beth Peor
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֗רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יֹושֵׁ֖ב yôšˌēv ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִכָּ֤ה hikkˈā נכה strike
מֹשֶׁה֙ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵֽי vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
צֵאתָ֖ם ṣēṯˌām יצא go out
מִ mi מִן from
מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
4:46. trans Iordanem in valle contra fanum Phogor in terra Seon regis Amorrei qui habitavit in Esebon quem percussit Moses filii quoque Israhel egressi ex Aegypto
Beyond the Jordan in the valley over against the temple of Phogor, in the land of Sehon king of the Amorrhites, that dwelt in Hesebon, whom Moses slew. And the children of Israel coming out of Egypt,
4:46. across the Jordan, in the valley opposite the shrine of Peor, in the land of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who lived at Heshbon, whom Moses struck down. Accordingly, the sons of Israel, having departed from Egypt,
4:46. On this side Jordan, in the valley over against Bethpeor, in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt at Heshbon, whom Moses and the children of Israel smote, after they were come forth out of Egypt:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:46: On this side: Deu 4:47, Deu 1:5, Deu 3:29; Num 32:19
over: Deu 3:29
Bethpeor: Beth-peor was a city which was situated, according to Eusebius, opposite Jericho, and six miles above Livias. As the name signifies "the house of Peor," it is probable that there was a temple to Peor, situated in this place, full in view of the people, while Moses was pressing upon them the worship of Jehovah alone; and perhaps the very temple where so many had sinned to their own destruction.
Moses: Deu 1:4, Deu 2:30-36, Deu 3:8; Num 21:21-32
John Gill
4:46 On this side Jordan, in the valley, over against Bethpeor,.... Where the Israelites abode some time; see Deut 3:29,
in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt at Heshbon; which was now conquered, and in the hands of the Israelites:
whom Moses and the children of Israel smote, after they came out of Egypt; not as soon as, or quickly after they came from thence; for it was but a few months ago since this conquest was made, whereas it was near forty years since they came out of Egypt.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:46 Beth-peor--that is, "house" or "temple of Peor." It is probable that a temple of this Moabite idol stood in full view of the Hebrew camp, while Moses was urging the exclusive claims of God to their worship, and this allusion would be very significant if it were the temple where so many of the Israelites had grievously offended.
4:474:47: Եւ ժառանգեցի՛ն զերկիրն նոցա. եւ զերկիր Ովգայ թագաւորին Բասանու. զերկո՛ւց թագաւորացն Ամովրհացւոց՝ որ էին յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանու ընդ արեւելս[1701]. [1701] Ոմանք. Զերկիր նորա. եւ զերկիր։
47 Իսրայէլացիները գրաւեցին ամորհացի երկու թագաւորների՝ Սեհոնի երկիրն ու Բասանի Օգ թագաւորի երկիրը, որոնք գտնւում էին Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ՝ արեւելեան մասում,
47 Եւ անոր երկիրն ու Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին երկիրը, այսինքն Յորդանանի ասդին արեւելեան կողմը բնակող Ամօրհացիներու երկու թագաւորներուն երկիրները,
Եւ ժառանգեցին զերկիրն նորա, եւ զերկիր Ովգայ թագաւորին Բասանու, զերկուց թագաւորացն Ամովրհացւոց որ էին յայնկոյս Յորդանանու ընդ արեւելս:

4:47: Եւ ժառանգեցի՛ն զերկիրն նոցա. եւ զերկիր Ովգայ թագաւորին Բասանու. զերկո՛ւց թագաւորացն Ամովրհացւոց՝ որ էին յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանու ընդ արեւելս[1701].
[1701] Ոմանք. Զերկիր նորա. եւ զերկիր։
47 Իսրայէլացիները գրաւեցին ամորհացի երկու թագաւորների՝ Սեհոնի երկիրն ու Բասանի Օգ թագաւորի երկիրը, որոնք գտնւում էին Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ՝ արեւելեան մասում,
47 Եւ անոր երկիրն ու Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորին երկիրը, այսինքն Յորդանանի ասդին արեւելեան կողմը բնակող Ամօրհացիներու երկու թագաւորներուն երկիրները,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4747: И овладели они землею его и землею Ога, царя Васанского, двух царей Аморрейских, которая за Иорданом к востоку солнца,
4:47 καὶ και and; even ἐκληρονόμησαν κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land Ωγ ωγ monarch; king τῆς ο the Βασαν βασαν two βασιλέων βασιλευς monarch; king τῶν ο the Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what ἦσαν ειμι be πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατ᾿ κατα down; by ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east ἡλίου ηλιος sun
4:47 וַ wa וְ and יִּֽירְשׁ֨וּ yyˈîrᵊšˌû ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אַרְצֹ֜ו ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֣רֶץ׀ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth עֹ֣וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֗ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan שְׁנֵי֙ šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two מַלְכֵ֣י malᵊḵˈê מֶלֶךְ king הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִזְרַ֖ח mizrˌaḥ מִזְרָח sunrise שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃ šˈāmeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
4:47. possederunt terram eius et terram Og regis Basan duorum regum Amorreorum qui erant trans Iordanem ad solis ortumPossessed his land, and the land of Og king of Basan, of the two kings of the Amorrhites, who were beyond the Jordan towards the rising of the sun:
47. and they took his land in possession, and the land of Og king of Bashan, the two kings of the Amorites, which were beyond Jordan toward the sunrising;
4:47. possessed his land, and the land of Og, the king of Bashan, the land of the two kings of the Amorites, who were beyond the Jordan, toward the rising of the sun:
4:47. And they possessed his land, and the land of Og king of Bashan, two kings of the Amorites, which [were] on this side Jordan toward the sunrising;
And they possessed his land, and the land of Og king of Bashan, two kings of the Amorites, which [were] on this side Jordan toward the sunrising:

47: И овладели они землею его и землею Ога, царя Васанского, двух царей Аморрейских, которая за Иорданом к востоку солнца,
4:47
καὶ και and; even
ἐκληρονόμησαν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
Ωγ ωγ monarch; king
τῆς ο the
Βασαν βασαν two
βασιλέων βασιλευς monarch; king
τῶν ο the
Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what
ἦσαν ειμι be
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατ᾿ κατα down; by
ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
4:47
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽירְשׁ֨וּ yyˈîrᵊšˌû ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אַרְצֹ֜ו ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֣רֶץ׀ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
עֹ֣וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֗ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
שְׁנֵי֙ šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two
מַלְכֵ֣י malᵊḵˈê מֶלֶךְ king
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִזְרַ֖ח mizrˌaḥ מִזְרָח sunrise
שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃ šˈāmeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
4:47. possederunt terram eius et terram Og regis Basan duorum regum Amorreorum qui erant trans Iordanem ad solis ortum
Possessed his land, and the land of Og king of Basan, of the two kings of the Amorrhites, who were beyond the Jordan towards the rising of the sun:
4:47. possessed his land, and the land of Og, the king of Bashan, the land of the two kings of the Amorites, who were beyond the Jordan, toward the rising of the sun:
4:47. And they possessed his land, and the land of Og king of Bashan, two kings of the Amorites, which [were] on this side Jordan toward the sunrising;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:47: Deu 3:1-14, Deu 29:7, Deu 29:8; Num 21:33-35
John Gill
4:47 And they possessed his land, and the land of Og king of Bashan,.... Seized upon them, and took them as their own, and divided them for an inheritance among two of their tribes and half another:
two kings of the Amorites; which is more than once observed, that it might be taken notice of that these were of the nations of the Canaanites Israel were to root out, and possess their land:
which were on this side Jordan, toward the sun rising; which lands and kingdoms lay to the east of Jordan, on that side of it on which were the plains of Moab, where Moses and Israel now were.
4:484:48: յԱրոերայ՝ որ է՛ առ եզե՛րբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ, մինչեւ ցլեառնն Սեհոնի՝ որ է՛ առ Հերմոն[1702]։ [1702] Այլք. Սեհոնի, որ է՛ Ահերմոն։
48 Առնոնի ձորի եզերքին գտնուող Արոյերից սկսած մինչեւ Սեհոնի լեռը, այսինքն՝ Հերմոնը,
48 Առնոն ձորին եզերքը եղող Արոէրէն մինչեւ Սիօն լեռը՝ որ Հերմոն կը կոչուի
յԱրոյերայ որ է առ եզերբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ, մինչեւ ցլեառնն [95]Սեհոնի` որ է Հերմոն:

4:48: յԱրոերայ՝ որ է՛ առ եզե՛րբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ, մինչեւ ցլեառնն Սեհոնի՝ որ է՛ առ Հերմոն[1702]։
[1702] Այլք. Սեհոնի, որ է՛ Ահերմոն։
48 Առնոնի ձորի եզերքին գտնուող Արոյերից սկսած մինչեւ Սեհոնի լեռը, այսինքն՝ Հերմոնը,
48 Առնոն ձորին եզերքը եղող Արոէրէն մինչեւ Սիօն լեռը՝ որ Հերմոն կը կոչուի
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4848: [начиная] от Ароера, который [лежит] на берегу потока Арнона, до горы Сиона, она же Ермон,
4:48 ἀπὸ απο from; away Αροηρ αροηρ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἐπὶ επι in; on τοῦ ο the χείλους χειλος lip; shore χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on τοῦ ο the ὄρους ορος mountain; mount τοῦ ο the Σηων σηων who; what ἐστιν ειμι be Αερμων αερμων Aermōn; Aermon
4:48 מֵ mē מִן from עֲרֹעֵ֞ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip נַ֧חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹ֛ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain שִׂיאֹ֖ן śîʔˌōn שִׂיאֹן Siyon ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he חֶרְמֹֽון׃ ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon
4:48. ab Aroer quae sita est super ripam torrentis Arnon usque ad montem Sion qui est et HermonFrom Aroer, which is situate upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, unto mount Sion, which is also called Hermon,
48. from Aroer, which is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, even unto mount Sion ( the same is Hermon),
4:48. from Aroer, which is situated above the bank of the torrent Arnon, as far as Mount Zion, which is also called Hermon,
4:48. From Aroer, which [is] by the bank of the river Arnon, even unto mount Sion, which [is] Hermon,
From Aroer, which [is] by the bank of the river Arnon, even unto mount Sion, which [is] Hermon:

48: [начиная] от Ароера, который [лежит] на берегу потока Арнона, до горы Сиона, она же Ермон,
4:48
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Αροηρ αροηρ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τοῦ ο the
χείλους χειλος lip; shore
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τοῦ ο the
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
τοῦ ο the
Σηων σηων who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
Αερμων αερμων Aermōn; Aermon
4:48
מֵ מִן from
עֲרֹעֵ֞ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip
נַ֧חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹ֛ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
שִׂיאֹ֖ן śîʔˌōn שִׂיאֹן Siyon
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
חֶרְמֹֽון׃ ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon
4:48. ab Aroer quae sita est super ripam torrentis Arnon usque ad montem Sion qui est et Hermon
From Aroer, which is situate upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, unto mount Sion, which is also called Hermon,
4:48. from Aroer, which is situated above the bank of the torrent Arnon, as far as Mount Zion, which is also called Hermon,
4:48. From Aroer, which [is] by the bank of the river Arnon, even unto mount Sion, which [is] Hermon,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
48: Ермон назывался «Сионом» (евр. Sion в отличие от Zion — название Иерусалимского Сиона), т. е. «высоким».
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
4:48
Sion must not be confounded with Zion (compare Psa 48:2.).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:48: Aroer: Deu 2:36, Deu 3:12; Jos 13:24-33
even unto: The Samaritan interpreter has, "unto the mountain of snow, which is Hermon." See note on Deu 3:9.
Sion: Deu 3:9; Psa 133:3
John Gill
4:48 From Aroer, which is by the bank of the river Arnon,.... A city of Moab, which was situated on the bank of the river Arnon, that was on the border of Moab, Deut 2:36,
even unto Mount Sion, which is Hermon; the meaning is, that the lands of these two kings conquered by Israel reached from the city Aroer on the river Arnon to Mount Hermon, the one being the southern, the other the northern boundary of them. Here Hermon has another name Sion, and is to be carefully distinguished from Mount Zion near Jerusalem; it lying in a different country, and being written with a different letter in the Hebrew language. In the Septuagint version it is called Seon, and by the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem the mount of snow; See Gill on Deut 3:9.
4:494:49: Զամենայն զԱրաբիա՝ որ է յա՛յնկոյս Յորդանանու ընդ արեւելս, մինչեւ ցծո՛վն Արաբացւոց ՚ի ներքոյ Ասեդովթայ կոփածոյին։
49 ամբողջ Արաբան, որ գտնւում է Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ՝ արեւելեան մասում, մինչեւ Արաբայի ծովը՝ Կոփածոյ լերան ստորոտը:
49 Ու Յորդանանի ասդին արեւելեան կողմը եղած բոլոր դաշտը մինչեւ Ասեդովթ–Փասգայի ներքեւի դաշտը՝ ծովուն քովը ժառանգեցին։
զամենայն զԱրաբա`` որ է յայնկոյս Յորդանանու ընդ արեւելս, մինչեւ ցծովն [96]Արաբացւոց ի ներքոյ Ասեդովթայ կոփածոյին:

4:49: Զամենայն զԱրաբիա՝ որ է յա՛յնկոյս Յորդանանու ընդ արեւելս, մինչեւ ցծո՛վն Արաբացւոց ՚ի ներքոյ Ասեդովթայ կոփածոյին։
49 ամբողջ Արաբան, որ գտնւում է Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ՝ արեւելեան մասում, մինչեւ Արաբայի ծովը՝ Կոփածոյ լերան ստորոտը:
49 Ու Յորդանանի ասդին արեւելեան կողմը եղած բոլոր դաշտը մինչեւ Ասեդովթ–Փասգայի ներքեւի դաշտը՝ ծովուն քովը ժառանգեցին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
4:4949: и всею равниною по эту сторону Иордана к востоку, до самого моря равнины при подошве Фасги.
4:49 πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the Αραβα αραβα on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατ᾿ κατα down; by ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east ἡλίου ηλιος sun ὑπὸ υπο under; by Ασηδωθ ασηδωθ the λαξευτήν λαξευτος hewn
4:49 וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ֨ hˌā הַ the עֲרָבָ֜ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert עֵ֤בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִזְרָ֔חָה mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto יָ֣ם yˈom יָם sea הָ hā הַ the עֲרָבָ֑ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת ʔašdˌōṯ אָשֵׁד slope הַ ha הַ the פִּסְגָּֽה׃ פ ppisgˈā . f פִּסְגָּה Pisgah
4:49. omnem planitiem trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagam usque ad mare Solitudinis et usque ad radices montis PhasgaAll the plain beyond the Jordan at the east side, unto the sea of the wilderness, and unto the foot of mount Phasga.
49. and all the Arabah beyond Jordan eastward, even unto the sea of the Arabah, under the slopes of Pisgah.
4:49. the entire plain across the Jordan, from its eastern region, as far as the sea of the wilderness, and even to the base of Mount Pisgah.
4:49. And all the plain on this side Jordan eastward, even unto the sea of the plain, under the springs of Pisgah.
And all the plain on this side Jordan eastward, even unto the sea of the plain, under the springs of Pisgah:

49: и всею равниною по эту сторону Иордана к востоку, до самого моря равнины при подошве Фасги.
4:49
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
Αραβα αραβα on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατ᾿ κατα down; by
ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
ὑπὸ υπο under; by
Ασηδωθ ασηδωθ the
λαξευτήν λαξευτος hewn
4:49
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ֨ hˌā הַ the
עֲרָבָ֜ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert
עֵ֤בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִזְרָ֔חָה mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
יָ֣ם yˈom יָם sea
הָ הַ the
עֲרָבָ֑ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert
תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת ʔašdˌōṯ אָשֵׁד slope
הַ ha הַ the
פִּסְגָּֽה׃ פ ppisgˈā . f פִּסְגָּה Pisgah
4:49. omnem planitiem trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagam usque ad mare Solitudinis et usque ad radices montis Phasga
All the plain beyond the Jordan at the east side, unto the sea of the wilderness, and unto the foot of mount Phasga.
4:49. the entire plain across the Jordan, from its eastern region, as far as the sea of the wilderness, and even to the base of Mount Pisgah.
4:49. And all the plain on this side Jordan eastward, even unto the sea of the plain, under the springs of Pisgah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
4:49: under the springs: Deu 3:17, Deu 34:1; Jos 13:20
Geneva 1599
4:49 And all the plain on this side Jordan eastward, even unto (d) the sea of the plain, under the springs of Pisgah.
(d) That is, the salt sea.
John Gill
4:49 And all the plain on this side Jordan eastward,.... The plains of Moab, on that side of Jordan to the east:
even unto the sea of the plain; the sea of Sodom, the salt sea:
under the springs of Pisgah; that rose from Mount Pisgah, the same with Ashdothpisgah, Deut 3:17.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
4:49 The springs of Pisgah--more frequently, Ashdoth-pisgah (Deut 3:17; Josh 12:3; Josh 13:20), the roots or foot of the mountains east of the Jordan.